¶
THE
NEW
found
worlde
,
or
Antarctike
,
wherin
is
contained
wonderful
and
strange
things
,
as
well
of
humaine
creatures
,
as
Beastes
,
Fishes
,
Foules
,
and
Serpents
,
Trées
,
Plants
,
Mines
of
Golde
and
Siluer
:
garnished
with
many
learned
aucthorities
,
trauailed
and
written
in
the
French
tong
,
by
that
excellent
learned
man
,
master
ANDREWE
THEVET
.
And
now
newly
translated
into
Englishe
,
wherein
is
reformed
the
errours
of
the
auncient
Cosmographers
.
¶
Imprinted
at
London
,
by
Henrie
Bynneman
,
for
Thomas
Hacket
.
And
are
to
be
sold
at
his
shop
in
Poules
Church
yard
,
at
the
signe
of
the
Key
.
¶
To
the
right
honorable
Sir
Henrie
Sidney
,
Knight
of
the
most
Noble
order
of
the
Garter
,
Lorde
President
of
Wales
,
and
Marches
of
the
same
,
Lord
Deputie
Generall
of
the
Queenes
Maiesties
Realme
of
Ireland
.
Your
humble
Orator
Thomas
Hacket
wisheth
the
fauoure
of
God
,
long
and
happy
life
,
encrease
of
honor
,
continuall
health
and
felicitie
.
NOne
are
more
to
be
commended
(
right
Honorable
)
than
those
who
wer
the
first
inuenters
and
finders
out
of
Artes
and
Sciences
,
wherwith
mankind
is
beautified
and
adorned
,
without
the
which
giftes
he
were
but
naked
,
barbarous
and
brutish
,
yea
and
a
seruile
creature
.
It
was
not
for
nothing
that
the
elders
in
times
past
did
so
muche
celebrate
the
instituters
of
those
things
:
as
Herodotus
writeth
,
that
the
Egiptians
before
all
other
men
first
found
out
the
yere
by
the
course
of
the
Planets
,
and
deuided
it
into
.xij.
monthes
.
Diodorus
assigned
it
to
the
Thebanes
,
the
which
standeth
well
with
the
opinion
of
Herodotus
,
bicause
the
Thebanes
be
a
nation
of
Egipt
.
As
Numa
added
to
the
yere
Ianuary
and
February
,
Romulus
ordred
Marche
,
Aprill
,
and
May
,
Augustus
an
other
part
,
and
so
Iulius
Caesar
made
vp
the
perfect
yere
,
as
Polidorus
Vergilius
witnesseth
in
his
boke
De
inuentoribus
rerum
.
But
how
much
praise
is
to
be
giuen
to
such
as
haue
inuented
good
lawes
&
statutes
for
the
brideling
of
the
Barbarous
and
wicked
,
and
for
the
maintayning
and
defending
of
the
iust
?
As
we
reade
that
Isis
ariuing
in
Egipt
,
brideled
that
Countrey
,
and
ordained
good
common
wealths
.
How
did
the
Scicilians
honor
Ceres
,
for
that
she
was
the
first
inuenter
of
wheat
sowing
,
with
other
innumerable
?
Among
all
other
,
none
in
my
iudgement
is
more
worthier
to
be
praised
,
than
the
first
finders
out
how
to
make
ships
and
vessels
nauigable
for
the
sea
.
Strabo
writeth
that
Minos
king
of
Crete
,
had
the
first
rule
of
the
sea
.
But
Diodorus
sayth
,
that
Neptunus
had
the
Empire
of
it
afore
him
,
for
he
inuented
the
feat
in
rowing
of
boates
,
and
made
a
nauie
,
and
was
made
Admirall
of
it
by
his
father
Saturnus
,
and
Plinie
reporteth
that
King
Erichthas
deuised
boates
first
,
and
rowed
in
them
on
the
Red
sea
.
Some
say
they
were
ordained
by
the
Troyans
in
the
narow
seas
called
Hellespontus
:
some
thinke
they
were
inuented
in
the
English
sea
.
Danus
as
some
write
,
was
the
first
that
vsed
any
ship
when
he
sailed
out
of
Egipt
into
Grece
.
But
for
more
assurance
,
what
so
euer
their
opinions
be
,
as
touching
the
beginning
hereof
,
(
as
we
rede
in
the
holy
scripture
)
Noe
was
the
first
inuenter
or
maker
thereof
,
before
the
floud
.
The
ingenious
industry
of
man
hath
brought
many
things
to
a
notable
and
good
perfection
,
as
well
in
Cosmography
and
Nauigation
,
as
in
any
other
arte
or
science
:
for
no
doubt
,
(
as
it
apereth
by
this
trauaile
or
worke
of
Cosmography
&
such
like
,
)
the
olde
ancient
writers
,
as
Ptholomeus
and
others
,
were
deceiued
,
in
that
they
iudged
this
Newe
found
Worlde
,
or
the
West
part
to
be
vnhabitable
.
How
muche
are
they
to
be
praised
,
that
for
their
Countrey
sake
refuse
no
imminent
perill
,
leauing
the
Pleasaunt
bedde
of
Delicacie
,
and
the
seate
or
cradle
of
Sensualitie
,
their
landes
and
goodes
,
their
Wiues
and
children
,
which
in
dede
,
are
dearest
vnto
them
,
to
abandon
themselues
and
their
swetest
liues
to
the
fauoure
of
the
boystrous
seas
,
to
the
hap
of
the
vnconstante
windes
,
to
the
chayre
of
fortune
,
and
finally
to
a
thousande
imminent
euils
,
onely
to
encrease
the
fame
and
good
renowme
of
their
countrey
.
Among
the
which
I
might
rehearse
,
that
this
most
noble
Seignorie
and
Territorie
of
England
hath
of
late
yeares
gotte
the
fame
and
renowme
,
that
it
hath
had
in
times
past
,
by
Nauigation
lately
atempted
by
many
and
sundrie
of
our
countreymen
,
(
God
graunte
them
still
to
go
forwarde
and
encrease
in
those
and
such
like
enterprises
,
to
Gods
glory
and
the
benefite
of
this
common
Wealth
.
)
But
alas
,
the
greater
number
of
men
are
giuen
to
idelnesse
or
sensualitie
,
as
if
I
mighte
say
nowe
:
where
are
the
Tiberians
,
the
Metelli
,
the
Emili
,
the
Marij
and
the
Catones
?
Among
the
number
of
a
great
many
,
and
in
the
middest
of
aboundance
and
pleasure
,
we
meditate
nothing
else
but
onely
securitie
,
almoste
abhorring
to
heare
the
name
of
trauell
or
payne
,
by
which
it
may
be
sayde
to
vs
,
in
a
manner
,
as
it
was
sayde
of
Haniball
,
after
the
battell
Trasimenius
or
Cannas
,
that
his
wintering
at
Capua
in
pleasure
and
delicacie
was
more
noysom
and
hurtfull
vnto
him
,
than
either
of
the
battels
before
named
.
We
reade
after
that
Alexander
had
vanquished
almost
the
thirde
parte
of
the
world
,
hauing
ouerthrowen
the
mighty
King
Porrus
one
of
the
strongest
Kings
of
India
,
with
whom
(
as
rehearseth
Plutarche
in
the
life
of
Alexander
)
he
among
all
other
had
moste
to
doe
,
hauing
also
subdued
vnto
him
the
mighty
King
Darius
,
hearing
the
Philosopher
Anaxagoras
,
in
a
certayne
lecture
,
holding
this
opinion
,
that
there
were
Worldes
out
of
number
,
therewith
he
burste
out
sodaynely
into
weeping
,
his
friendes
moued
with
this
sight
,
demaunded
whether
any
mishap
had
fallen
vnto
him
mete
to
weepe
for
or
no
,
he
sayde
these
wordes
:
Oh
,
haue
I
not
good
cause
to
weepe
trowe
ye
,
that
there
being
worlds
innumerable
,
I
am
not
yet
come
to
be
full
Lorde
of
one
?
of
whom
I
gather
the
inceasable
stomake
,
glory
and
renowme
,
how
little
he
estemed
him selfe
and
his
Kingdoms
,
without
the
name
of
victorious
and
mighty
.
Among
and
aboue
all
(
as
affirmeth
Plutarchus
)
he
estemed
the
Ilia●
of
Homer
,
bicause
in
the
same
was
declared
the
excellent
prowes
of
Achilles
.
Thus
(
right
honorable
)
we
see
,
the
valiant
and
curagious
personages
of
the
world
haue
brought
to
passe
many
excellent
enterprises
,
so
that
their
fame
shall
neuer
dye
,
atcheued
as
well
by
sea
as
by
lande
,
as
this
worthy
traueller
Andrewe
Theuit
,
in
this
his
Nauigation
of
the
New
found
World
,
which
I
haue
dedicated
vnto
your
honor
,
as
a
token
of
my
good
will
,
the
which
after
your
great
&
waighty
affaires
,
it
may
please
you
to
vse
,
and
to
pardon
this
my
rash
enterprise
,
wherein
I
am
enboldned
to
prefer
this
towards
you
,
as
a
thing
very
rare
,
and
of
such
exquisite
doing
,
as
before
this
time
the
like
hath
not
ben
heard
of
,
whose
annotations
therin
be
such
,
as
no
Cosmographers
hereto
before
haue
done
the
like
:
desiring
your
honor
so
to
accepte
the
same
,
as
the
good
will
of
him
that
gaue
it
.
And
thus
I
commit
your
good
Lordship
to
the
tuition
of
God
,
who
preserue
you
and
all
yours
in
health
and
eternall
felicitie
.
Amen
.
Your
Lordships
moste
humble
,
Thomas
Hacket
.
¶
An
Admonition
to
the
Reader
.
I
Doubt
not
gentle
Reader
,
but
that
the
description
of
this
present
historie
wil
make
thée
to
wonder
,
as
well
bicause
of
the
varietie
of
things
that
herein
then
mayst
Reade
,
as
also
of
many
others
whiche
at
the
firste
wil
seme
vnto
thée
rather
monstrous
than
naturall
.
But
after
that
thou
hast
soberly
wayed
&
considered
the
great
effects
of
our
mother
dame
nature
,
I
doe
surely
beleue
that
such
admirations
shal
haue
no
more
place
in
thée
.
Also
let
it
not
seme
to
thée
strange
the
setting
forth
of
many
strange
trées
,
as
Palme
trées
and
others
,
with
beasts
of
the
fielde
and
foules
of
the
Ayre
,
the
which
are
cleane
contrarie
to
the
setting
forth
of
our
Cosmographers
and
Anciente
writers
,
who
for
bicause
that
they
haue
not
sene
the
places
,
and
for
the
smal
experience
and
knowledge
that
they
had
,
did
greatly
erre
.
But
if
thou
herein
stande
in
doubt
,
then
those
that
haue
trauelled
thether
,
and
those
Indians
that
were
brought
from
thence
,
can
affirme
al
things
herein
contayned
to
be
true
.
Furthermore
if
that
there
be
here
in
this
booke
any
wordes
that
seme
to
thée
rude
or
il
placed
,
thou
shalt
therefore
accuse
the
feuer
and
death
,
(
the
feuer
)
which
hath
so
kept
or
cleaned
to
the
Author
since
his
returne
home
,
that
he
had
no
leasure
to
peruse
his
boke
before
that
it
came
to
the
Printer
,
being
prouoked
to
deliuer
it
at
the
commaundement
of
the
Cardinall
of
Sens
:
and
death
which
happened
to
Ambrose
de
la
porte
,
a
good
student
and
well
sene
in
the
Frenche
tong
,
who
had
taken
vpon
him
the
whole
charge
of
this
present
boke
.
Notwithstanding
gentle
Readers
,
our
good
will
herein
hath
not
bene
wanting
,
onely
wishing
for
recompence
,
that
it
may
be
agreable
to
thée
.
Farewell
.
In
prayse
of
the
Author
.
THe
farthest
scope
of
heauen
and
earth
also
,
The
subtile
stremes
inclosed
in
the
grounde
,
The
mighty
Mines
of
Metals
that
doe
gro
In
lurking
vaynes
,
that
hidden
are
profounde
,
The
Cristall
pearle
,
the
Diamond
so
fayre
,
The
floting
fish
of
diuers
kindes
of
hew
,
Of
diuers
soiles
,
to
which
thou
mayst
repayre
,
Of
other
landes
that
yet
to
vs
be
new
,
Hath
Theuet
here
through
trauell
his
and
payne
,
Educted
forth
,
to
satisfie
thy
minde
,
Who
well
deserues
thy
thankefull
speech
to
gayne
,
As
single
eye
of
iudgement
thyne
shall
finde
.
Therefore
as
craues
this
his
deserued
stile
,
So
of
his
worke
let
iudgement
thyne
procede
,
Who
of
good
will
this
libell
did
compile
,
To
further
thee
,
that
tooke
the
same
to
rede
.
IN
THEVETVM
NOVI
ORBIS
peragratorem
&
descriptorem
,
Io.
Auratus
,
literarum
Graecarum
Regius
professor
.
AVre
tenus
,
sed
non
pedibus
,
nec
nauibus
vllis
,
Plurimus
&
terras
,
mensus
&
est
maria
Multa
tamen
non
nota
maris
terraequeue
relicta
His
loca
,
nec
certis
testificata
notis
.
At
maria
&
terras
pariter
vagus
iste
Theuetus
Et
visu
,
&
mensus
nauibus
&
pedibus
.
Pignora
certa
refert
longarum
haec
scriptae
viarum
,
Ignotiqueue
orbis
cursor
&
author
adest
.
Vix
quae
audita
alijs
,
subiecta
fidelibus
edit
Hic
oculis
,
terra
sospes
ab
Antipodum
.
Tantum
alijs
hic
Cosmograephis
Cosmographus
anteit
,
Auditu
quanto
certior
est
oculus
.
Vale
in
Christo
.
¶
To
my
Lord
the
Right
reuerend
Cardinall
of
Sens
,
keper
of
the
great
seales
of
France
:
Andrew
Theuet
wisheth
peace
and
felicitie
.
MY
good
Lorde
,
being
sufficiently
enformed
,
(
how
greatly
)
after
the
moste
commendable
and
no
lesse
great
and
paynfull
exercise
,
to
the
which
it
pleased
the
King
to
employe
and
bestowe
your
prudencie
(
&
forcasting
witt
)
you
take
pleasure
not
onely
to
reade
,
but
also
to
see
and
taaste
,
some
fayre
Historie
,
the
which
among
so
many
cares
,
might
recreat
your
spirite
and
giue
it
a
delectable
libertie
of
his
moste
graue
and
carefull
businesse
.
I
haue
boldened
my selfe
to
present
vnto
you
this
my
discourse
of
a
longer
farre
voyage
made
into
India
America
,
otherwise
by
vs
named
Fraunce
Antartike
,
being
partly
peopled
and
partly
discouered
by
our
Pilotes
,
a
land
which
at
this
day
may
be
called
the
fourth
parte
of
the
worlde
,
not
onely
by
the
withdrawings
of
our
orizons
,
as
by
the
diuersitie
of
nature
of
bests
,
and
temperatnesse
of
the
ayre
of
the
countrey
.
Also
for
that
none
heretofore
hath
sought
it
out
,
supposing
al
Cosmographers
(
yea
persuading
with
themselues
)
that
the
world
was
lymitted
in
that
which
the
elders
to
vs
had
shewed
.
And
although
that
this
worke
semeth
to
me
of
it selfe
to
be
very
litle
to
be
offered
before
the
eyes
of
your
Lordship
,
notwithstanding
,
the
greatnesse
of
your
name
will
extol
the
basenesse
of
my
worke
:
seing
also
that
I
am
assured
wel
of
your
wonted
clemencie
,
vertue
,
and
desire
to
heare
wonderfull
things
,
that
easily
you
will
iudge
howe
that
my
intention
doeth
tende
to
no
other
ende
but
onely
to
make
you
vnderstand
,
that
I
haue
no
other
delyght
than
to
offer
vnto
you
that
thing
,
of
the
which
you
may
draw
and
receiue
some
contentation
,
and
wherein
sometimes
,
you
shal
be
eased
of
the
great
and
troublesome
affayres
which
are
offered
in
thys
degree
and
office
,
that
you
holde
.
For
there
is
no
mind
or
spirit
be
it
neuer
so
constant
,
but
that
sometymes
is
troubled
with
the
quicke
dispatch
,
graue
and
weighty
affaires
of
a
common
weale
.
Therefore
it
is
needefull
sometimes
to
ordayne
as
the
learned
Phisition
doth
to
a
pacient
or
sicke
body
,
some
chaunge
of
meates
to
recreate
the
appetite
of
them
which
by
their
infirmitie
and
sicknesse
,
cannot
broke
nor
taste
one
kind
of
meate
continually
,
be
it
neuer
so
pleasant
.
This
therefore
is
the
cause
why
the
ancient
Philosophers
and
others
did
oftentimes
withdrawe
themselues
from
being
wrapped
in
or
charged
with
the
publike
affayres
.
As
also
the
great
Orator
Cicero
witnesseth
to
haue
absented
him selfe
many
tymes
from
the
Senate
of
Rome
,
(
to
the
great
displeasure
of
the
cytizens
)
for
to
remayne
in
his
countreyhouse
to
be
delighted
in
the
plesant
and
Harmonicall
melodie
of
the
birdes
.
Seing
then
that
among
oures
,
as
he
among
the
Romaynes
,
for
your
singular
erudition
,
prudencie
,
and
eloquence
,
you
are
as
chiefe
and
principall
minister
of
the
triumphant
common
weale
of
Fraunce
:
and
such
a
one
as
describeth
Plato
in
his
common
weale
,
that
is
to
know
,
great
Lorde
,
and
a
louer
of
vertue
and
science
,
therefore
it
is
not
without
reason
to
imitate
and
folow
him
in
this
point
.
Euen
so
(
my
good
Lorde
)
as
returning
all
weake
and
wery
of
so
long
a
voyage
,
I
was
by
you
first
of
your
grace
receiued
and
welcomed
home
,
which
gaue
me
to
vnderstand
and
know
,
that
you
are
the
singular
patron
of
vertue
and
of
all
those
,
that
folowe
it
also
to
my
iudgement
,
I
thinke
I
could
not
direct
this
my
little
labour
to
a
better
than
to
you
,
the
which
if
it
please
you
to
receiue
so
beningly
as
with
a
good
&
affectioned
will
I
do
present
and
direct
it
,
and
also
to
reade
and
peruse
it
,
you
shal
find
in
my
opinion
wherin
to
recreate
your
spirites
,
and
to
holde
me
yours
for
euer
.
Although
that
already
for
many
causes
I
feele
my selfe
greatly
bound
and
holden
to
do
most
humble
and
obedient
seruice
to
your
lordship
:
to
whom
I
besech
the
creator
to
giue
all
good
lucke
and
prosperitie
.
¶
A
Preface
to
the
Reader
.
COnsidering
with
my selfe
how
much
the
long
experience
of
things
,
&
faithfull
obseruation
of
many
countries
and
nations
,
also
their
orders
and
maner
of
lyfe
,
bringeth
or
causeth
perfection
to
man
,
although
there
were
no
exercise
more
commendable
by
the
which
a
man
may
sufficiently
decke
his
spirite
with
all
kinde
of
Heroicall
vertue
and
science
:
biside
my
first
&
formal
Nauigation
into
the
countrey
of
Leuant
,
in
Grecia
,
in
Turkie
,
Egypte
,
and
Arabia
,
the
which
in
times
paste
I
haue
put
to
light
,
I
haue
againe
vnder
the
protection
and
sauegard
of
the
great
gouernor
of
the
vniuersal
worlde
,
seing
it
hath
pleased
him
to
shew
me
so
much
fauor
being
left
to
the
discretion
and
mercy
of
one
of
the
most
vnconstant
Elements
,
&
least
assured
that
is
among
the
rest
,
with
small
vesselles
of
wood
so
fraile
that
many
times
there
was
more
hope
of
death
than
of
life
,
for
to
sayle
toward
the
Pole
Antartike
,
the
which
was
neuer
discouered
nor
found
out
by
the
elders
in
times
past
,
as
it
appereth
by
the
writings
of
Ptolomeus
and
others
,
also
ours
of
Septentrion
,
to
the
Equinoctiall
,
and
therefore
it
was
thought
to
be
vnhabited
.
And
we
sayled
so
long
that
at
the
laste
we
came
to
India
America
,
aboute
the
Capricorne
,
a
mayn
land
of
good
temperatnesse
and
inhabited
,
as
we
will
particularly
&
more
at
large
hereafter
declare
,
the
which
I
haue
taken
in
hande
at
the
instant
request
of
many
great
personages
,
of
whom
the
gestes
more
than
Heroical
&
high
enterprises
celebrated
by
the
Histories
,
cause
them
to
lyue
for
euer
in
perpetual
honor
and
immortall
glory
.
What
hath
prouoked
the
great
Poet
Homer
so
vertuously
to
celebrate
in
his
writings
Vlysses
,
but
onely
his
long
peregrination
and
far
trauell
that
he
made
in
diuerse
places
,
with
the
experience
of
many
things
aswel
by
sea
as
by
land
after
the
spoyle
of
Troye
?
What
moued
Virgill
to
write
so
worthily
of
the
Troyan
Aeneas
although
that
he
according
to
the
writing
of
some
Historiographers
had
most
trayterously
betrayed
his
natiue
countrey
in
to
the
hands
of
his
enimies
,
but
onely
for
that
he
had
vertuously
resisted
the
furie
of
the
raging
waues
,
and
other
inconueniences
of
the
sea
,
he
had
sene
&
endured
many
sharpe
shoures
,
and
finally
he
came
into
Italie
?
Euen
so
as
the
soueraigne
creator
hath
made
man
of
twoo
substances
the
one
differing
or
exceding
the
other
,
the
one
elementary
&
corruptible
,
the
other
celestiall
;
diuine
and
immortall
.
Also
he
hath
put
al
things
in
his
subiection
,
that
is
contained
vnder
the
scope
or
circuite
of
the
Firmament
,
to
the
ende
that
he
might
know
asmuch
as
to
him
was
necessary
for
to
attaine
to
the
soueraigne
gift
,
leauing
him
neuerthelesse
some
difficultie
&
varietie
of
exercise
.
Man
then
although
that
he
be
a
creature
maruelously
accomplished
,
yet
he
is
neuerthelesse
an
instrument
of
vertuous
actes
,
of
the
which
God
is
the
original
,
so
that
he
may
electe
such
an
instrument
as
pleaseth
him
for
to
execute
his
plesure
,
be
it
by
sea
or
by
land
.
But
it
may
so
chaunce
as
it
is
commonly
sene
come
to
passe
,
that
some
vnder
this
pretexitie
make
it
a
custome
to
abuse
the
workemaster
by
an
auarice
and
an
vnsatiable
appetite
of
some
particular
and
temporall
appetite
,
ieoparding
themselues
vndiscretely
&
as
wickedly
,
(
as
Horace
in
his
epistles
doeth
manyfestly
shew
)
that
he
is
worthy
of
prayse
,
that
for
the
beautifiing
and
eluminating
of
his
spirite
,
&
in
the
fauor
of
the
common
wealth
doth
willingly
offer
and
put
forth
him selfe
.
This
rule
or
meane
Socrates
the
wise
Philosopher
knew
how
to
practise
,
and
after
him
Plato
his
disciple
,
(
bothe
the
which
)
not
onely
contented
to
haue
traueled
and
made
voyages
into
strange
countreys
for
to
attaine
to
the
full
perfection
&
knowledge
of
Philosophie
,
but
also
to
declare
it
openly
without
hope
of
any
reward
or
recompense
.
Did
not
Cicero
send
his
sonne
Marke
to
Athens
?
partely
for
to
heare
Cratippus
,
and
of
him
to
lerne
Philosophie
,
and
partly
also
for
to
lerne
the
maners
and
lyuing
of
the
citisens
of
Athens
.
Lysander
being
elected
for
his
magnanimitie
&
worthinesse
gouernor
ouer
the
Lacedemonians
hath
so
worthily
atcheued
so
many
faire
enterprises
against
Alcibiades
,
a
man
prewe
and
valiant
,
and
Antiochus
his
Lieutenant
on
the
sea
,
that
what
losse
or
detriment
so
euer
did
chance
,
his
heart
and
manly
courage
did
neuer
faile
him
,
but
pursued
his
enimie
by
sea
&
by
lande
,
so
that
in
the
ende
he
brought
Athens
to
his
obedience
.
Themistocles
,
not
lesse
experte
in
the
feate
of
warre
than
in
Philosophie
,
for
to
shew
what
a
feruent
desire
he
had
to
ieoparde
his
lyfe
for
the
libertie
of
his
countrey
,
persuaded
the
Athenians
,
that
the
siluer
that
was
gathered
in
the
mynes
the
which
they
were
wonte
to
distribute
to
the
people
,
was
turned
and
bestowed
to
furnishe
and
make
ships
and
galleys
against
Xerxes
,
who
for
that
he
had
partly
distressed
him
,
and
almost
put
to
flight
,
falling
to
appointment
after
this
happie
victorie
against
the
order
of
an
enimie
,
made
him
present
with
three
of
the
beste
Cities
of
his
Empire
.
What
hath
caused
Seleucus
Nicanor
,
the
Emperour
Augustus
Cesar
,
and
many
Princes
and
noble
men
to
beare
in
their
pendens
and
standarts
the
Dolphin
and
the
anker
,
but
onely
to
giue
instruction
to
al
their
posteritie
,
that
Nauigation
is
the
first
and
of
al
others
the
most
vertuous
.
Here
therfore
without
any
long
discourse
is
an
example
of
nauigation
:
as
al
things
the
more
excellent
they
are
,
the
more
difficile
or
harde
is
the
way
to
attaine
to
them
,
as
after
the
experience
Aristotle
witnesseth
,
speaking
of
vertue
.
And
that
the
nauigation
is
alwaies
folowed
with
peril
,
as
a
body
is
with
his
shadowe
,
the
which
in
times
past
was
shewed
by
Anacharsis
the
Philosopher
,
who
after
he
had
demaunded
of
what
quantitie
or
thicknesse
were
the
plancks
or
side
of
a
ship
:
it
was
answered
,
not
aboue
four
fingers
:
so
much
(
said
he
)
is
the
lyfe
of
him
from
death
that
sayleth
with
ships
on
the
water
.
Now
gentle
Reader
in
that
I
haue
alleged
so
many
excellent
personages
,
it
is
not
to
compare
,
much
lesse
to
thinke
my selfe
equal
to
them
,
but
I
am
persuaded
that
the
great
power
of
Alexander
hath
not
letted
his
successors
to
attempte
yea
the
very
extremitie
of
fortune
.
Also
the
deepe
knowledge
of
Plato
did
nothing
at
all
feare
or
abashe
Aristotle
,
but
that
at
his
owne
pleasure
he
hath
treated
of
Philosophy
.
For
this
intent
therefore
not
to
be
found
ydle
and
slacke
among
others
,
no
more
than
Diogenes
was
among
the
Athenians
,
I
haue
thought
good
to
set
out
in
writing
many
notable
things
that
I
haue
diligently
obserued
in
my
Nauigation
betwene
the
South
and
the
Weast
,
that
is
to
wit
,
the
situation
and
disposition
of
places
,
in
what
clymat
,
zone
or
paralegie
it
be
,
aswel
of
the
sea
costes
,
Ilandes
,
and
mayne
land
,
the
temperatnesse
of
the
ayre
,
the
forme
and
maner
of
liuing
of
the
inhabitants
,
the
forme
and
propertie
of
beasts
of
the
earth
and
of
the
sea
,
also
of
trees
and
roots
with
their
frutes
,
mines
and
precious
stones
,
shewing
it
liuely
and
truely
as
neare
as
is
possible
.
As
touching
the
reste
I
wold
thinke
my selfe
happie
if
that
it
would
please
you
to
accepte
and
receiue
this
my
little
labor
with
as
willing
a
heart
as
I
doe
present
it
:
as
for
the
rest
I
am
assured
that
it
wil
be
agreable
if
the
Reader
thinke
well
and
way
in
his
minde
the
long
and
dangerous
peregrination
that
I
haue
taken
in
hand
,
for
to
see
with
the
eye
&
to
bring
to
light
those
things
most
memoriall
that
I
cold
note
and
gather
together
,
as
hereafter
shal
be
sene
.
The
first
Chapter
.
How
the
Author
tooke
shipping
.
ALthough
that
the
firmament
and
all
things
that
are
contayned
vnder
the
Moone
,
euen
to
the
scope
of
the
earth
,
séeme
as
the
veritie
is
,
to
haue
bene
made
for
man
,
Appelles
or
Phidias
,
Mounsieur
de
Villegagnon
,
knight
of
Malta
a
very
expert
gentleman
as
wel
in
Nauigation
as
in
other
honest
&
comely
affaires
,
hauing
with
more
deliberation
receiued
the
Kings
commaundement
,
&
for
that
he
was
sufficiently
enformed
of
my
voyage
made
into
the
countrey
of
Leuant
,
and
the
good
&
perfect
knowledge
that
I
had
in
Nauigation
,
did
most
instantly
request
me
,
yea
vnder
the
Authoritie
of
the
King
my
soueraygne
Lorde
&
Prince
,
to
whom
I
owe
all
honor
&
obedience
,
charging
and
commaunding
me
to
assist
him
in
the
accomplishing
of
his
enterprise
,
the
which
I
frely
graunted
,
as
wel
for
the
obedience
that
I
will
giue
to
my
natural
Prince
according
to
my
capacitie
,
as
also
for
the
honestie
of
the
thing
,
although
it
was
payneful
.
Mounsieur
de
Villegagnon
had
giuen
order
for
the
rigging
and
trimming
of
his
ships
,
for
munitions
&
other
things
of
warre
,
but
with
much
greater
difficultie
than
to
an
Armie
marching
on
the
land
,
and
to
the
qualitie
of
his
men
of
al
estats
,
gentlemen
,
souldiers
,
and
diuers
artificers
:
to
be
short
,
all
things
being
made
redy
and
prepared
in
as
good
order
as
might
be
,
the
tyme
being
come
for
vs
to
take
shipping
,
Hauen
a
porte
town
(
the
cause
why
it
was
so
named
I
will
shew
before
passing
further
)
being
so
named
to
my
iudgement
of
this
worde
that
signifieth
sea
or
straight
,
or
if
you
say
Hauen
,
ab
hauriendis
aquis
,
lying
in
Normandie
,
whereas
forsaking
the
lande
we
hoysed
sayle
,
sayling
vpon
that
great
sea
by
good
right
named
Occean
,
bicause
of
his
raging
,
of
this
Greke
word
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as
som
iudge
,
being
wholy
vnder
the
power
and
mercy
of
the
winde
and
waues
.
I
know
well
that
in
times
past
,
according
to
the
superstitious
Religion
of
the
Gentiles
,
many
made
their
Vowes
,
Prayers
,
and
Sacrifices
,
to
diuers
Goddes
,
Calabrians
to
haue
done
to
Lapix
,
a
wind
so
named
:
likewise
the
Thurins
and
Pamphiliens
to
certayne
others
.
Also
we
reade
in
Aeneidos
in
Virgill
,
if
it
be
worthy
of
credence
,
that
notwithstanding
the
importunate
prayer
of
Iuno
to
Aeolus
King
of
windes
,
the
miserable
Troyan
remayned
on
the
sea
,
and
the
quarrell
of
the
Goddes
that
did
folowe
.
By
this
we
may
euidently
knowe
the
error
and
abuse
,
with
the
which
the
Antiquitie
was
blinded
,
being
an
erronious
and
damnable
opinion
,
attributing
to
one
of
the
least
creatures
and
vnder
the
power
of
man
,
that
which
appertayneth
to
the
onely
Creator
,
to
whome
I
cannot
sufficiently
giue
prayse
in
this
place
for
his
fauor
shewed
to
vs
,
in
deliuering
vs
out
of
such
blinded
ignoraunce
.
And
for
my
parte
,
for
that
of
his
onely
grace
he
hath
so
fauoured
our
voyage
,
that
giuing
vs
a
good
full
winde
,
we
haue
safely
and
peaceably
passed
the
streights
,
and
from
thence
to
the
Canaries
,
Ilands
distant
from
the
equinoctial
.27
.
degrées
,
and
from
our
France
fiue
hundreth
leagues
or
there
about
.
Now
for
many
reasons
I
thought
good
to
begin
this
my
discourse
at
our
embarkment
,
and
shipping
,
as
by
a
more
certaine
and
sure
meane
,
the
which
being
done
,
I
thinke
louing
Reader
,
if
that
you
take
pleasure
to
reade
it
,
I
doute
not
but
to
guide
you
from
point
to
point
,
and
from
place
to
place
,
euen
from
the
beginning
vnto
the
end
,
as
right
as
is
possible
,
obseruing
the
longitude
and
latitude
of
countries
.
Neuerthelesse
whereas
I
haue
not
vsed
such
forme
and
meane
,
as
the
thing
and
your
néedefull
iudgement
doeth
deserue
,
I
beséech
you
to
hold
me
excused
,
considering
that
it
is
very
harde
for
one
man
alone
,
without
the
fauor
and
maintenance
of
some
Prince
or
great
Lord
,
for
to
sayle
and
discouer
far
countries
,
obseruing
the
things
singular
,
nor
to
execute
greate
enterprises
,
although
that
of
him selfe
he
might
.
And
to
my
remembrance
Aristotle
agréeth
well
to
this
purpose
,
that
it
is
vnpossible
and
very
harde
that
he
should
do
any
thing
of
great
excellencie
and
worthy
of
prayse
,
when
the
meane
,
that
is
to
say
riches
,
wanteth
,
knowing
that
the
life
of
man
is
shorte
and
subiect
to
a
thousand
fortunes
and
aduersities
.
Of
the
streight
aunciently
named
Calpe
,
and
now
Gibaltary
.
Cap.
ij
.
COasting
Spaine
on
the
lefte
hand
,
with
a
calme
and
fauorable
winde
,
we
came
ouer
against
Gibaltar
,
not
striking
our
sayle
,
nor
casting
anker
very
nere
,
for
many
causes
.
In
that
which
place
we
stayed
certaine
dayes
.
This
streight
is
on
the
borders
of
Spaine
,
deuiding
Europe
with
Africa
,
as
Constantinople
doeth
Europe
and
Asia
.
Many
thinke
this
to
be
the
originall
of
our
sea
Meditareum
,
as
if
the
great
sea
being
to
full
,
shoulde
by
this
place
poure
out
vpon
the
earth
,
of
the
which
writeth
Aristotle
in
his
booke
of
the
World
in
this
maner
:
the
Occean
that
of
all
sides
doeth
compasse
vs
toward
the
west
neare
to
the
columnes
or
pillers
of
Hercules
,
Ebusus
,
Ieniza
,
the
other
is
towarde
the
north
and
named
Frumentaria
,
and
for
to
saile
thether
it
is
very
dangerous
,
Malue
,
separating
Mauritania
from
Cesariensia
,
Sala
,
taking
his
spring
in
Mountayne
Dure
,
the
which
trauessing
the
Kingdome
of
Fes
,
diuideth
in
forme
of
this
Greke
letter
Δ
and
then
runneth
into
this
streight
:
likewise
of
many
others
the
which
at
this
time
I
omit
:
this
much
I
will
say
by
the
way
,
that
this
straight
passeth
ouer
the
coast
of
Afrike
to
the
troppike
of
Cancer
,
where
as
the
sea
doeth
very
little
ebbe
and
flowe
,
but
in
those
partes
so
sone
as
one
draweth
néere
to
this
greate
floude
Niger
,
11.
degrées
from
the
lyne
,
the
course
of
this
Riuer
is
not
perceiued
.
In
this
straight
of
the
sea
Meditareum
,
there
be
twoo
Mountaynes
of
a
wonderful
height
,
one
on
the
coste
or
side
of
Africa
,
in
tymes
paste
named
Calpe
,
and
now
Gibaltar
,
the
other
Abyle
,
the
which
both
together
are
called
the
Colūnes
,
Hercules
,
for
that
according
to
some
writers
he
diuided
them
in
twain
that
before
was
but
one
mountaine
named
Briarei
:
and
there
retourning
into
Grecia
by
this
straight
finished
and
ended
his
labors
,
esteming
and
thincking
that
he
coulde
passe
no
further
,
bicause
of
the
Amplitude
and
spreading
of
the
sea
,
which
extended
euen
to
his
orizon
&
end
of
his
sight
.
Others
do
affirme
that
the
said
Hercules
for
that
he
woulde
leaue
a
memorial
of
his
happie
conquests
,
caused
ther
to
be
erected
two
columnes
or
pillers
of
a
meruelous
height
on
the
cost
of
Europe
.
Alexander
which
did
leaue
certaine
markes
in
Asia
the
great
,
wheras
he
had
bene
.
For
the
like
cause
the
like
was
erected
at
Rhodes
.
As
much
may
be
said
of
Mausolia
numbred
among
the
seuen
wonders
of
the
world
,
made
&
edified
by
Artemisia
in
the
honour
&
for
the
loue
that
she
bare
to
hir
husband
:
the
like
of
the
Pyramides
of
Memphis
,
vnder
that
which
are
embalmed
the
Kings
of
Egypte
.
Furthermore
at
the
entrie
of
the
great
sea
,
Iulius
Caesar
reared
vp
a
hye
piller
of
white
marbell
.
And
for
bicause
that
many
haue
bene
of
this
name
of
Hercules
,
we
wil
say
with
Arian
the
Historiographer
,
Hercules
to
be
he
,
that
the
Tyriens
haue
celebrated
,
for
bicause
that
they
haue
edified
Tartesse
on
the
borders
of
Spaine
whereas
are
the
pillers
of
the
which
we
haue
spoken
,
and
there
is
consecrated
to
him
a
temple
according
to
the
maner
of
the
Phenicians
,
with
such
sacrifices
and
ceremonies
as
was
vsed
in
times
paste
.
Also
it
hath
ben
named
the
place
of
Hercules
.
This
straight
at
this
day
is
the
refuge
and
succor
of
theues
,
pirates
and
rouers
on
the
sea
,
as
Turkes
,
Moores
and
Barbarians
,
enimies
of
our
Christian
Religion
,
Africa
and
Spayne
as
of
Fraunce
,
Englande
and
other
places
,
and
that
which
is
more
to
be
lamented
,
the
captiuitie
of
diuers
Christians
whom
they
vse
most
cruelly
,
yea
worse
than
brute
beastes
in
all
their
affaires
,
beside
the
losse
of
soules
in
denying
their
Christendome
bicause
of
their
horrible
and
dreadful
torments
.
Of
Africa
generally
.
Chapter
.3
.
SAyling
beyond
this
straight
,
Africa
the
space
of
eight
dayes
,
on
the
left
hand
euen
right
to
the
Cape
of
Canti
being
distant
from
the
Equinoctial
.33
.
degrées
,
we
wil
write
therof
generally
.
Africa
as
Ptolomeus
writeth
,
India
America
of
the
which
we
pretende
to
write
,
named
as
Ioseph
witnesseth
Africa
of
Affer
,
who
as
we
reade
in
the
Gréeke
and
Latine
Histories
,
for
that
he
ouercame
it
,
raigned
him self
&
named
it
after
his
own
name
,
for
before
it
was
called
Libia
as
some
think
of
this
Gréeke
word
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
which
signifieth
the
South
winde
that
there
is
frequented
and
familiar
,
or
of
Lybs
that
raigned
,
or
else
Africa
hath
ben
named
of
this
article
A
,
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
signifieth
colde
,
and
before
called
Hisperia
.
As
touching
his
lying
,
Atlantike
and
endeth
in
the
straight
of
Arabia
or
at
the
sea
of
Egypte
as
Apian
witnesseth
,
as
in
like
case
in
fewe
woordes
Aristotle
doeth
very
well
write
.
Others
make
it
to
beginne
at
Nyll
towardes
the
North
,
at
the
sea
Meditareum
:
furthermore
Africa
hath
bene
called
as
Iosephus
writeth
in
the
Antiquities
of
India
,
al
that
is
comprehended
on
the
one
side
from
the
North
sea
or
Meditareum
,
euen
to
the
West
Meridionall
,
neuerthelesse
seperated
in
twayne
,
olde
and
newe
,
the
new
beginneth
at
the
hilles
of
the
Moone
,
hauing
his
head
at
the
Cape
of
good
hope
in
the
South
sea
.35
.
degrées
aboue
the
lyne
,
so
that
it
contayneth
of
latitude
.25
.
degrées
.
As
touching
the
olde
,
it
is
diuided
in
foure
prouinces
,
the
first
is
Barbaria
,
contayning
Mauritania
,
Cyrenia
,
and
Cesariensia
,
there
the
people
be
very
blacke
.
In
tymes
past
this
countrey
was
little
inhabited
,
but
nowe
much
more
:
also
the
diuerse
kindes
of
people
remayning
in
this
countrey
with
the
diuersitie
of
maners
and
of
their
Religion
,
the
knowledge
of
which
wold
haue
made
both
a
long
voyage
and
also
a
large
volume
.
Ptolomeus
hath
made
no
mention
of
the
exterior
parte
towarde
the
South
,
for
bicause
that
it
was
not
founde
out
nor
discouered
in
his
tyme
.
Many
haue
discribed
it
more
at
large
,
as
Plinie
,
Mela
,
Strabo
,
Apian
,
and
others
,
and
therefore
I
wil
not
stand
therein
.
This
Religion
,
as
Herodian
writeth
,
is
frutefull
,
and
well
peopled
with
people
of
diuerse
sortes
and
maners
of
liuing
.
Phenicians
in
times
past
came
to
dwell
in
Africa
,
as
it
is
sene
by
that
which
is
writen
in
the
Phenician
tong
in
certaine
pyllers
of
stone
that
as
yet
are
to
be
sene
in
the
towne
of
Tynge
,
called
at
this
day
Thamar
,
belonging
to
the
King
of
Portugal
.
As
touching
their
maners
euen
so
as
is
the
temperatnesse
of
the
ayre
according
to
the
diuersitie
of
places
,
also
the
people
themselues
doe
cause
varietie
of
temperance
,
and
by
folowing
of
maners
for
the
Simpathie
that
the
soule
hath
with
the
body
,
as
Galian
sheweth
in
the
booke
that
he
hath
writen
.
Likewise
we
sée
in
Europia
,
in
diuers
Kingdomes
,
the
varietie
of
maners
and
customes
,
the
Africans
in
general
are
crafty
,
Syrines
couetous
,
the
Sicilians
willy
,
and
the
Asians
voluptuous
.
There
is
also
difference
in
Religions
:
some
worship
after
an
other
maner
,
some
are
Mahometistes
,
other
some
are
Christians
after
a
very
strange
maner
contrary
to
vs
.
And
as
for
brute
beastes
,
there
are
diuers
kindes
.
Aristotle
saith
that
the
beastes
in
Asia
are
very
cruell
,
and
in
Africa
monstrous
.
For
the
scarcetie
of
water
many
beastes
of
diuers
kindes
are
constrayned
to
assemble
where
as
there
is
any
water
to
be
had
,
&
there
oftentimes
they
couple
together
,
and
therby
engendereth
the
diuersitie
of
strange
and
monstrous
beastes
,
Africa
alwayes
bringeth
forth
some
new
thing
.
This
prouerbe
is
common
among
the
Romaines
,
for
that
they
made
thether
many
vayages
,
hauing
the
Dominion
of
it
of
a
long
tyme
,
as
Scipio
Africanus
sayth
,
they
alwaies
brought
from
thence
some
strange
thing
,
which
séemed
to
engender
a
rebuke
or
shame
to
their
citie
and
common
weale
.
The
fourth
Chapter
treateth
of
Africa
particularly
.
NOwe
as
concerning
that
parte
of
Africa
the
which
we
haue
coasted
towards
the
West
,
as
Mauritania
,
Barbaria
,
so
named
bicause
of
the
diuersitie
and
strange
maner
of
the
inhabitantes
,
it
is
inhabited
with
Turkes
,
Moores
,
and
others
borne
in
the
countrey
,
true
it
is
that
in
some
places
it
is
vnhabited
,
and
as
desert
as
wel
for
the
extreme
heate
that
maketh
them
to
goe
naked
sauing
onely
their
priuie
partes
,
as
also
for
the
sterilitie
and
barennesse
of
some
places
being
full
of
Spiders
,
and
for
the
quantitie
of
wild
beastes
,
as
Lyons
,
Tigers
,
Dragons
,
Leopards
,
Panthers
,
and
others
vnknowen
,
the
which
causeth
and
constrayneth
the
people
of
that
countrey
to
go
in
bandes
and
companies
to
their
affaires
and
trades
,
garnished
with
bowes
and
arowes
,
&
with
other
weapons
,
for
their
defense
.
But
if
by
aduenture
they
be
sodainly
beset
with
these
wild
beasts
,
being
but
a
smal
companie
when
that
they
go
a
fishing
or
otherwise
,
they
flée
to
the
sea
,
casting
themselues
in
,
&
so
saue
themselues
by
swimming
,
in
the
which
they
are
wel
exercised
&
accustomed
.
The
others
being
not
so
swift
in
running
,
or
not
hauing
the
knowledge
to
swym
,
clyme
vp
into
trées
,
and
by
this
meane
they
euitate
or
eschew
the
danger
of
those
beastes
.
Ye
must
also
note
that
the
people
of
the
countrey
dye
more
by
the
rauishment
of
wilde
beasts
than
by
natural
death
:
and
this
is
from
Gibaltar
to
the
Capuerd
.
They
kepe
the
cursed
and
damnable
lawe
of
Mahomet
,
Turkes
.
Before
they
make
their
prayer
in
their
temples
,
they
washe
wholy
their
bodies
,
thinking
thereby
they
purge
their
soule
as
well
as
the
body
by
this
outwarde
washing
and
ceremonie
with
a
corruptible
element
,
and
their
prayer
is
made
foure
times
a
day
,
as
I
haue
sene
the
Turkes
do
at
Constantinople
.
Pagans
had
firste
receiued
this
damnable
Religion
,
they
were
constrayned
once
in
their
time
to
make
a
voyage
to
Mecha
,
where
as
their
gentill
Prophete
is
buryed
,
otherwise
they
had
no
hope
of
the
rewards
or
benefits
that
to
them
wer
promised
,
the
which
things
the
Turkes
obserue
at
this
day
,
and
they
assemble
for
to
accomplishe
this
voyage
with
all
kinde
of
munitions
and
attilery
,
as
though
they
would
goe
a
warfar
,
for
feare
of
the
inuasions
of
the
Arabians
that
kepe
the
mountaines
in
certaine
places
.
What
assemblies
I
haue
sene
being
in
Cairea
,
with
the
magnificence
and
triumphes
that
there
is
made
.
And
yet
this
is
more
curiously
and
straitly
obserued
among
the
Moores
of
Africa
and
other
Mahometists
so
blinded
and
obstinate
are
they
,
the
which
hath
giuen
me
occasion
to
speake
in
this
place
of
the
Turkes
and
of
their
voyage
afore
they
take
in
hand
the
warre
or
any
thing
else
of
waight
or
importance
.
And
when
that
principally
the
meane
is
taken
from
them
to
make
this
voyage
,
they
sacrifice
some
wild
or
tame
beast
,
as
they
chaunce
to
méete
,
which
they
call
as
well
in
their
language
as
in
Arabike
,
Corban
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
as
present
or
offering
,
the
which
abuse
is
not
vsed
among
the
Turkes
of
Leuant
,
neither
in
Constantinople
.
They
haue
certaine
Priests
that
are
the
greatest
deceiuers
of
the
world
,
they
make
the
common
sort
beleue
&
vnderstande
,
that
they
know
the
secrets
of
God
and
of
their
Prophete
that
speaketh
many
times
to
them
.
Furthermore
they
vse
a
strange
maner
of
writing
,
and
do
attribute
the
first
vse
of
writing
before
all
other
nations
.
To
the
which
the
Egyptians
wil
neuer
accord
to
whom
the
most
part
of
those
that
haue
treated
of
Antiquities
,
giue
the
first
inuention
of
writing
with
the
representing
by
certaine
figures
the
cogitations
and
thoughtes
of
the
minde
.
And
to
this
purpose
writeth
Tacitus
in
this
maner
:
Egyptians
wer
the
first
that
represented
and
manifested
the
conception
of
the
minde
by
figures
of
beastes
,
grauing
vpon
stones
for
the
memorial
of
men
,
the
things
that
happened
and
were
done
in
times
past
.
Likewise
they
say
that
they
are
the
first
inuenters
of
letters
.
And
this
inuention
,
as
it
is
founde
by
writing
,
was
brought
into
Grecia
by
the
Phenicians
,
that
then
ruled
on
the
sea
,
being
reputed
to
their
great
glory
as
the
first
,
finders
out
of
that
which
they
had
learned
of
the
Egyptians
.
The
men
in
this
parte
on
the
coaste
of
Europe
,
vse
to
noynte
their
ioyntes
with
Oyle
,
of
the
which
they
haue
greate
plenty
,
before
they
take
in
hand
any
greate
exercise
:
for
al
softe
and
pliable
things
are
not
easy
to
breake
,
they
principallie
make
warre
with
the
Spanyardes
on
their
borders
,
partly
for
religion
&
partly
for
other
causes
.
It
is
true
that
the
Portingals
of
late
time
haue
ouercome
certaine
places
in
Barbaria
,
Portingals
were
constrayned
to
forsake
the
place
,
&
there
is
alwayes
such
enimitie
or
hatred
among
them
,
that
they
trade
and
trafficke
together
their
Suger
,
Oyle
,
Ryce
,
Lether
and
other
marchandise
by
leauing
of
pledges
and
hostages
.
They
haue
quantity
of
good
fruts
,
as
Oranges
,
Lemonds
,
Citrons
,
Pomegarneds
,
the
which
they
eat
for
wante
of
better
meate
,
and
Ryce
in
stede
of
Wheate
:
also
they
drinke
Oyles
,
as
we
do
Wine
.
They
liue
many
yeares
,
more
to
my
iudgement
bicause
of
the
sobrietie
they
vse
,
than
otherwise
.
Of
the
fortunate
Ilandes
now
called
the
Canaries
.
Cap.
5.
Barbaria
on
the
left
hande
,
hauing
alwayes
the
winde
fauorable
,
we
knew
by
our
compasse
how
néere
we
were
to
the
fortunate
Ilandes
,
lying
on
the
borders
of
Mauritania
toward
the
west
,
being
so
named
by
our
elders
,
bicause
of
the
good
temperatnesse
of
the
aire
,
Tenerif
the
Ile
of
yron
,
Gomeria
,
and
the
great
Iland
,
properly
called
Canaria
,
are
distant
from
the
Equinoctial
.27
.
degrées
,
the
other
thrée
,
Forteuenturia
,
Palma
,
and
Lencelota
,
are
.28
.
degrées
,
so
that
by
this
ye
may
sée
,
that
from
the
first
to
the
last
,
is
a
degrée
,
the
which
is
.17
.
Leagues
and
a
halfe
,
reckening
from
the
North
to
the
South
,
according
to
the
opinion
of
Pillotes
.
But
without
further
talke
,
he
that
wold
finde
out
by
the
degrées
of
the
firmament
the
quantitie
of
leagues
,
and
stades
,
that
the
earth
doth
contayne
,
and
what
proportion
there
is
from
league
to
degrée
(
the
which
ought
to
be
obserued
of
him
that
will
write
of
countreys
as
a
true
Cosmographer
)
let
him
reade
Ptolomeus
,
the
which
treateth
therof
at
large
in
his
Cosmography
.
Canaria
,
bicause
of
the
multitude
of
greate
Dogs
that
there
are
nourished
,
as
Plinie
sheweth
,
and
many
others
after
him
,
that
say
as
yet
,
that
Iuba
bare
away
twayne
.
But
nowe
they
are
all
named
the
Canaries
without
any
distinction
,
for
this
onely
reason
before
shewed
.
Canaries
,
for
the
abundance
of
Canes
and
wild
Réedes
that
growe
on
the
sea
brink
:
as
for
the
Canes
or
Réedes
that
beare
Suger
,
the
Spaniards
haue
planted
a
great
many
,
since
the
tyme
that
they
haue
there
inhabited
,
but
ther
did
inhabite
brutish
&
Barbarous
men
before
that
there
were
any
Dogs
,
the
which
standeth
by
good
reason
,
for
I
knowe
well
by
experience
,
that
in
all
the
countreis
and
Indies
that
haue
ben
discouered
and
founde
out
of
late
dayes
,
they
had
neuer
knowledge
of
dog
or
catte
,
as
hereafter
shal
be
shewed
.
Yet
I
knowe
well
that
the
Portingals
haue
brought
thether
some
,
and
kept
them
for
to
hunte
after
wild
beastes
.
Plinie
,
therefore
speaketh
in
this
maner
:
the
first
is
called
Ombrion
,
Ferula
,
Iunonia
,
the
Iland
of
Snowe
,
Canaria
,
so
called
bicause
of
the
multitud
of
great
dogs
that
it
engendreth
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
,
wherof
Iuba
King
of
Mauritania
,
had
two
,
&
in
the
saide
I
le
ther
are
some
apperance
of
old
buildings
.
This
countrey
in
times
past
hath
ben
inhabited
with
wild
&
Barbarous
people
,
not
knowing
God
,
but
altogether
Idolaters
,
worshipping
the
Sunne
the
Moone
&
certaine
other
planets
,
as
soueraigne
deities
,
of
the
which
they
thought
they
receiued
al
their
benefits
,
but
in
lesse
than
.58
.
yeres
,
the
Spaniards
haue
subdued
and
ouercome
them
,
and
slayne
part
of
them
,
and
the
rest
they
hold
and
kepe
as
slaues
and
captiues
:
and
they
inhabiting
there
,
haue
established
or
set
vp
the
Christian
fayth
,
so
that
at
this
present
ther
is
none
of
the
ancient
dwellers
left
,
Spaine
,
the
which
for
punishement
are
sent
thither
into
exile
,
so
that
there
is
an
infinite
number
also
of
slaues
,
the
which
serue
as
well
to
labor
the
grounde
,
as
to
do
other
labors
.
I
do
much
maruel
how
the
inhabitantes
of
these
Ilands
,
and
of
Afrike
,
for
that
they
are
néere
neighbors
,
haue
so
differed
in
language
,
in
colour
,
Religion
and
in
maners
.
Also
that
many
vnder
the
Romaine
Empire
haue
conquered
and
subdued
the
greatest
parte
of
Africa
,
and
neuer
touched
these
Ilands
,
as
they
haue
done
in
the
sea
Meditareum
,
knowing
also
that
they
are
very
fruitfull
,
seruing
as
a
victualer
to
the
Spaniards
,
euen
as
Cicilie
serueth
to
the
Romaines
and
Geneuois
.
Canaries
.
And
the
cause
why
it
is
there
better
gathered
&
desired
,
is
,
for
that
the
Ilands
in
the
sea
Meditareum
on
the
cost
of
gréeke
land
,
as
Metelin
,
Rhodes
,
&
other
places
bearing
good
suger
,
before
the
Turke
had
the
dominion
of
them
,
haue
ben
spoyled
by
negligence
or
otherwise
.
And
in
all
the
countrey
of
Leuant
,
I
haue
sene
no
suger
made
but
in
Egypt
,
Nyll
,
the
which
also
is
greatly
estemed
of
the
people
&
of
the
marchants
that
trade
thether
as
much
&
rather
more
,
than
Canarie
Suger
.
The
elders
before
vs
estemed
greately
the
Suger
of
Arabia
,
Europe
,
that
there
cannot
be
neuer
so
little
a
banket
made
after
our
maner
of
liuing
,
but
that
euery
sause
must
be
sugered
,
and
also
our
meates
and
drinkes
.
The
which
thing
was
defended
to
the
Athenians
,
by
their
lawes
,
as
a
thing
that
did
effeminate
the
people
:
the
which
the
Lacedemonians
haue
folowed
by
example
.
But
of
a
trueth
the
great
Lordes
of
Turkie
drinke
sugered
waters
,
for
bicause
that
wine
is
defended
them
by
their
lawe
.
As
touching
the
wine
that
was
inuented
by
the
greate
Phisition
Hyppocrates
,
it
was
onely
permitted
to
sicke
folke
and
vnable
,
but
at
this
day
it
is
so
common
with
vs
,
as
it
is
scarce
in
other
countreys
.
So
much
haue
we
spoken
by
the
way
,
on
the
talke
of
suger
,
let
vs
nowe
returne
to
our
mater
.
Candia
,
where
as
they
make
Malmesies
,
as
we
will
declare
intreating
of
the
Ilands
of
Madera
.
Of
flesh
also
there
is
sufficient
,
as
wilde
and
tame
goates
,
birds
of
all
kindes
greate
quantitie
,
Oranges
,
Citrons
,
Lemonds
,
Pomegranads
and
other
fruites
,
Palmes
,
and
greate
quantitie
of
good
Hony
.
Paper
,
and
in
the
sayd
riuers
and
floudes
there
are
fishes
named
Silures
,
the
which
Paulus
Iouius
in
his
booke
of
fishes
,
thinketh
to
be
Sturgion
,
of
the
which
the
poore
slaues
féede
on
,
sweating
for
trauell
&
almost
breathlesse
,
and
oftentymes
they
féede
thereon
for
wante
of
other
meate
.
And
thus
much
I
will
say
by
the
way
,
that
they
are
very
hardly
intreated
of
the
Spaniards
,
specially
of
the
Portingals
,
yea
worsse
than
of
the
Turkes
or
Arabians
.
And
I
am
constrayned
to
speake
thereof
,
for
that
I
haue
sene
it
my selfe
.
Among
other
things
,
there
is
found
an
herb
against
the
hils
sides
commonly
called
Oriselia
,
Bre
,
Tenerif
.
They
take
thornes
of
that
which
there
is
great
quantitie
,
and
breake
them
,
and
lay
them
by
pece
one
vpon
another
like
crosses
,
and
vnder
eche
heape
there
is
a
little
hole
of
no
great
depth
,
and
then
they
set
fire
on
this
wooden
almost
at
the
very
top
,
and
then
it
rendereth
his
gumme
that
falleth
into
this
hole
.
Others
do
make
it
with
lesse
labor
,
for
the
hole
being
made
,
they
set
fier
on
the
trée
:
this
gumme
bringeth
them
great
profit
in
their
trade
that
they
make
to
Perou
,
of
the
which
they
vse
to
calke
ships
and
other
vessels
for
the
sea
,
putting
it
to
no
other
vse
.
As
touching
the
harte
of
this
trée
being
somewhat
red
,
the
poore
people
that
dwel
on
the
hils
and
mountaynes
cut
it
by
long
stickes
of
the
length
of
halfe
a
fadome
,
as
greate
as
our
thumbe
,
and
lighting
it
at
one
ende
it
serueth
in
stede
of
a
candel
.
Also
the
Spaniards
vse
it
after
this
manner
.
Of
the
high
mountaines
of
Pike
properly
called
Pikehill
.
Cap.
6.
IN
one
of
these
Ilands
named
Tenerif
,
Armenia
,
of
Persia
,
Tartaria
,
neither
the
Hyll
Lybem
in
Syria
,
the
mounte
Ida
,
Athos
,
nor
yet
the
mounte
Olympus
,
so
much
celebrat
by
the
Historiographers
,
ought
not
to
be
compared
to
this
Hil
,
the
which
containeth
in
circuite
at
the
leaste
twenty
miles
,
&
from
the
foote
to
the
top
54.
miles
.
This
mountaine
or
Hil
is
named
Pike
,
at
al
times
snowy
,
mysty
,
and
ful
of
great
and
cold
vapors
,
and
also
of
snow
,
although
that
it
is
not
easily
sene
,
(
to
my
iudgement
)
for
bicause
that
it
extendeth
to
the
lower
Region
of
the
Aire
the
which
is
very
colde
,
as
Philosophers
,
and
Astronomers
holde
opinion
,
so
that
the
snow
cannot
melt
,
bicause
that
in
that
place
the
Sunne
cannot
cast
hir
beames
,
and
therefore
the
superior
or
vpper
part
remayneth
alwayes
colde
.
This
mountayne
or
Hill
is
so
high
,
that
if
the
ayre
be
cleare
,
it
may
be
sene
fiftie
Leagues
on
the
water
and
more
,
the
top
and
the
bottome
of
this
hill
though
one
be
néere
or
farre
of
,
is
made
in
maner
of
this
Gréeke
figure
Ω
the
which
signifieth
Omega
.
Ethna
.30
.
Leagues
,
and
on
the
sea
néere
to
Cypris
,
I
haue
sene
a
certayne
mountayne
of
Armenia
,
fiftie
Leagues
of
,
though
I
haue
not
the
eye
sight
so
good
,
as
Linxius
,
who
from
the
Promontorie
of
Lylibie
in
Cicilie
,
did
discerne
and
sée
the
ships
,
in
the
porte
of
Carthage
.
I
am
sure
that
some
will
thinke
this
strange
,
esteming
that
a
mans
eye
coulde
in
no
wise
sée
nor
discerne
so
far
of
:
but
neuerthelesse
this
is
most
true
in
plainnesse
,
but
not
in
height
.
The
Spaniards
haue
diuers
tymes
assayed
to
sounde
the
height
of
this
hyll
,
and
for
to
doe
it
,
they
haue
many
tymes
sent
a
certayne
number
of
people
with
mulles
,
bearing
bread
,
wine
&
other
munitions
,
but
they
neuer
returne
againe
as
I
haue
ben
crediblie
informed
of
those
that
haue
dwelled
there
ten
yeres
.
And
therefore
they
holde
opinion
,
that
in
the
sayd
hill
,
as
wel
on
the
toppe
as
on
the
circuite
,
there
are
some
reste
or
remnant
of
these
wilde
Canarians
,
that
thither
are
retired
,
and
kepe
the
sayde
hyll
,
liuing
with
Rootes
,
and
with
wilde
beastes
,
the
which
kill
and
slaye
those
that
presume
to
get
vp
the
hill
,
Ptolomeus
hath
had
knowledge
,
saying
,
that
beyond
the
Columnes
or
pillers
of
Hercules
.
In
a
certain
I
le
there
is
a
hil
,
of
a
maruellous
and
wonderful
height
,
and
therefore
towarde
the
toppe
it
is
alwayes
couered
with
Snowe
:
from
the
sayde
hille
there
falleth
greate
aboundance
of
water
,
that
watereth
all
the
Ilande
,
the
which
maketh
it
very
fruitfull
of
Canes
,
Sugers
,
and
other
thinges
.
And
there
is
no
other
water
than
that
which
commeth
from
that
hill
,
otherwise
the
countreys
that
are
vnder
the
tropike
of
Cancer
,
wold
remayne
barren
bicause
of
the
excessiue
heate
.
Of
the
Ile
of
Iron
.
Cap
7.
AMong
these
Ilandes
I
thinke
good
particularly
to
describe
the
Ile
of
Iron
next
to
Tenerif
,
Spaniards
as
wel
as
the
rest
.
As
touching
corne
,
ther
is
not
sufficient
for
the
dwellers
,
therfore
the
greatest
part
as
the
slaues
,
are
constrained
to
nourishe
them selues
with
milke
and
chéese
,
made
of
goates
milke
,
of
that
which
ther
is
plenty
,
and
therefore
they
looke
fresh
,
well
disposed
,
and
maruellous
wel
nourished
,
for
bicause
that
such
nourishment
by
custome
is
familiar
to
their
nature
,
likewise
for
that
the
good
temperatnesse
of
the
ayre
fauoureth
them
.
Some
half
Philosopher
or
half
Phisition
(
giuing
alwayes
honor
to
them
that
merit
honor
)
may
here
demaunde
whe
-
that
they
vsing
these
things
,
are
not
grauelly
,
knowing
that
milke
,
Europe
.
I
answere
that
chéese
of
it selfe
may
be
good
and
bad
,
grauelly
and
not
grauelly
,
according
to
the
quantitie
that
is
taken
,
and
the
nature
&
disposition
of
the
person
.
True
it
is
that
to
vs
which
being
not
contented
with
one
kinde
of
meate
,
we
take
oftentimes
euen
in
an
houre
twenty
,
or
thirty
kindes
of
meates
and
drinkes
,
it
may
be
hurtfull
,
but
not
to
them
which
vse
one
kinde
only
,
yea
,
and
that
moderatly
.
We
sée
that
the
Indians
liue
seuen
or
eight
moneths
in
the
warre
with
meale
made
of
certayne
harde
and
dry
rootes
,
in
the
which
some
woulde
Iudge
that
there
were
no
nourishment
nor
sustenance
.
The
inhabitantes
of
Creta
&
Cypris
,
Canaries
for
that
it
is
Kowe
milke
and
other
Goates
milke
.
Furthermore
that
milke
is
good
nourishment
,
that
promptly
is
conuerted
into
bloud
,
Plinie
in
his
seconde
boke
&
.42
.
Chap.
sheweth
that
Zorastes
liued
xx
.
yeres
in
the
wildernesse
onely
with
chéese
,
that
Pamphiliens
in
the
war
,
had
almost
no
other
victuals
but
chéese
made
of
Asses
,
&
Camels
milke
,
the
which
also
I
haue
sene
the
Arabians
do
,
the
which
did
not
onely
drinke
milke
in
steade
of
water
passing
the
Desert
of
Egypt
,
but
also
gaue
it
vnto
their
horses
.
Also
the
Ancient
Spaniards
for
●he
moste
parte
of
the
yeare
lyued
with
Ackornes
,
as
Strabo
sheweth
&
Possidonius
,
of
the
which
they
made
their
bread
,
and
their
drinke
of
certayne
rootes
,
and
not
onely
the
Spaniards
but
many
others
,
as
Vergill
reciteth
in
Georgicon
:
but
nowe
the
season
serueth
vs
to
liue
more
swéeter
and
more
humaynly
.
The
men
in
all
these
Ilands
are
more
broken
to
labor
and
trauel
than
the
Spaniards
in
Spaine
,
hauing
no
lerning
but
rustically
.
To
conclude
,
they
of
knowledge
that
are
wel
sene
in
the
Nauigation
,
aswel
Portingals
as
Spaniards
,
Diametrial
,
as
they
haue
noted
in
their
carde
Marins
,
limitating
all
that
is
from
the
North
to
the
South
as
the
Equinoctiall
lyne
of
Weast
and
East
,
the
which
lines
are
equall
in
greatnesse
,
for
euery
one
containeth
.360
.
degrées
,
Equinoctial
lyne
diuideth
the
Sphere
in
two
,
and
the
foure
and
twenty
clymats
twelue
,
in
the
East
,
and
as
much
in
the
Weast
,
also
this
Diametriall
passing
by
this
former
Ilande
,
as
the
Equinoctiall
by
the
Iles
of
S.
Omer
,
cutteth
or
breaketh
the
Paralizes
and
all
the
sphere
by
the
half
of
the
North
to
the
South
.
Other
things
I
haue
not
founde
in
this
Ilande
worthy
of
memorie
,
sauing
that
there
are
greate
quantitie
of
Scorpions
,
&
more
dangerous
than
those
that
I
haue
séene
in
Turkie
,
as
I
haue
knowen
by
experience
.
Turkes
gather
them
for
to
make
Oyle
,
good
for
medicine
,
as
the
Phisition
can
very
well
vse
it
.
Of
the
Ilandes
of
Madera
.
Cap.
8.
WE
reade
not
in
Authors
how
that
these
Ilandes
were
discouered
,
Spaniardes
and
Portingals
haue
hazared
and
enterprised
many
Nauigations
towarde
the
Weast
,
and
as
we
haue
sayde
before
,
Ptolomeus
had
vnderstanding
of
the
Fortunate
Ilands
euen
to
the
Caape
verd
.
Plinie
also
maketh
mention
,
that
Iuba
brought
two
dogs
from
the
great
Canaria
,
beside
many
Authors
that
thereof
haue
spoken
.
Then
the
Portingals
were
the
first
that
found
out
these
Ilands
,
of
the
which
we
speake
,
and
named
them
in
their
language
Madera
,
Gibaltare
and
the
Canaries
towardes
the
West
,
and
in
our
Nauigation
we
coasted
them
on
the
right
hand
,
being
distant
from
the
Equinoctiall
,
about
.32
.
degrées
,
and
from
the
Canaries
.63
.
leagues
.
Now
for
to
discouer
and
labour
this
Countrey
,
as
a
Portingale
being
a
master
Pilot
shewed
me
,
they
were
constrained
to
set
fire
in
the
woode
,
as
well
of
the
highest
as
of
others
.
Of
the
greatest
and
principallest
Iland
,
that
is
made
in
maner
of
a
Triangle
,
as
Δ
of
the
Greekes
,
containing
in
circuit
.14
.
leagues
,
or
therabout
.
Wherein
the
fire
continued
the
space
of
vj.
or
.vij.
dayes
,
with
suche
a
vehement
heate
,
that
they
were
constrained
to
saue
them selues
in
their
ships
,
and
the
others
that
had
not
this
meane
nor
libertie
,
cast
themselues
into
the
Sea
,
vntill
the
smoke
of
the
fire
was
past
.
Incontinently
after
,
they
began
to
labor
the
ground
,
to
plant
and
sowe
diuers
graines
:
the
which
profited
greatly
,
bicause
of
the
good
disposition
and
temperatenesse
of
the
aire
.
Afterwarde
,
they
builded
and
edified
houses
and
Castles
,
so
that
at
this
day
there
is
found
no
place
so
faire
and
pleasant
.
Madera
beareth
the
name
.
The
people
that
nowe
inhabite
Madera
,
are
muche
more
ciuill
and
fuller
of
humanitie
,
than
they
of
the
Canaries
,
and
they
trade
with
others
,
as
humainely
as
is
possible
.
Their
greatest
trade
is
Suger
and
Wine
,
of
the
which
we
will
treate
héereafter
at
large
.
Also
they
haue
Honey
,
Waxe
,
Oranges
,
Citrons
,
Lemonds
,
Pomegranads
and
Corderians
,
they
make
great
quantitie
of
Comfets
,
Gaiac
,
Gaiac
that
is
at
the
Antilles
,
they
set
nought
thereby
:
it
may
also
be
,
that
they
know
not
the
manner
how
to
vse
it
.
There
are
also
certaine
Trées
,
that
at
certaine
times
of
the
yeare
,
casteth
good
Gumme
,
the
which
they
call
Dragons
bloude
,
This
kinde
of
gumme
is
not
vnlike
to
Cynaber
of
which
writeth
Dioscoridus
,
Cynaber
sayth
he
,
is
brought
from
Africa
,
and
is
solde
deare
,
so
that
there
is
not
ynough
to
satisfie
paynters
:
it
is
redde
,
and
therefore
some
iudge
it
to
be
Dragons
bloude
,
and
so
hath
Plinie
thought
it
in
his
booke
the
.33
.
of
his
naturall
Historie
the
seuenth
Chapter
,
of
the
which
as
well
Cynaber
as
Dragons
bloude
is
not
at
this
day
founde
among
vs
so
naturall
,
as
the
elders
haue
described
,
but
the
one
&
the
other
is
artificiall
:
therefore
knowing
what
the
elders
haue
iudged
it
,
and
that
which
I
haue
knowen
of
this
gumme
,
I
woulde
esteme
it
to
be
altogether
like
to
Cynaber
and
Dragons
bloude
,
hauing
a
softe
,
and
a
cold
vertue
.
I
wil
not
here
forget
among
these
,
so
singular
fruites
as
great
Lemonds
,
Oranges
,
Citrons
,
and
abundance
of
swete
Pomegranads
,
winish
,
swéete
and
sowre
,
little
and
great
,
the
ryne
or
péele
of
which
serue
to
tanne
and
harden
the
skins
,
for
that
they
are
very
suppell
.
And
I
thinke
that
they
haue
learned
this
of
Plinie
,
for
the
treateth
therof
in
his
19.
booke
and
thirtenth
Chapter
of
his
Historie
.
To
be
short
,
these
Ilands
so
fruitful
&
wel
disposed
,
do
excel
in
dilicatnesse
those
of
Greece
,
were
it
Chios
that
Empedocleus
hath
so
much
extolled
,
and
Rhodes
,
Apollonius
and
many
others
.
Of
the
Wine
of
Madera
.
Cap.
9.
WE
haue
here
shewed
howe
much
the
lande
of
Madera
is
fruitfull
and
well
disposed
,
to
beare
many
kinds
of
good
fruite
:
nowe
we
must
speake
of
the
Wine
of
Madera
,
the
which
is
aboue
all
fruites
,
for
the
vse
and
necessitie
of
our
humayne
life
.
I
cannot
tel
whether
it
meriteth
the
first
degrée
,
at
the
least
I
am
assured
it
meriteth
the
seconde
in
excellencie
and
perfection
.
The
Wine
&
Suger
bicause
of
an
affinitie
in
temperatnesse
that
they
haue
together
,
require
a
like
disposition
as
doeth
the
ayre
and
the
lande
.
And
euen
as
our
Ilandes
of
Madera
doe
bring
forth
greate
quantitie
of
very
good
Suger
,
Spaniards
haue
affirmed
that
they
wer
not
brought
from
Leuant
nor
from
Candia
,
and
yet
the
Wine
is
as
good
and
better
.
The
which
then
ought
not
to
be
attributed
to
any
other
thing
,
but
onely
to
the
grounde
.
I
know
well
that
Cyrus
King
of
the
Medians
and
Assirians
,
before
that
he
had
conquered
Egypte
,
made
to
be
planted
a
great
number
of
plants
that
he
caused
to
be
brought
from
Siria
,
that
since
brought
forth
good
Wine
,
but
yet
they
passed
not
these
of
Madera
.
Candia
,
though
they
are
very
excellent
,
so
that
in
times
paste
they
haue
bene
greatly
estemed
in
the
Romaine
bankets
,
the
which
haue
bene
more
celebrated
than
the
Wines
of
Chios
,
Metheglyn
,
and
of
Promentorie
of
Aruasia
,
which
for
his
excellencie
and
pleasantnesse
hath
bene
called
Wine
for
the
Gods
.
But
at
this
day
the
Wines
of
Madera
,
and
of
the
Ile
of
Palme
one
of
the
Canaries
,
Spaine
and
from
thence
into
other
countreys
.
The
most
excellentest
is
sold
at
the
place
where
it
is
made
,
for
nine
or
ten
Ducats
the
Pype
.
From
the
which
countrie
being
transported
into
other
places
,
it
is
very
hot
and
burning
,
and
rather
poyson
to
men
,
than
nourishment
,
if
it
be
not
taken
with
discretion
.
Plato
estemed
Wine
to
be
a
very
good
nourisher
,
and
very
familiar
to
our
bodies
,
stirring
vp
or
prouoking
the
spirites
to
vertue
and
honestie
,
alwayes
prouided
that
it
be
moderatly
taken
.
Plinie
saith
,
that
Wine
is
a
souerayne
medicine
.
The
which
being
well
knowen
of
the
Persians
,
estemed
their
greate
enterprises
after
that
they
had
dronke
Wine
(
moderatly
)
to
be
more
worthy
than
those
that
were
done
fasting
,
that
is
to
wit
,
being
taken
in
sufficient
quantitie
according
to
the
complection
of
men
.
We
haue
here
shewed
,
that
onely
the
quantitie
or
superfluitie
of
meates
and
drinkes
hurteth
:
therefore
to
my
iudgement
this
Wine
is
better
the
second
and
third
yere
than
the
firste
,
when
it
hath
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
,
the
which
heate
within
time
consumeth
and
vadeth
,
so
that
then
there
remayneth
but
the
naturall
heate
:
for
being
transported
from
one
place
to
another
,
the
burning
heate
extinguisheth
.
Moreouer
in
these
Ilandes
of
Madera
,
the
trées
,
herbes
,
and
fruites
growe
so
rancke
and
thick
,
that
they
are
constrayned
to
cutte
and
to
burne
a
greate
parte
thereof
.
In
stede
of
which
they
plante
canes
of
Suger
that
profit
very
much
,
bringing
their
Suger
in
,
in
.6
.
monthes
,
and
those
that
they
plante
in
Ianuarie
,
are
cut
in
Iune
,
from
one
moneth
to
another
,
and
so
according
as
they
are
planted
,
the
which
letteth
that
the
heat
of
the
Sunne
doth
not
hurte
them
.
Here
I
haue
briefly
shewed
that
which
I
could
obserue
,
as
touching
the
secretes
of
the
Iles
of
Madera
.
Of
the
Promentarie
Verd
,
and
of
his
Ilandes
.
Cap.
10.
Promentarie
,
a
point
of
a
lande
that
lieth
out
long
in
the
sea
,
the
which
may
be
séene
a
farre
of
,
and
that
this
day
it
is
called
with
vs
a
Caape
,
as
a
thing
eminent
aboue
others
,
as
the
heade
is
aboue
the
rest
of
the
body
?
also
some
will
write
Promontorium
à
Prominendo
,
the
which
to
my
iudgement
is
best
.
This
Caape
or
Promentarie
of
the
which
we
minde
to
speake
,
lyeth
on
the
coast
of
Africa
,
betwene
Barbaria
,
and
Guinny
,
in
the
realme
of
Senega
,
distant
from
the
Equinoctiall
.15
.
degrées
,
being
in
times
paste
named
Ialout
,
by
the
inhabitants
,
and
since
Caape
verd
,
Caape
is
so
called
,
bicause
it
is
full
of
white
sandes
,
being
as
white
as
Snowe
,
without
any
appearance
of
Herbes
or
trées
,
distant
from
the
Canaries
.70
.
Leagues
:
and
there
is
founde
a
goulfe
of
the
Sea
,
called
by
the
people
of
the
countrey
Dargin
,
of
the
name
of
a
little
Ilande
,
Ptolomeus
hath
named
this
Caape
verd
the
Promentorie
of
Ethiopia
,
of
the
which
he
onely
had
knowledge
without
passinge
further
,
the
which
I
iudge
for
my
parte
,
to
be
well
termed
of
him
,
for
this
countrey
extendeth
of
a
greate
length
,
and
therefore
many
haue
sayde
,
that
Ethiopia
is
diuided
in
Asia
,
and
in
Africa
.
Among
the
which
Gemaphrisius
saith
,
that
the
mountains
of
Ethiopia
,
did
occupie
the
greatest
parte
of
Afrike
,
extending
to
the
brinkes
or
borders
of
the
west
Occidental
,
toward
the
South
,
euen
to
the
floud
or
riuer
Nigritis
.
This
Caape
is
very
fayre
and
greate
lying
farre
into
the
sea
,
edified
on
two
fayre
mountaynes
.
All
this
countrey
is
inhabited
with
rude
&
vnciuil
people
,
not
so
rude
or
wild
as
they
of
the
Indies
,
very
black
as
they
of
Barbarie
,
ye
must
also
note
that
from
Gibaltar
,
to
Prestre
Iohns
land
,
Calicute
,
containing
more
than
.3000
.
leagues
,
the
people
is
al
blacke
.
Also
I
haue
sene
in
Ierusalem
thrée
Bishops
on
the
parte
of
Prester
Iohn
,
that
came
thither
to
visite
the
holy
Sepulcher
,
that
were
much
more
blacker
than
those
of
Barbary
,
and
not
without
occasion
,
for
it
is
not
to
be
thought
that
generally
those
of
Africa
are
a
like
blacke
or
like
in
maners
and
conditions
,
considering
the
varietie
and
difference
of
Regions
,
that
are
some
more
hotter
than
others
.
Those
of
Arabia
,
and
of
Egypt
,
are
betwene
blacke
and
white
,
others
browne
coloured
whom
we
call
white
Moores
,
others
are
cleane
blacke
:
the
moste
parte
goe
all
naked
,
as
the
Indians
,
acknowledging
a
King
,
whom
they
name
in
their
language
Mahouat
:
yet
some
of
them
as
well
men
as
women
,
hyde
their
priuie
parts
with
beasts
skins
.
Some
among
the
others
weare
shirtes
,
&
gownes
of
course
hairy
cloth
,
the
which
they
receiue
in
trading
with
the
Portingals
.
The
people
are
familiar
inough
towardes
strangers
.
Before
that
they
take
their
sustenance
they
washe
their
bodies
and
members
,
but
in
another
thing
they
doe
greatly
erre
,
for
they
ordaine
their
meates
very
vnclenly
,
also
they
eate
stinking
and
rotten
flesh
,
&
fish
:
the
fish
bicause
of
his
moistnesse
putrifieth
,
and
the
fleshe
for
that
it
is
tender
and
moyst
,
is
quickly
changed
,
bicause
of
the
vehement
heat
,
as
we
sée
here
in
Sommer
.
For
moystnesse
is
signe
of
putrifaction
,
and
the
heate
is
as
a
cause
efficient
.
Their
houses
&
lodgings
are
alike
,
all
rounde
in
maner
of
our
doue
houses
,
couered
with
réedes
and
Rushes
,
of
the
which
also
they
vse
to
lye
on
,
in
steade
of
beds
for
to
slepe
and
take
their
rest
.
As
touching
their
Religion
,
they
hold
diuers
kinds
of
opinions
strange
inough
,
and
contrarie
to
the
true
Religion
.
Some
worship
Idols
,
others
Mahomet
,
chiefely
in
the
realme
of
Camber
;
some
thinke
,
that
there
is
one
God
,
the
Author
of
all
things
,
with
other
opinions
not
vnlike
to
the
Turkes
.
There
are
some
among
them
that
liue
more
hardly
than
the
others
,
hauing
hanged
at
their
necke
a
little
boxe
closely
shut
and
glewed
with
gumme
)
like
to
a
little
chest
,
ful
of
certain
letters
or
wrytings
,
for
to
make
their
inuocations
and
prayers
,
the
which
customably
they
vse
certaine
dayes
without
ceassing
,
hauing
an
opinion
that
whilest
they
haue
it
about
them
,
they
be
out
of
daunger
.
As
for
Matrimonie
,
they
ioyne
together
one
with
another
by
certaine
promisses
and
agréementes
without
any
other
Ceremonie
.
This
Nation
passeth
the
time
in
pleasure
,
louing
daunsing
,
the
which
they
exercise
at
euening
in
the
Moone
shine
:
in
their
daunsing
they
turn
their
face
as
by
some
manner
of
reuerence
and
worship
,
the
which
a
very
friend
of
mine
hathe
shewed
me
of
a
truthe
,
who
dwelled
there
a
certaine
time
.
Barbazins
and
Serrets
,
with
the
which
those
of
whome
we
haue
spoken
make
continuall
warre
,
although
that
they
be
like
,
(
only
excepting
)
that
the
Barbazins
are
more
wilde
,
brutishe
,
cruel
,
and
hardy
.
The
Serrets
are
vacabonds
and
despearsed
,
euen
as
the
Arabians
by
the
deserts
,
pilfering
all
that
they
may
come
by
,
without
law
,
&
without
King
,
sauing
only
that
they
beare
a
certaine
honoure
to
him
among
them
,
that
hath
done
some
prowesse
or
valiant
acte
in
the
warre
.
And
this
they
alleage
for
reason
,
that
if
they
wer
subiect
vnder
the
obedience
of
a
King
,
he
might
take
their
children
,
and
vse
them
as
slaues
,
as
doth
the
King
of
Senega
.
They
fight
for
the
most
part
on
the
water
in
little
boates
made
of
the
barke
of
a
trée
,
of
foure
fadome
long
,
the
which
they
name
in
their
language
Almadies
.
Canibals
doe
and
they
of
Bressill
.
I
will
not
leaue
out
,
the
ioyning
to
this
Countrey
,
there
is
a
faire
riuer
or
floud
named
Nigritis
,
Senega
,
the
which
is
of
the
same
nature
as
is
Nylle
,
from
whence
it
procéedeth
as
many
doe
affirme
,
the
which
passeth
by
hie
Lybia
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Orgunea
,
running
through
the
midst
of
that
Countrey
,
watering
it
as
Nylle
doeth
Egipt
.
And
for
this
cause
it
was
named
Senega
.
The
Spanyardes
many
times
haue
assayed
by
this
riuer
,
to
enter
into
the
Countrey
for
to
subdue
them
,
and
sometimes
they
haue
entred
well
foure
score
leagues
:
but
for
that
they
could
not
at
no
time
addulciate
nor
appease
the
inhabitauntes
,
being
straunge
and
stoute
,
for
auoiding
of
further
inconueniences
that
might
happen
and
fal
,
they
departed
home
again
.
The
trade
of
these
brutishe
men
,
is
Oxen
and
Goates
,
specially
their
skins
,
and
they
haue
so
great
abundance
,
that
for
a
hundreth
waight
of
yron
,
you
may
haue
a
couple
of
Oxen
of
the
best
.
The
Portingals
make
their
vaunt
that
they
were
the
first
,
that
haue
caried
to
this
Caape
verd
,
Goates
,
Cowes
and
Bulles
,
the
which
haue
since
so
multiplied
:
also
that
they
haue
caried
thither
diuers
Plantes
and
Séedes
,
as
of
Rice
,
Citrons
&
Orenges
.
As
touching
Nyll
,
it
groweth
in
the
Countrey
plentifully
.
Neare
to
this
Caape
verde
,
Caape
verd
,
of
the
which
we
wil
speake
héereafter
,
being
fair
inough
,
bicause
of
the
faire
trées
that
they
bring
forth
,
neuerthelesse
they
are
not
inhabited
.
They
that
dwell
there
neare
,
goe
thither
to
fishe
,
from
whence
they
bring
suche
a
multitude
of
Fishe
,
that
they
vse
it
in
steade
of
bread
,
being
once
dried
,
and
beaten
to
dust
.
In
one
of
these
Ilands
is
found
a
Trée
,
Cypres
.
Some
eate
of
this
fruit
,
as
we
doe
Myllions
or
Pompous
,
and
within
this
fruit
,
there
is
a
graine
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
Beane
,
wherewith
some
of
them
féede
their
Apes
and
Munkeys
:
others
make
collers
to
put
about
their
necks
,
for
it
is
very
faire
when
it
is
dried
and
seasoned
.
Of
the
Wine
of
Palme
trees
.
Cap.
11.
HAuing
written
as
muche
as
is
possible
,
that
which
merited
writing
of
the
Promentary
verde
,
being
héere
before
declared
.
I
am
nowe
minded
particularly
to
treate
,
séeing
it
commeth
to
purpose
of
Palme
trées
,
and
of
the
Wine
and
Beuerage
,
that
these
blacke
brutishe
men
haue
learned
to
make
:
the
which
in
their
language
they
cal
Mignoll
.
We
sée
how
muche
God
the
father
and
creator
of
all
things
,
giueth
meanes
and
wayes
for
the
comfort
of
our
life
,
in
suche
sorte
that
if
one
way
faileth
,
he
sheweth
vs
another
.
And
although
that
in
that
Countrey
the
wine
is
not
so
good
as
in
other
places
:
and
paraduenture
for
that
they
haue
not
bene
planted
,
or
so
diligently
looked
too
,
as
it
is
in
many
places
of
Europe
,
neuerthelesse
they
haue
by
Diuine
prouidence
recouered
by
Arte
and
some
diligence
,
that
which
otherwise
to
them
was
denied
.
Now
this
Palme
is
a
trée
maruellous
faire
&
wel
accomplished
,
be
it
in
heighth
in
perpetuall
gréennesse
or
otherwise
,
(
of
the
which
)
there
are
diuers
kinds
,
Europe
aswell
as
in
Italy
,
these
Palmes
growe
abundantly
,
chiefly
in
Sicily
,
but
they
are
barren
:
in
some
of
the
borders
of
Spaine
,
they
beare
fruite
vnrelished
and
sowre
,
not
to
eate
.
In
Affrica
they
are
swéete
,
and
also
in
Egipt
,
in
Cypris
,
in
Creta
,
and
also
in
Arabia
.
Likewise
in
Iuda
:
the
wine
that
therof
is
made
,
is
excellent
,
but
it
hurteth
the
braine
.
Of
this
trée
there
is
male
and
female
,
the
male
beareth
his
floure
at
the
braunche
,
the
female
buddeth
without
floure
.
And
it
is
a
maruellous
thing
,
and
worthy
of
memory
of
that
which
Plinie
and
many
others
doe
resite
,
that
in
the
Forest
of
Palme
trées
that
naturally
grow
out
of
the
earthe
,
if
that
the
males
be
cut
,
the
females
become
baren
without
bearing
any
more
fruit
,
as
widowes
that
want
their
husbandes
.
This
trée
requireth
a
hot
Countrey
,
a
sandy
ground
,
and
brackishe
or
salt
,
otherwise
they
salte
the
roote
before
they
plant
it
.
As
touching
the
fruit
,
it
beareth
meat
outwards
,
the
which
groweth
first
,
and
within
,
a
nut
with
a
shel
,
the
which
is
the
graine
and
séede
of
the
trée
,
Phoenix
hath
taken
his
name
,
the
which
in
Gréeke
signifieth
Palme
,
for
that
he
reuiueth
againe
of
him self
,
without
any
other
meane
.
And
yet
more
this
trée
so
muche
celebrated
,
hath
caused
this
Prouerbe
and
argument
,
to
cary
the
Palme
,
asmuch
to
say
,
as
the
triumph
and
victory
,
or
for
that
in
times
past
they
vsed
a
crowne
of
Palme
in
their
victories
,
as
a
thing
that
is
alwayes
gréene
.
And
yet
euery
play
or
game
hath
his
trée
,
as
the
Bay
trée
,
the
Mirrhe
trée
,
and
the
Oliue
trée
,
or
for
that
this
trée
,
as
some
say
,
was
first
consecrated
to
Phoebus
before
the
Laurell
or
Bay
,
the
which
of
antiquitie
hath
represented
the
signe
of
victorie
.
And
the
reason
thereof
reciteth
Aulus
Gelius
▪
when
he
saith
,
that
this
trée
hath
a
certayne
propertie
,
Aristotle
confirmeth
in
his
Problemes
,
also
Plutarche
,
Plinie
,
and
Theophrastus
,
Virgill
.
Shrinke
not
at
all
though
fortune
at
thee
frowne
,
But
valiantly
resist
and
beat
hir
downe
.
Now
to
our
purpose
,
in
the
which
as
wel
for
the
disposition
of
the
ayre
which
is
very
hot
being
in
the
zone
Torida
distant
15.
degrées
from
the
Equinoctial
lyne
,
as
for
the
good
nature
of
the
earth
,
there
groweth
abundance
of
Palme
trées
,
from
the
which
they
draw
a
kind
of
Iuice
for
their
store
and
ordinary
drinke
:
Anion
,
the
taaste
is
very
good
.
The
fruit
of
these
Palmes
are
little
Daates
sharp
and
sower
,
so
that
they
are
not
toothsome
to
eate
,
neuerthelesse
the
Iuices
of
the
trée
is
very
plesant
to
drinke
.
And
among
them
they
esteme
it
as
we
doe
good
wines
.
The
Egyptians
in
tymes
past
before
they
did
embalme
the
dead
bodyes
hauing
prepared
them
according
to
their
custome
,
for
to
kepe
them
from
putrefieng
,
did
washe
them
thrée
or
foure
tymes
with
this
likor
,
and
then
anoynted
them
with
myrrh
and
Cynamon
.
This
drinke
is
vsed
in
many
countries
of
Ethiopia
,
for
want
of
better
Wine
.
In
like
maner
certayne
Moores
make
a
kinde
of
drinke
with
the
fruite
of
an
other
trée
,
Of
the
Riuer
of
Senega
.
Cap.
12.
ALthough
that
I
am
not
minded
in
this
my
discourse
as
a
true
Geographer
to
set
out
the
Countreys
,
Townes
,
Cities
,
Floudes
,
Goulfes
,
Mountaynes
,
Distances
,
Situations
,
and
other
things
appertaining
to
Geography
,
yet
neuerthelesse
it
semeth
not
contrarie
,
to
write
and
set
forth
at
large
the
moste
notablest
places
when
it
commeth
to
purpose
:
as
the
things
that
I
haue
séene
for
pleasure
and
contentation
of
my
mind
,
that
the
reader
might
thereby
receiue
some
pleasure
and
profit
.
Now
this
floude
so
famous
among
other
things
,
Senega
,
as
our
sea
Meditarium
,
hath
or
requireth
diuers
names
according
to
the
diuersitie
of
countreys
where
it
passeth
,
and
in
Libia
,
comming
to
the
Caape
verd
,
of
the
which
we
haue
spoken
here
before
,
from
the
which
to
the
ryuer
,
the
countrey
is
very
plaine
,
sandie
and
barren
,
for
the
which
cause
there
are
not
so
many
deuouring
beastes
,
as
in
other
places
.
This
floude
or
Riuer
is
the
firste
and
moste
celebrated
of
the
lande
towarde
the
Weaste
side
,
separating
or
deuiding
the
drie
and
barren
countrie
from
the
fruitfull
,
and
it
extendeth
euen
to
the
high
Libia
,
and
to
many
other
countreys
and
Kingdomes
that
it
watereth
.
It
contayneth
in
bredth
about
a
league
,
the
which
is
very
little
in
the
respect
of
many
riuers
that
are
in
America
,
of
the
which
we
will
treate
hereafter
more
at
large
.
Before
that
it
entereth
into
the
Weaste
,
it
deuideth
,
and
entereth
in
by
two
mouthes
or
openings
being
separated
the
one
from
the
other
about
half
a
league
,
the
which
are
of
an
indifferent
depth
,
so
that
smal
ships
may
be
brought
in
.
Some
in
the
olde
time
as
Solon
in
his
booke
named
Pollycistor
,
Iulius
Caesar
and
others
,
Nill
,
passing
all
ouer
Egypt
,
hath
the
like
spring
or
Original
as
Senega
,
&
procedeth
out
of
the
same
mountaines
,
the
which
semeth
not
true
.
For
the
originall
of
Nill
,
is
far
beyonde
the
Equator
,
for
it
commeth
from
the
high
hills
of
Bede
,
otherwise
named
of
the
Auncient
Geographers
,
hills
of
the
Moone
,
the
which
separateth
the
olde
and
newe
Africa
,
as
the
hills
Pyrannes
,
deuide
Fraunce
from
Spaine
.
And
these
hills
are
in
Cerenaique
,
the
which
is
beyond
the
lyne
.15
.
degrées
.
The
source
or
spring
of
Senega
,
of
the
which
we
speake
,
procedeth
from
two
hills
or
mountaynes
,
the
one
named
Mandro
,
and
the
other
Thala
,
being
distant
from
the
hills
of
Bede
,
more
than
a
1000.
leagues
.
And
by
this
may
be
sene
how
greately
many
haue
erred
for
that
they
haue
not
sought
out
things
,
as
we
haue
done
of
late
dayes
.
As
for
the
hills
of
the
Moone
,
they
lye
in
the
lower
Ethiopia
,
&
those
from
whence
commeth
Senega
into
Libia
,
Vsergate
,
from
whence
procedeth
the
Riuer
of
Darda
,
the
mounte
Mandro
,
being
more
spoken
of
than
the
others
,
for
bicause
that
all
the
riuers
that
runne
from
Salata
,
to
Massa
,
being
distant
the
one
from
the
other
about
seuenty
leagues
,
take
their
originall
out
of
this
hill
.
Furthermore
,
the
mounte
Gyrgila
,
from
whence
their
falleth
a
riuer
named
Sympho
,
and
of
Hagapole
,
commeth
the
floude
Subo
,
being
full
of
good
fish
and
Cocodrils
hurtful
to
their
neighbors
.
True
it
is
that
Ptolomeus
,
hauing
treated
of
many
countreys
and
strange
Nacions
,
hath
sayde
that
which
semed
hym
good
,
chiefely
of
Africa
and
Ethiopia
.
And
among
all
the
Auncient
writers
,
I
finde
none
that
hath
had
so
perfit
knowledge
to
my
minde
as
he
,
when
he
speaketh
of
the
Promentarie
of
Phraso
,
hauing
fiftene
degrées
of
latitude
,
&
that
is
the
farthest
land
of
the
which
he
hath
had
knowledge
,
as
also
describeth
Glarean
,
in
the
end
of
the
description
of
Africa
.
In
his
time
the
inferior
world
hath
bene
discribed
,
Meridionall
,
which
in
our
time
hath
ben
since
discouered
.
And
many
things
haue
ben
added
to
the
writings
of
Ptolome
,
that
may
be
sene
in
the
generall
table
that
is
properly
of
him
.
Therefore
the
simple
reader
hauing
not
greatly
turned
in
the
Cosmography
,
nor
had
experience
of
things
,
shal
note
that
al
the
inferior
worlde
is
deuided
by
the
elders
in
thrée
partes
vnequal
,
that
is
to
wit
Asia
,
Europa
,
and
Africa
,
of
the
which
some
haue
writen
the
truth
,
other
that
which
semed
them
good
,
without
making
any
mention
of
the
west
Indies
,
that
at
this
day
make
the
fourth
parte
of
the
world
,
discouered
of
late
yeres
,
as
also
hath
bene
the
most
greatest
part
of
the
Easte
Indies
Calicut
and
others
.
As
touching
those
of
the
Weaste
,
as
Fraunce
Antariike
,
Peru
,
Mexica
,
they
are
now
commonly
called
the
Newe
Worlde
,
Magello
,
and
many
other
prouinces
on
the
North
side
,
and
of
the
South
on
the
coast
of
Leuant
,
&
to
the
lower
tropicke
of
Capricorne
in
the
Weast
Meridionall
,
and
the
North
lande
,
of
the
which
Arian
,
Plinie
,
and
others
Historiographers
,
haue
made
no
mention
that
they
haue
ben
discouered
in
their
tyme
.
Some
haue
made
mention
of
certayne
Ilandes
that
were
founde
out
or
discouered
by
the
Carthaginians
,
Hisperides
or
fortunate
.
Plato
also
sayth
that
in
tymes
past
there
was
in
the
sea
Atlantike
or
Weast
,
a
great
mayne
lande
or
countrey
,
and
that
there
was
in
like
case
an
Iland
named
Atlantike
more
greater
than
Africa
or
Asia
together
(
the
which
)
was
swallowed
vp
with
an
earthquake
,
the
which
I
thinke
rather
to
be
a
fable
than
otherwise
,
for
if
it
had
ben
true
,
others
beside
him
would
haue
written
thereof
,
knowing
that
the
lande
of
which
the
elders
haue
had
knowledge
,
deuideth
in
this
maner
.
First
of
the
Easte
parte
it
is
next
vnto
the
vnknowen
land
,
the
which
is
next
to
the
great
Asia
,
and
to
the
Easte
Indies
on
the
South
side
:
they
haue
had
knowledge
of
a
few
,
that
is
to
wit
,
Ethiopia
Meridionall
,
named
Agisimbra
or
the
North
side
of
the
Ilandes
of
Englande
,
Scotlande
,
Ireland
,
and
the
hills
Hiperbores
,
which
are
the
Further
partes
of
lande
Northwarde
as
some
do
say
.
Now
to
retourne
to
Senega
,
Senega
,
I
can
say
no
other
thing
than
of
those
of
Caape
verd
,
but
that
they
are
rather
worse
,
for
that
the
Christians
dare
not
so
easily
descende
a
lande
for
to
trade
or
to
haue
refreshing
,
as
in
other
places
,
vnlesse
they
wil
be
killed
or
taken
for
captiues
,
and
so
to
be
made
staues
.
All
things
among
them
are
wilde
and
contemptible
sauing
onely
peace
,
the
which
they
doe
somewhat
esteme
one
towarde
another
.
In
like
case
reste
,
with
some
excercise
,
sometimes
in
laboring
the
grounde
for
to
saue
Ryce
:
as
for
corne
and
Wine
there
is
none
,
as
touching
corne
it
cannot
prosper
nor
come
vp
as
in
other
countreys
for
that
there
falleth
very
little
and
seldome
rayne
,
which
is
the
cause
that
the
séedes
cannot
bud
out
nor
floure
bicause
of
the
extreme
heate
and
drieth
.
So
soone
as
they
sée
their
grounde
watered
or
dewed
,
they
begin
to
sowe
,
and
after
they
haue
sowed
within
thrée
monethes
the
fruite
is
ripe
redy
to
be
cut
.
Their
drinke
is
the
Iuice
of
Palme
trées
and
water
.
Senega
,
the
which
extendeth
from
the
coast
of
Leuant
,
to
the
land
of
Thuensar
,
and
from
the
South
parte
of
the
Realme
Cambra
,
from
the
ponent
,
to
the
Weaste
sea
,
keping
alwayes
our
course
,
certayne
dayes
after
we
began
to
enter
into
the
countrey
of
Ethiopia
,
in
that
parte
that
is
named
the
Kingdome
of
Noby
,
which
is
of
a
greate
circuite
,
with
many
Kingdomes
and
prouinces
,
of
the
which
we
will
hereafter
speake
.
Of
the
Ilands
Hisperides
,
otherwise
named
Caape
verd
.
Cap.
13.
AFter
that
we
had
lefte
our
Promentary
on
the
lefte
hande
,
Marins
,
Ilandes
of
Caape
verd
,
the
which
are
distant
from
the
Canaries
,
about
two
hundreth
leagues
,
and
from
the
Promentarie
sixtie
leagues
by
sea
,
and
a
hundreth
leagues
from
Budomell
,
in
Affrica
,
following
the
coste
of
Ginnie
towarde
the
pole
Antartike
.
These
Ilandes
are
ten
in
number
,
of
the
which
there
are
two
wel
peopled
with
Portingals
,
that
firste
discouered
them
&
brought
them
to
their
obedience
,
one
of
them
which
they
haue
named
S.
Iames
Iland
,
is
better
peopled
than
the
rest
,
Moores
as
well
of
those
that
inhabite
the
mayne
lande
,
as
of
the
others
that
sayle
to
the
Indies
in
Ginnie
,
and
of
Manycongra
,
in
the
countrey
of
Ethiopia
.
This
Ilande
is
distant
from
the
Equinoctiall
lyne
,
fiftene
degrées
:
an
other
likewise
named
S.
Nicolas
I
le
,
Flera
,
Plintana
,
Pintoria
,
and
Foyon
,
in
the
which
there
are
a
certayne
number
of
people
and
slaues
sent
thither
by
the
Portingals
,
to
labor
the
grounde
in
some
places
where
they
finde
it
best
,
and
chiefly
for
to
get
goate
skinnes
of
the
which
ther
is
great
store
,
&
therewith
make
good
trade
&
haue
thereof
a
great
vent
,
and
therefore
the
Portingals
pass
twise
or
thrise
in
a
yere
with
ships
and
munitions
leading
with
them
dogs
,
and
bringing
nets
,
and
snares
for
to
chase
and
hunte
wild
goates
,
the
which
after
they
are
skinned
,
they
reserue
onely
the
skinnes
,
the
which
they
season
with
salt
and
earth
,
in
certaine
vessels
made
for
that
purpose
,
for
to
kepe
them
for
putrifieng
,
and
so
they
carry
them
into
their
countrey
,
and
therewith
they
make
their
Marokins
,
Portingall
,
the
number
of
six
thousande
goates
wilde
and
tame
,
being
salted
and
dried
,
the
which
they
deliuer
to
those
,
that
of
the
parte
or
for
the
Kings
behoofe
make
the
voyage
,
with
his
greate
shippes
to
the
Easte
Indies
,
as
to
Calicut
and
other
places
passing
by
these
Ilandes
:
and
these
number
of
goates
are
bestowed
for
their
sustenance
during
the
voyage
,
which
is
two
yeres
long
or
more
,
for
bicause
of
the
distaunce
of
places
and
the
greate
Nauigation
that
they
muste
make
.
Moreouer
the
ayre
in
these
Ilandes
is
Pestilent
and
vnholsome
,
so
that
the
firste
Christians
that
beganne
there
to
inhabit
,
were
of
a
long
tyme
vexed
with
sickenesse
,
as
well
to
my
Iudgement
for
the
vntemperatnesse
of
the
ayre
that
in
such
places
cannot
be
good
,
as
also
the
changing
of
dyet
and
of
countrey
.
Also
the
burning
Agues
are
there
very
familier
&
common
to
the
slaues
specially
,
and
the
bloudy
flixe
,
of
the
which
neither
the
one
nor
the
other
procéede
not
but
of
humors
extreme
hot
,
bicause
of
their
continuall
trauaile
and
naughty
nourishment
:
also
of
the
hotnesse
of
the
air
,
with
the
water
that
is
next
,
and
therfore
they
receiue
excesse
of
these
two
Eliments
.
Of
the
Torterels
,
and
of
an
herbe
that
they
call
Orselie
.
Cap.
14.
SEing
that
in
our
Nauigation
we
are
minded
to
write
certaine
secretes
obserued
in
places
where
we
haue
bene
,
it
shal
not
be
hurtful
to
speak
of
Torterels
,
that
these
former
Ilands
doe
norishe
in
as
great
quantitie
as
goates
.
There
is
found
four
kind
of
Torterels
,
Aristotle
,
)
couereth
them
so
well
,
that
it
is
vnpossible
to
sée
them
,
or
to
finde
them
vntill
that
the
floude
commeth
that
vncouereth
them
,
then
bicause
of
the
extreme
heate
that
is
there
of
the
Sunne
,
they
engender
and
open
(
as
the
Henne
of
hir
egge
)
the
which
consisteth
in
greate
number
of
Torterels
,
of
the
greatnesse
of
Crabbes
(
which
is
a
kinde
of
Fishe
)
the
which
the
floud
returning
,
beareth
into
the
Sea
.
Among
these
Torterels
,
there
are
some
of
suche
a
greatnesse
,
specially
in
these
partes
whereof
I
speake
,
that
foure
men
cannot
almost
beare
one
,
as
of
a
truth
I
haue
séene
and
vnderstanded
of
men
worthy
of
credence
.
Plinie
sheweth
that
in
the
Indian
Sea
,
there
are
so
great
Torterels
,
that
the
shel
is
bigge
inough
to
couer
a
meane
house
,
and
that
at
the
Ilandes
of
the
red
Sea
,
they
might
make
therewith
vessels
Nauigable
.
The
sayde
author
sayeth
also
,
that
there
are
the
like
at
the
straight
of
Carmania
in
the
Persian
sea
.
There
are
many
wayes
to
take
them
.
Sometimes
this
great
beast
of
a
desire
to
swim
more
easily
,
The
thicknesse
of
the
shells
of
these
Torterels
of
the
Sea
,
and
why
they
serue
.
Shieldes
of
the
shels
of
Torterels
.
As
touching
their
couer
and
shell
,
I
leaue
you
to
iudge
of
what
thicknesse
it
may
be
proportioned
to
his
greatnesse
.
Also
in
the
coast
of
the
straight
of
Magelan
,
and
of
the
riuer
of
plate
,
the
Indians
make
them
shieldes
,
which
serue
them
for
to
receiue
the
blowes
of
arrowes
of
their
enimies
.
Likewise
the
Amazones
on
the
coast
of
the
peaceable
Sea
,
make
their
Bulwarkes
when
that
they
are
assailed
of
the
enimies
.
And
for
my
parte
I
may
boldely
say
,
that
I
haue
séene
suche
a
shell
of
a
Torterell
,
that
a
hande
gun
could
in
no
wise
pierce
.
We
néede
not
to
aske
how
many
the
Insulares
,
or
Ilande
dwellers
of
Caape
verde
doe
take
and
eate
,
as
we
woulde
doe
héere
Béefe
or
Mutton
.
Also
it
is
like
to
Veale
,
and
almost
of
the
same
taste
.
The
wilde
man
of
India
America
will
in
no
wise
eate
of
them
,
persuading
with
them selues
that
it
would
make
them
heauy
,
as
it
is
an
heauy
meat
,
which
wold
be
a
great
let
or
hinderaunce
to
them
in
the
warres
,
for
that
being
heauy
,
they
cannot
pursue
lightly
their
enimies
in
the
warre
,
neither
escape
them selues
.
To
conclude
,
Portingalls
,
that
was
a
Leper
,
who
for
the
great
paine
that
he
receiued
of
his
disease
,
séeking
all
the
meanes
he
could
to
absent
himselfe
from
his
Countrey
,
as
one
being
in
extreame
dispaire
,
after
he
had
knowledge
of
the
conquest
of
these
faire
Ilands
by
those
of
his
countrey
,
was
bent
for
recreation
to
goe
thither
,
so
that
he
prepared
himselfe
in
the
best
order
he
coulde
,
with
ships
,
men
,
and
artillery
,
and
beastes
aliue
,
specially
Goates
,
of
the
which
they
haue
quantitie
.
And
in
the
ende
he
landed
in
one
of
the
Ilandes
,
who
for
the
taste
that
his
disease
caused
him
to
haue
,
or
for
that
he
was
weary
of
eating
of
fleshe
,
the
which
they
vse
customably
in
their
Countrey
,
he
had
a
desire
to
eate
egges
of
Torterels
,
Plinie
who
speaking
as
well
for
sustenaunce
as
for
medicine
,
maketh
no
mention
that
it
should
be
good
against
the
Leprosie
.
Neuerthelesse
,
he
sayeth
that
it
is
good
against
many
poysons
,
specially
against
the
Salmander
by
a
Antipathia
,
that
is
betwéene
them
two
,
and
mortall
enmitie
.
Whether
that
this
beast
hath
any
hid
propertie
against
this
euill
,
I
leaue
to
the
Phylosophers
and
Physitions
:
and
so
ye
may
sée
that
experience
hath
geuen
the
knowledge
of
many
medicines
.
Of
the
which
none
can
giue
any
certaine
reason
:
wherfore
I
wold
that
some
wold
proue
the
experience
of
these
of
our
Countrey
,
the
which
to
my
iudgement
shold
be
more
better
&
more
sure
than
Vipers
,
so
much
commended
in
this
affection
,
and
of
which
is
composed
and
made
the
great
Theriaque
,
knowing
that
it
is
not
sure
to
vse
Vipers
,
bicause
of
the
poyson
that
they
bear
,
what
so
euer
they
say
,
the
which
thing
was
also
firste
known
by
experience
.
It
is
also
sayd
that
many
vpon
the
example
of
this
Portingall
haue
gone
thither
,
to
whom
it
hath
also
wel
succeded
.
This
much
therfore
shall
suffice
for
Torterels
,
and
as
for
the
Goates
that
this
gentleman
bare
thither
,
they
haue
there
so
well
multiplied
,
that
at
this
present
there
are
an
infinite
number
,
&
some
holde
opinion
that
their
original
commeth
from
thence
,
&
that
before
there
was
none
séene
.
Nowe
there
resteth
to
speake
of
an
herbe
that
they
name
in
their
language
Orselie
:
Of
the
Ilande
of
Fire
.
Cap.
15.
Vesuue
,
and
of
the
hill
Etna
,
of
the
which
for
a
truthe
they
rehearse
maruels
.
As
touching
Etna
in
Sicilie
,
it
hath
cast
the
fire
sometimes
with
a
meruellous
noise
,
as
in
the
time
of
Marcus
Emilius
,
&
T.
Flaminus
,
as
writeth
Orosa
,
the
which
many
other
Historiographers
doe
affirme
,
as
Strabo
,
the
which
affirmeth
to
haue
séene
it
,
and
diligently
considered
.
The
which
maketh
me
to
beleue
somewhat
also
in
the
respecte
of
these
men
that
haue
spoken
thereof
.
Also
they
are
not
so
farre
off
,
but
that
we
may
proue
whether
it
be
true
or
no.
I
know
well
that
some
of
our
writers
would
say
,
that
one
of
the
Ilandes
of
Canaria
casteth
continually
fire
:
but
let
him
take
héede
that
he
take
not
that
,
of
which
we
speake
,
for
the
other
.
Aristotle
in
his
boke
of
maruels
,
speaketh
of
an
Ilande
discouered
by
the
Carthaginiens
not
inhabited
,
which
did
cast
flames
of
fire
,
beside
many
other
wonderfull
things
.
Notwithstanding
,
I
cannot
thinke
that
they
haue
knowen
this
,
muche
lesse
the
hill
Etna
,
for
it
was
knowen
before
the
raigne
of
the
Carthaginiens
.
As
for
the
hil
of
Pussola
,
it
lieth
on
the
maine
land
,
Hirland
,
named
Hecla
,
the
which
at
certaine
times
casteth
stones
,
as
thought
they
had
come
out
of
a
fiery
furnace
,
so
that
the
ground
within
.v.
or
.vj.
leagues
about
,
is
barren
and
vnprofitable
,
bicause
of
the
ashes
that
procéede
out
of
this
hill
,
wherwith
the
ground
is
couered
.
This
Ilande
of
which
we
speake
,
containeth
vij
.
leagues
compasse
,
by
good
right
called
the
Ile
of
fire
,
for
the
Mountaine
hauing
of
Circuite
.679
.
paces
,
and
of
height
a
thousand
and
fiftie
fadome
or
there
about
,
casteth
continually
fire
at
the
top
,
the
which
may
be
séene
thirty
or
forty
leagues
on
the
sea
,
much
more
clearer
in
the
night
than
the
day
,
for
that
by
good
Philosophy
the
greatest
light
shadoweth
the
least
:
the
which
maketh
the
Nauigants
afraide
,
that
haue
no
knowledge
thereof
before
.
This
flame
hath
a
very
euill
smel
,
and
therfore
ye
néede
not
to
thinke
suche
manner
of
fire
straunge
,
knowing
that
they
are
naturall
things
,
as
the
Phylosophers
witnesse
,
(
that
is
)
those
places
are
ful
of
fire
,
and
hot
Mines
,
of
the
which
procéedeth
a
vapor
hot
and
dry
,
like
to
fire
,
the
which
cannot
be
done
without
aire
.
Also
from
thence
procéede
waters
naturally
hot
:
furthermore
in
Esclauonie
by
Apolonia
,
there
is
a
fountaine
coming
out
of
a
rocke
,
whereas
is
séene
procéede
a
flame
of
fire
,
whereby
all
the
waters
adiacent
are
as
boyling
.
This
place
or
Ile
of
fire
is
inhabited
with
Portingals
,
as
many
other
are
in
those
quarters
.
And
so
,
euen
as
the
burning
heate
of
this
hill
doth
in
no
wise
let
the
frutefulnesse
of
the
land
,
the
which
bringeth
forthe
diuers
kindes
of
good
fruits
,
where
as
is
a
great
temperatnesse
of
the
aire
,
liuely
springes
and
fair
fountaines
,
also
the
sea
that
compasseth
it
,
doth
not
quench
this
vehement
heate
,
as
rehearseth
Plinie
of
Chimera
,
alwayes
burning
,
Of
Ethiopia
.
Cap.
16.
ALthough
that
many
Cosmographers
haue
sufficiently
described
the
Countrey
of
Ethiopia
,
also
among
our
writers
,
those
the
which
haue
made
many
faire
Nauigations
by
this
coast
of
Affrica
,
in
many
and
farre
Countreys
,
notwithstanding
this
shall
not
let
,
but
that
according
to
my
endeuor
,
I
wil
declare
some
secretes
obserued
in
sailing
by
this
saide
coast
into
the
great
America
.
Ethiopia
therfore
extendeth
so
far
,
Asia
and
Affrica
,
and
therfore
they
are
deuided
in
two
.
That
parte
which
is
in
Affrica
,
is
named
India
,
or
Leuant
of
the
red
sea
,
and
to
the
North
part
of
Egipt
&
Affrica
toward
the
South
parte
of
the
floud
Nigritis
,
the
which
as
we
haue
said
,
is
called
Senega
.
Affrica
,
the
which
extendeth
to
the
banke
side
or
brinkes
of
the
West
.
And
so
it
hath
ben
named
by
the
name
of
Ethiops
,
the
sonne
of
Vulcane
,
the
which
before
had
many
other
names
.
Toward
the
West
it
is
hilly
,
small
inhabited
in
the
East
,
Ethiops
,
the
one
is
vnder
Egipt
riche
and
large
,
and
in
the
same
is
the
Ile
Mirva
,
great
among
those
of
Nylle
,
and
of
the
same
parte
extending
to
the
East
,
raigneth
Prester
Iohn
.
Asia
,
and
the
other
in
Affrica
,
that
now
are
called
the
Indies
of
Leuant
,
compassed
with
the
red
Sea
in
Barbarie
,
towardes
the
Northe
,
to
the
Countrey
of
Libia
in
Egipt
.
This
countrey
is
very
hilly
,
of
the
which
the
hils
are
Bed
,
Iona
,
Bardita
,
Mescha
,
Lipha
.
Some
haue
written
that
the
first
Ethiopians
and
Egiptians
,
among
other
were
most
rude
&
ignorant
,
leading
a
wild
life
euen
as
brute
beasts
,
without
lodging
or
remaining
,
but
resting
them
wheras
they
wer
benighted
,
worse
than
at
this
day
do
the
Masonists
.
From
the
Equinoctiall
toward
the
Antartike
,
ther
is
a
great
countrey
of
Ethiopians
,
that
norish
great
Eliphants
,
Tigers
,
Rhinoceros
,
beasts
so
named
.
There
is
another
region
bearing
Cynamon
betwene
the
armes
of
Nylle
:
the
realme
of
Etabecke
,
Nylle
,
is
inhabited
with
Christians
.
The
others
are
named
Ickthiophages
liuing
only
with
fishe
,
being
in
times
past
brought
vnder
the
obedience
and
subiection
of
Alexander
.
The
Anthropophages
are
neare
to
the
hils
of
the
Mone
,
and
the
rest
extending
from
thence
to
Capricorne
,
and
returning
towarde
the
Caape
of
good
hoppe
,
and
inhabited
with
diuers
and
sundry
people
,
hauing
diuers
similitudes
and
monstrous
.
Neuerthelesse
they
are
estéemed
to
be
the
first
borne
into
the
world
,
also
the
first
that
haue
inuented
religion
and
ceremonies
,
and
therfore
they
were
neuer
vnder
the
yoke
of
subiection
,
but
haue
alwayes
liued
at
libertie
.
The
greatest
part
of
these
people
are
al
naked
,
bicause
of
the
extréeme
heat
of
the
Sunne
,
others
couer
their
priuie
partes
with
certaine
skinnes
,
others
couer
halfe
of
their
body
,
Meroa
is
the
hed
Towne
of
Ethiopia
,
in
the
olde
time
it
was
named
Saba
,
and
since
by
Cambises
,
Meroa
.
There
are
diuers
kinds
of
religion
.
Some
are
Idolaters
,
as
hereafter
shal
be
declared
,
the
others
worship
the
Sunne
when
it
riseth
,
but
they
despise
the
West
.
This
Countrey
aboundeth
in
miracles
and
wonders
,
it
nourisheth
toward
India
very
great
beastes
,
as
great
Dogges
,
Eliphants
,
Rhinocerous
of
a
wonderfull
height
,
Dragons
,
Basiliscus
and
others
:
furthermore
,
trées
so
hie
that
no
Archer
can
shoote
to
the
toppe
,
with
many
other
wonderfull
things
,
as
also
Plinie
reherseth
in
the
seconde
boke
,
the
.xvij
Chapter
of
his
naturall
Historie
.
Their
corne
is
customably
Mill
and
Barley
,
with
the
which
also
they
make
a
certaine
drink
,
and
they
haue
fewe
other
fruites
and
trées
,
sauing
only
certaine
great
Palme
trées
.
They
haue
also
in
some
places
,
good
quantitie
of
precious
stones
more
than
in
other
.
Also
it
shal
not
be
out
of
the
way
,
to
say
that
these
people
are
very
blacke
,
according
as
the
heat
is
more
or
lesse
vehement
,
and
that
that
colour
commeth
of
a
superficiall
action
,
being
the
great
heate
of
the
Sunne
,
Pole
,
which
contrary
are
cold
without
,
but
maruelous
hot
within
,
to
be
hardy
,
couragious
,
&
ful
of
great
boldnesse
.
Therfore
these
Neigers
haue
their
heade
curled
,
their
téethe
white
,
great
lips
,
croked
legges
,
the
women
vnconstant
,
with
many
other
vices
which
wold
be
to
long
to
reherse
:
therfore
I
wil
leaue
this
to
Philosophers
.
Let
vs
come
to
our
purpose
.
Ethiopians
&
Indians
vse
Magike
bicause
they
haue
many
herbes
&
other
things
proper
for
that
exercise
.
And
it
is
certaine
&
true
,
that
there
is
a
certain
Sympathia
in
things
,
and
hid
Antipathia
,
the
which
cannot
be
knowen
but
by
long
experience
.
And
bicause
that
we
coasted
a
countrey
somwhat
far
in
this
land
,
named
Ginney
,
I
thinke
good
to
write
therof
particularly
.
Of
Ginney
.
Cap.
17.
AFter
that
we
had
refreshed
vs
at
Caape
verd
,
it
behoued
vs
to
passe
further
,
hauing
the
wind
at
Northeast
,
maruelous
fauourable
for
to
conducte
vs
right
vnder
the
Equinoctiall
line
,
the
which
we
ought
to
passe
:
but
being
come
to
the
height
of
Ginney
,
lying
in
Ethiopia
,
the
winde
became
cleane
contrary
,
bicause
that
in
that
region
,
the
windes
be
very
vnconstant
,
with
raine
,
tempest
,
and
thunder
,
so
that
the
Nauigation
on
that
coast
is
very
dangerous
.
Now
the
fourth
day
of
September
we
arriued
into
this
Countrey
of
Ginney
,
on
the
West
borders
.
But
somewhat
far
within
the
lande
,
it
is
inhabited
with
a
very
straunge
people
,
bicause
of
their
Idolatry
&
darke
ignoraunce
.
Before
that
this
Countrey
was
discouered
,
and
the
people
knowen
,
it
was
thought
that
they
had
liued
like
the
Ethiopians
,
hauing
the
like
manner
of
religion
of
those
of
the
higher
Ethiope
,
and
of
Senega
:
but
it
is
found
cleane
contrary
,
for
all
they
that
inhabite
or
dwel
from
the
said
Senega
,
Caape
of
good
hope
,
are
al
Idolaters
without
the
knowledge
of
god
and
his
law
.
And
these
people
are
so
blinded
and
ignorant
,
that
the
first
thing
that
they
méete
in
the
morning
,
be
it
birde
,
serpent
,
or
other
wilde
or
tame
beast
,
they
take
it
with
them
bearing
it
about
them
all
the
day
,
about
what
businesse
so
euer
they
haue
,
as
a
God
or
protector
of
their
worke
,
if
they
go
a
fishing
in
any
of
their
litle
boates
of
bark
,
they
will
put
it
in
one
of
the
endes
of
the
boate
well
wrapped
with
some
leaues
,
hauing
an
opinion
and
beleuing
that
it
wil
bring
them
all
the
day
good
lucke
,
be
it
on
lande
or
on
water
:
neuerthelesse
they
beleue
in
God
,
alleaging
that
he
is
there
aboue
immortall
,
but
vnknowne
,
for
that
he
will
not
be
knowne
to
them
sensibly
.
The
which
erroure
differeth
nothing
from
the
error
of
the
Gentiles
in
times
past
,
that
worshipped
diuers
Gods
,
vnder
the
coloure
of
Images
and
similitudes
.
But
yet
this
is
a
thing
worthy
to
be
noted
,
though
it
be
superstitious
and
abhominable
:
that
these
pore
,
ignorant
,
and
brutishe
men
,
had
rather
worship
corruptible
things
,
than
to
be
reputed
without
a
God
.
Diodorus
the
Sicillian
writeth
,
that
the
Ethiopians
had
the
first
knowledge
of
the
fained
gods
,
to
whom
they
began
to
vow
,
and
to
sacrifice
.
Also
Homer
signifieth
that
Iupiter
with
other
Gods
went
into
Ethiopia
,
as
well
for
that
they
were
there
honored
and
sacrificed
vnto
,
as
for
the
wholesomnesse
of
the
Countrey
.
The
like
you
haue
of
Castor
and
Pollux
,
Greekes
against
Troy
,
were
vanished
in
the
aire
,
and
were
neuer
after
séene
againe
,
the
which
giueth
opinion
to
some
to
thinke
that
they
were
rauished
&
placed
among
the
starres
of
the
Sea
:
also
many
name
them
the
cleare
starres
of
the
sea
,
attributing
their
names
Caster
&
Polux
,
to
two
fair
&
bright
starres
.
The
sayd
people
haue
neither
temples
nor
churches
,
nor
other
places
appoynted
for
sacrifice
and
prayer
.
Besides
this
,
they
are
without
comparison
much
more
wicked
than
those
of
Barbarie
or
Affrica
,
in
such
sort
that
the
straungers
dare
not
aborde
them
,
nor
set
foote
on
land
,
but
by
pledges
:
Barbarie
:
there
is
very
fewe
fruits
,
bicause
of
the
drinesse
&
extreme
heat
,
for
this
region
is
vnder
the
signe
Taurus
:
they
liue
a
good
many
yeares
,
and
yet
séeme
not
olde
,
so
that
a
man
of
a
.
C.
yeares
olde
,
would
be
iudged
with
vs
not
aboue
.xl.
Neuerthelesse
,
they
liue
with
the
fleshe
of
wilde
beasts
,
without
séething
,
roasting
,
or
wel
preparing
of
it
:
they
haue
also
some
fishe
,
and
great
aboundaunce
of
Oysters
,
more
larger
some
than
halfe
a
foote
,
but
they
are
more
dangerous
to
eate
,
than
any
other
fishe
,
they
cast
a
liquor
like
to
milke
,
and
yet
the
inhabitants
eate
thereof
without
any
danger
,
and
they
vse
as
well
salte
water
as
freshe
.
They
commonly
make
war
with
other
nations
:
their
weapons
are
bowes
and
arows
,
as
the
other
Ethiopians
and
Affricans
.
The
women
of
this
Countrey
frequent
the
warre
as
much
as
the
men
,
and
they
beare
for
the
most
part
,
a
large
buckle
of
fine
gold
or
other
mettal
at
their
eares
,
lips
,
and
also
on
their
armes
.
The
waters
of
this
countrey
are
very
dangerous
,
Europe
that
trauaile
to
Gynney
,
cannot
remaine
there
long
,
without
receiuing
some
sicknesse
,
the
which
chaunced
to
vs
,
for
many
of
our
companie
died
,
and
others
remained
a
long
time
sicke
,
and
with
great
paine
they
recouered
their
health
.
For
the
which
cause
we
remained
not
there
long
time
.
Ginney
,
the
fruit
that
is
most
rife
and
common
,
and
with
the
which
the
straungers
of
straunge
Countreis
lade
their
ships
,
is
named
Maniguetta
,
being
very
good
,
and
wel
estemed
aboue
other
spices
,
with
the
which
the
Portingalles
make
a
great
trade
.
This
fruit
commeth
vp
in
the
fields
like
an
Onion
.
The
other
that
commeth
from
Molucquer
and
Calicut
,
is
not
so
wel
estéemed
by
a
great
deale
.
This
people
of
Ginney
trade
with
certaine
Barbariens
adiacent
,
golde
and
salt
after
a
straunge
fashion
.
There
are
certaine
places
ordained
among
them
,
where
as
eche
one
of
his
parte
bringeth
his
Marchandise
,
those
of
Ginney
,
salte
,
and
the
others
gold
molten
in
lumpes
,
and
without
any
other
talke
togither
,
bicause
of
the
small
trust
and
confidence
one
of
another
,
as
the
Turkes
and
Arabians
,
and
some
of
America
with
their
neighbors
,
they
leaue
in
the
place
before
spoken
,
the
golde
and
the
salte
of
eache
part
.
This
being
done
,
these
Ethiopians
of
Ginney
if
they
finde
there
golde
inough
for
their
salt
,
they
take
it
away
,
otherwise
they
leaue
it
,
and
let
it
lie
.
The
which
the
other
séeing
that
their
golde
wil
not
satisfie
,
they
adde
vnto
it
vntill
that
there
be
sufficient
:
then
they
beare
away
that
,
that
to
eche
one
doth
appertaine
.
You
shall
vnderstande
furthermore
,
that
the
Neigers
hitherwarde
are
more
ciuill
and
better
nurtered
than
these
of
Ginney
,
bicause
of
the
great
resorte
of
Marchantes
that
trade
thither
:
also
they
prouoke
others
to
barter
for
their
golde
,
for
things
of
smal
value
,
as
kniues
,
glasses
,
and
suche
like
.
Portingals
trade
and
bargaine
with
the
Mores
of
Ginney
,
beside
other
things
,
for
Iuorie
,
that
we
call
Eliphants
téethe
.
And
one
among
others
,
shewed
me
that
at
one
time
they
haue
laden
twelue
thousand
of
these
téethe
:
among
the
which
there
was
one
found
among
the
other
,
that
wayed
a
hundred
pounde
waight
:
for
as
we
haue
sayd
,
the
lande
of
Ethiopia
nourisheth
Eliphantes
,
the
which
they
take
at
the
chase
,
as
we
doe
here
wilde
Boares
,
and
so
they
eate
the
flesh
,
which
many
affirme
to
be
very
good
:
the
which
I
had
rather
beleue
than
taste
,
or
to
stand
disputing
thereof
.
I
will
not
therefore
in
this
place
stand
to
reason
or
set
out
the
vertues
and
properties
of
this
beast
,
the
moste
gentlest
,
and
approching
to
humain
reason
than
any
other
,
Plinie
,
Aristotle
,
&
many
others
haue
sufficiently
treated
thereof
,
and
of
his
fleshe
,
the
which
some
say
is
medicinable
,
and
good
against
the
Leprosie
.
The
téethe
that
we
call
Iuorie
,
dothe
comfort
the
heart
and
the
stomake
,
and
it
wil
also
helpe
with
all
his
substance
,
the
parte
or
belly
of
the
mother
.
I
will
not
therefore
wryte
that
which
they
haue
written
,
for
that
it
is
not
to
our
purpose
.
Neuerthelesse
I
will
not
leaue
to
speake
that
which
I
haue
sene
:
the
which
is
,
if
that
they
can
get
any
yong
Eliphantes
,
they
teache
them
many
prety
knackes
.
For
this
beast
is
very
apt
,
and
of
a
good
vnderstanding
.
Of
the
Equinoctiall
line
,
and
of
the
Ilandes
of
S.
Omer
.
Cap.
18.
LEauing
therefore
this
parte
of
Gynney
on
our
lefte
hande
,
after
we
had
stayed
there
but
a
while
for
the
infection
of
the
aire
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
,
we
kept
our
course
,
coasting
alwayes
to
the
height
of
the
Caape
of
Palmes
,
and
of
that
which
is
called
the
thrée
poyntes
,
where
as
runneth
a
faire
Riuer
,
able
to
beare
great
shippes
,
by
the
reason
whereof
there
is
good
trade
all
ouer
the
Countrey
,
Portingalles
haue
landed
there
,
and
being
in
fauoure
with
the
Inhabitantes
,
they
haue
builded
there
a
faire
Castle
,
the
which
they
haue
named
the
Mine
Castle
:
And
not
without
a
cause
,
for
their
Golde
is
without
comparison
more
finer
than
that
of
Calicute
,
or
of
India
America
.
It
is
on
this
side
the
Equinoctiall
about
thrée
degrées
and
a
halfe
.
There
is
founde
a
riuer
that
commeth
from
the
Mountaines
of
the
Countrey
named
Cania
,
Rhegium
,
the
which
beareth
or
bringeth
very
good
Fishe
,
also
Cocodrils
very
daungerous
,
as
Nylle
,
and
Senega
,
and
they
eate
them
as
we
doe
Venson
.
I
will
not
forget
what
was
shewed
me
to
haue
bene
sene
neare
to
the
Mine
Castle
:
a
sea
monster
hauing
the
shape
of
a
man
,
that
the
floud
had
left
on
the
shore
,
the
which
was
heard
crie
.
Equinoctiall
,
I
minde
not
to
passe
any
further
,
without
noting
somewhat
.
This
line
Equinoctiall
,
Equinoctiall
,
or
else
Equator
,
is
a
trace
imagined
,
of
the
Sunne
by
the
midst
of
the
world
,
the
which
deuideth
in
two
equall
partes
,
two
times
the
yeare
,
that
is
to
wit
,
the
fourth
of
September
,
and
th
eleuenth
of
March
,
and
then
the
Sunne
passeth
directly
by
the
Zenithe
of
the
earth
,
and
leaueth
vs
this
imagined
Circle
,
equall
to
the
Tropicks
&
others
that
may
be
iudged
betwene
the
two
Poles
,
the
Sunne
going
from
the
East
to
the
West
:
it
is
true
that
the
sunne
goeth
al
the
yeare
by
the
Ecliptike
to
the
Zodiake
,
sauing
on
the
dayes
aboue
named
,
&
standeth
directly
ouer
them
that
inhabit
there
.
Furthermore
they
haue
right
course
,
without
the
one
of
the
Poles
be
more
erected
than
the
other
:
the
day
&
the
night
are
to
them
equall
,
&
therefore
they
were
named
Equinoctiall
,
Pole
,
there
is
vnequalities
of
dayes
and
nights
,
and
eleuation
of
the
Pole
.
Then
the
Sunne
declining
by
litle
and
litle
from
this
point
Equinoctial
,
goeth
by
his
Zodiake
almost
to
the
Tropike
of
Capricorn
,
and
passing
no
farther
,
causeth
the
Solstice
of
winter
:
then
returning
,
passeth
by
the
sayd
Equinoctiall
,
till
that
he
come
to
the
signe
of
Cancer
,
whereas
is
the
Solstice
of
Sommer
:
therefore
he
maketh
vj.
signes
parting
from
the
Equinoctiall
to
eche
one
of
these
Tropikes
.
The
elders
haue
estéemed
this
countrey
or
Zone
among
the
Tropikes
to
be
vnhabitable
bicause
of
the
extreme
heate
,
as
those
that
are
neare
to
the
two
Poles
,
bicause
of
the
colde
.
Neuerthelesse
,
within
these
few
yeares
this
Zone
hath
bene
discouered
by
Nauigations
,
and
inhabited
for
that
it
was
found
frutefull
,
and
abounding
in
many
good
things
(
notwithstanding
the
heat
)
as
the
Ilandes
of
S.
Omer
and
others
,
of
the
which
we
will
speake
hereafter
.
Some
vnder
this
line
comparing
the
coldnesse
of
the
night
,
with
the
heate
of
the
day
,
haue
taken
this
argument
:
that
in
that
respect
there
might
be
good
temperatenesse
,
S.
Omer
,
as
also
in
a nother
Iland
named
the
Ile
of
Rats
,
there
is
as
much
verdure
or
grenenesse
as
is
possible
.
These
Ilands
vnder
the
Equinoctiall
line
are
marked
in
our
cardes
Marins
S.
Omer
,
S.
Thomas
,
inhabited
at
this
day
by
Portingals
,
although
that
they
be
not
so
frutefull
as
certain
others
.
Also
there
is
gathered
a
certain
suger
,
but
they
trade
with
the
Barbarians
and
Ethiopians
,
Golde
molten
,
Pearles
,
Muske
,
Rhubarbe
,
Beastes
,
Byrdes
and
other
things
according
to
the
countrey
.
Also
in
these
Ilandes
the
seasons
and
times
are
vnequall
and
differing
from
other
countries
,
the
people
more
subiect
to
sicknesse
than
they
of
the
North
part
,
the
which
difference
&
vnequalitie
commeth
of
the
Sunne
,
the
which
sheweth
his
qualities
by
the
ayre
being
betwene
him
and
vs
.
It
passeth
as
euery
one
knoweth
,
two
times
the
yere
customably
thereby
,
and
then
the
Equinoctial
descrieth
him
,
in
the
monthes
of
Marche
,
and
September
.
Equinoctiall
,
Poles
.
I
do
verily
thinke
that
from
the
one
Pole
to
the
other
euen
to
the
line
,
that
as
the
ayre
is
not
equally
temperat
,
so
in
like
case
the
water
is
not
temperat
.
But
vnder
the
lyne
the
temperatnesse
of
the
water
doeth
folowe
the
temperatnesse
of
the
ayre
.
Therefore
there
is
a
good
reason
,
why
the
water
in
that
part
is
more
swéeter
than
in
other
places
.
Being
passed
this
line
,
we
found
the
sea
more
and
more
calmer
and
peaceable
,
keping
our
course
towarde
the
Caape
of
good
hope
.
That
not
onely
all
that
is
vnder
the
lyne
is
inhabited
,
but
also
al
the
worlde
is
inhabited
contrary
to
the
opinion
of
our
elders
.
Cap.
19.
Horace
sayth
in
his
Epistles
)
to
all
dangers
and
trauels
,
for
to
eschew
pouertie
,
to
leade
a
more
quiet
life
without
trouble
or
payne
.
Notwithstanding
it
might
be
ynough
for
them
to
know
and
vnderstande
that
the
soueraygne
workmaster
,
hath
made
with
his
owne
handes
this
worlde
al
rounde
,
so
that
the
water
hath
ben
separated
from
the
lande
,
to
the
ende
that
more
commodiously
euery
one
might
inhabit
in
his
proper
Eliment
,
or
at
the
leaste
in
that
place
whereas
he
thought
moste
best
.
Neuerthelesse
not
content
with
this
,
they
would
knowe
if
it
be
all
ouer
inbabited
.
Notwithstanding
for
such
finding
out
,
and
diligence
,
I
esteme
them
for
my
parte
as
much
and
rather
more
worthy
of
prayse
,
than
our
late
writers
and
Nauigators
,
for
that
they
haue
first
opened
to
vs
these
things
.
Otherwise
with
greate
payne
we
could
not
haue
knowen
them
nor
comprehended
:
but
Thales
,
Pithagoras
,
Aristotle
,
and
many
others
as
well
Greekes
as
Latins
haue
sayde
,
that
it
is
not
possible
that
all
partes
of
the
world
should
be
inhabited
,
the
one
parte
for
the
greate
and
vnsuportable
heate
,
another
parte
for
the
great
and
vehement
cold
.
Other
Authors
deuiding
the
world
into
two
parts
called
Himisperes
,
(
one
of
the
which
)
they
say
can
in
no
wise
be
inhabited
.
But
the
other
parte
in
the
which
we
are
,
muste
of
necessitie
be
inhabited
.
And
so
of
foure
partes
of
the
worlde
they
take
away
thrée
,
so
that
to
their
opinion
there
shoulde
rest
but
two
,
that
be
habitable
.
And
for
the
better
vnderstanding
thereof
to
eche
one
,
excepting
those
that
haue
knowledge
thereof
,
I
will
declare
this
more
playner
,
Zones
,
extende
your
lefte
hande
towarde
the
Sunne
rysing
,
being
the
fingers
spredde
abroade
,
and
by
this
meane
Probus
Grammaticus
dyd
teach
,
or
instructe
.
Then
when
you
haue
beheld
the
Sunne
,
thorough
the
lower
parts
of
your
fingers
,
bowe
and
bende
them
euery
one
in
forme
or
manner
of
a
Circle
.
By
the
thumbe
ye
shall
knowe
the
colde
zone
,
which
is
the
North
,
Pole
,
also
vnder
the
Paralezey
Artike
ioyning
to
the
Hyperbores
,
Scauia
,
Dacea
,
Swetherlande
,
Gotlande
,
Norway
,
Denemarcke
,
Thilia
,
Lyuonia
,
Pilapea
,
Pruse
lande
,
Russia
,
Muscouia
,
Ruthenie
,
whereas
there
is
nothing
but
Ise
,
and
continual
coldnesse
,
to
benotwithstanding
inhabited
with
frowarde
and
brutish
men
.
The
which
to
our
Englishe
Marchantes
is
well
ynough
knowen
.
Therefore
the
Ancient
writers
in
this
do
greatly
erre
,
&
are
not
to
be
beleued
,
hauing
onely
spoken
by
gesse
and
thought
,
and
not
by
experience
.
Let
vs
speake
of
the
other
zones
:
the
other
finger
next
to
the
thumbe
,
doeth
signifie
the
tempeperat
zone
,
the
which
is
inhabited
,
&
extendeth
to
the
tropicke
of
Cancer
,
though
that
in
drawing
néere
it
be
more
hot
than
temperat
,
as
that
which
is
iustly
in
the
midst
,
that
is
to
know
betwene
this
tropicke
&
the
Pole
.
The
thirde
finger
doeth
represent
the
zone
placed
betwene
the
two
tropickes
named
Torrida
,
Antipodes
,
a
meane
betwene
the
tropicke
of
Capricorne
,
and
the
other
Pole
,
the
which
is
inhabited
.
The
fifth
which
is
the
little
finger
signifieth
the
other
zone
colde
,
Pole
,
of
the
which
we
may
say
as
much
as
we
haue
sayde
of
the
North
parte
,
for
the
like
reason
is
of
bothe
.
After
then
that
this
rule
or
example
is
knowen
,
it
is
easily
knowen
what
partes
of
the
Worlde
are
inhabited
,
and
which
are
not
,
according
to
the
opinion
of
the
Auncient
writers
.
Plinie
,
diminishing
that
which
is
inhabited
,
sayth
,
that
of
the
fiue
partes
that
are
named
zones
,
we
muste
take
away
thrée
bicause
they
are
not
inhabited
,
the
which
hath
bene
shewed
by
the
thumbe
,
the
greate
finger
and
the
little
finger
.
Also
he
taketh
away
al
that
occupieth
the
Weast
sea
.
And
in
another
place
he
writeth
that
the
earth
that
is
vnder
the
Zodiack
,
is
onely
inhabited
.
The
causes
that
he
allegeth
why
these
thrée
zones
are
vnhabited
,
is
,
the
vehement
colde
,
which
for
the
farre
distance
&
absence
of
the
Sunne
is
in
the
Region
of
the
two
Poles
,
and
the
greate
and
extreme
heate
that
is
vnder
the
zone
Torrida
,
is
bicause
of
the
continuall
presence
of
the
Sunne
.
As
much
doe
our
late
Theologians
affirme
and
write
.
The
contrary
notwithstanding
,
may
be
shewed
by
the
writings
of
these
Authors
before
alleged
,
by
the
authoritie
of
Philosophers
,
specially
of
our
tyme
,
by
the
witnessing
of
holy
Scriptures
,
and
then
by
experience
which
passeth
all
,
the
which
by
me
hath
bene
made
.
Strabo
,
Mela
,
&
Plinie
,
although
that
they
disproue
the
zones
,
write
neuerthelesse
that
there
are
men
in
Ethiopia
,
in
the
Ilande
named
by
the
elders
Aurea
,
and
also
in
the
Ile
Tabroban
,
Malaca
,
and
Zamotra
,
Torrida
:
also
that
Scandenauia
,
the
hills
Hyperbores
,
and
the
countrey
adiacent
néere
to
the
North
,
of
the
which
we
haue
before
shewed
,
are
peopled
and
inhabited
although
according
to
the
saying
of
Herodita
,
these
hills
are
directly
vnder
the
Pole
.
The
first
that
founde
out
the
lande
contayned
vnder
the
two
temperat
zones
to
be
inhabited
,
as
Plutarche
writeth
,
was
Parmenides
.
Many
haue
written
that
not
onely
the
zone
Torida
,
may
be
inhabited
,
but
also
wel
peopled
.
The
which
Aueroys
proueth
by
the
witnessing
of
Aristotle
,
in
the
fourth
Chapter
of
his
booke
intituled
,
of
the
worlde
and
of
the
firmament
Auicen
in
the
like
case
,
in
his
second
doctrine
,
Albertus
Magnus
,
in
his
sixte
Chapter
of
the
nature
of
Regions
,
efforcing
to
proue
by
naturall
reason
,
that
this
zone
is
inhabited
,
yea
more
profitable
for
our
humaine
life
than
those
vnder
the
tropickes
.
So
that
by
this
meanes
we
will
conclude
and
say
that
it
is
better
,
more
commodious
,
&
more
wholesome
for
our
humayne
life
,
than
any
others
.
For
euen
as
the
colde
is
an
enimie
,
so
in
like
case
the
heate
is
friendly
to
our
bodies
,
knowing
that
our
life
is
nothing
but
heat
and
moysture
,
to
the
contrary
death
is
colde
and
drinesse
.
By
this
therfore
ye
may
knewe
that
all
the
earth
is
peopled
,
and
is
neuer
without
dwellers
neither
for
colde
,
nor
heate
,
but
for
barennesse
,
and
whereas
it
is
vnfruitfull
it
may
be
inhabited
,
as
I
haue
sene
in
Arabia
,
and
in
other
countreys
.
Also
man
was
created
of
God
for
that
he
might
dwell
and
lyue
in
what
parte
of
the
worlde
he
woulde
,
were
it
hote
,
colde
or
temperate
:
for
he
him selfe
sayde
to
our
first
parentes
:
Growe
,
increase
and
multiplie
.
The
experience
furthermore
teacheth
,
(
as
many
times
we
haue
sayde
)
howe
large
the
worlde
is
,
and
commendable
to
all
creatures
,
the
which
we
may
sée
by
the
continuall
Nauigations
on
the
sea
,
and
by
the
long
iourneys
on
the
lande
.
Of
the
multitude
and
diuers
kindes
of
fishes
being
vnder
this
lyne
Equinoctial
.
Cap.
20.
BEfore
the
departing
out
of
our
lyne
,
I
thinke
it
good
to
declare
particularly
of
the
fish
that
is
found
about
seuen
or
eight
leagues
on
this
side
and
beyonde
the
lyne
of
diuers
colours
,
and
such
a
multitude
,
that
it
is
not
possible
to
number
them
,
or
to
heape
them
together
,
the
which
are
as
a
greate
heape
of
corne
in
a
barne
.
And
ye
shall
note
that
among
these
fishes
many
haue
folowed
our
ships
more
than
thrée
hundreth
leagues
,
specially
the
Dorades
,
of
the
which
we
will
speake
hereafter
more
at
large
.
The
Marsouins
or
sea
Hogs
,
after
that
they
had
perceiued
our
ship
from
farre
,
dyd
swimme
a
mayne
against
vs
,
the
which
gaue
to
the
Mariners
a
certayne
signe
and
forshewing
of
that
parte
from
whence
the
winde
ought
to
come
,
for
these
Sea
beastes
(
say
they
)
will
swimme
against
one
,
and
in
a
greate
company
as
foure
or
fiue
hundreth
together
.
This
fish
is
named
Marsouin
,
Marissus
,
in
Latine
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
as
a
sea
Hog
,
bicause
that
he
is
like
almoste
to
Hogs
on
the
earth
,
for
he
hath
the
lyke
grunt
or
noyse
,
and
hath
the
snoute
lyke
the
ende
of
a
Canne
,
and
on
the
heade
a
certayne
cundite
or
opening
,
by
the
which
he
yaunneth
or
purgeth
,
euen
as
the
Whale
.
The
Mariners
take
many
of
them
with
certayne
gynnes
of
Iron
being
sharpe
,
and
pointed
at
the
ende
and
croked
,
and
they
doe
eate
but
little
thereof
,
hauing
other
better
fish
:
but
the
liuer
and
lights
is
very
good
&
delicate
being
bothe
like
,
and
also
in
taste
to
a
Hogs
harscelet
.
When
they
are
taken
,
drawing
towarde
their
death
they
caste
greate
sighes
as
we
sée
our
countrey
Hogs
do
when
they
are
let
bloude
.
The
female
bringeth
but
twoo
at
a
tyme
.
It
was
therefore
a
wonderfull
thing
to
sée
this
greate
number
of
fish
making
a
maruelous
greate
noyse
without
comparison
,
the
which
some
peraduenture
wil
thinke
strange
and
vncredible
:
but
I
will
affirme
it
to
be
so
,
for
that
I
sawe
it
.
As
I
sayd
before
,
that
there
is
fish
found
of
al
colours
,
red
,
as
those
whom
they
named
Bonnites
,
the
others
Azure
,
&
like
golde
,
shining
brighter
than
fine
Azure
,
as
those
named
Dorades
,
others
gréene
,
gray
,
blacke
.
Yet
I
will
not
say
,
that
out
of
the
sea
they
shoulde
kepe
those
colours
.
Plinie
rehearseth
that
in
Spaine
,
Dorade
,
many
as
wel
Ancients
as
others
haue
written
of
the
nature
of
fishes
,
but
very
homelie
,
for
that
they
haue
not
sene
but
hearde
say
,
and
specially
of
the
Dorade
,
Aristotle
writeth
that
she
hath
foure
finnes
,
two
aboue
and
two
vnder
,
and
that
she
maketh
her
yong
ones
in
sommer
,
&
the
female
remayneth
hyd
a
certaine
time
,
but
he
telleth
not
how
long
.
Plinie
to
my
iudgement
,
hath
borowed
or
lerned
this
of
Aristotle
,
Dorade
,
also
of
Aristotle
,
in
his
language
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
that
the
interpretors
call
Aurata
,
and
it
is
very
fierce
on
the
flying
fish
,
the
which
she
foloweth
,
and
chaseth
in
the
water
,
as
the
hounde
chaseth
a
haare
in
the
fieldes
,
for
she
liueth
by
pray
,
casting
hir selfe
hye
aboue
water
after
this
flying
fish
,
and
if
that
she
fayleth
at
one
time
she
recouereth
at
another
tyme
.
This
fish
folowed
our
shippes
the
space
of
seuen
wekes
without
once
forsaking
of
them
,
yea
night
and
day
,
vntill
that
she
founde
the
sea
vnsauery
or
not
for
hir
nature
.
I
knowe
wel
that
this
fish
hath
ben
much
celebrated
and
estemed
in
tymes
paste
among
Noble
men
,
for
that
she
is
very
delicate
and
pleasant
,
to
eat
.
For
we
reade
of
Sergius
,
that
founde
the
meanes
to
haue
one
brought
to
Rome
,
the
which
was
serued
at
a
bancket
to
the
Emperour
,
Dorade
,
bene
greatly
estemed
among
the
Romaynes
,
so
that
there
was
no
sumptuous
banket
but
that
it
was
serued
for
a
greate
dayntie
dish
.
And
whereas
this
fish
is
scant
in
sommer
,
&
harde
to
come
by
,
Sergius
the
Senator
,
founde
the
meanes
to
kepe
it
with
foode
aliue
,
to
the
ende
that
this
fish
shoulde
not
fayle
them
in
no
season
:
and
for
this
curiositie
it
was
named
Aurata
,
or
golden
fish
.
This
fish
is
in
much
better
sauor
in
Winter
than
in
Sommer
,
for
al
things
haue
their
season
.
Cornelius
Celsus
ordayned
this
fish
to
the
sicke
,
specially
,
to
those
that
had
the
Feuer
or
Ague
,
for
it
is
light
fish
and
not
heauie
,
but
may
be
well
digested
:
there
are
found
more
store
in
the
West
sea
,
than
in
the
East
sea
.
Moreouer
all
kinde
of
fishes
are
not
found
in
euery
place
of
the
sea
.
Helops
a
singular
fish
is
not
found
but
onely
about
Pamphilia
,
Ilus
and
Scaurus
,
onely
in
the
sea
Atlantike
,
and
so
of
many
others
.
Alexander
the
great
being
in
Egypt
bought
two
Dorades
for
two
marke
of
golde
,
for
to
proue
if
that
they
were
so
delicate
and
fine
meate
,
as
it
was
shewed
him
,
so
that
there
were
two
a
lyue
brought
him
from
the
Weast
sea
,
to
Nemphis
,
whereas
he
remained
,
as
a
Iewe
being
a
Phisition
,
shewed
me
by
a
Historie
being
at
Damasca
in
Siria
.
Thus
much
gentle
Reader
I
haue
learned
as
touching
the
Dorade
,
for
that
thou
shouldest
sée
what
the
elders
haue
written
thereof
,
and
among
others
,
my
lorde
William
Pellicier
Bishop
of
Mountpellier
,
who
hath
treated
of
the
nature
of
fishes
as
faithfully
and
truely
,
as
any
in
our
tyme
.
Of
an
Ilande
named
the
Ascention
.
Cap.
21.
THE
twentie
sixth
day
of
October
,
being
eight
degrées
beyonde
our
lyne
Equinoctiall
,
we
founde
an
Ilande
not
inhabited
,
the
which
at
the
firste
we
thought
to
name
the
Ile
of
Birdes
,
bicause
of
the
greate
multitude
of
Birdes
that
are
in
the
sayde
Ilande
,
Marin
,
we
found
that
before
tyme
it
was
founde
out
by
the
Portingals
,
and
named
the
Ile
of
the
Ascention
,
bicause
that
on
that
day
,
they
ariued
thither
.
We
therefore
seing
those
Birdes
flying
on
the
sea
,
made
vs
to
thinke
that
there
was
some
Ilande
néere
hande
,
and
the
néerer
we
came
,
we
sawe
such
a
multitude
of
birdes
of
diuers
sortes
with
coloured
feathers
,
that
the
lyke
was
neuer
séene
in
our
tyme
,
Furthermore
in
this
Ilande
there
is
a
certayne
kinde
of
greate
birdes
that
I
haue
heard
called
Aponars
,
I
thought
good
to
speake
of
this
birde
among
others
,
for
that
there
are
founde
a
greate
number
of
them
in
an
Ilande
lying
towarde
the
Caape
,
of
good
Spéede
,
on
the
coste
or
borders
of
newe
founde
lande
,
Aponards
:
Also
there
are
such
a
multitude
,
that
on
a
tyme
thrée
greate
ships
of
Fraunce
,
going
to
Canada
,
did
lade
eche
of
them
two
tymes
their
cockboates
with
these
birdes
on
the
brinke
of
the
sayde
Ilande
,
and
it
is
no
maistrie
to
goe
into
the
Iland
and
to
driue
them
before
them
to
their
boates
lyke
shéepe
.
This
therefore
hath
giuen
me
occasion
to
speake
so
much
thereof
.
As
touching
the
reste
of
the
Ile
of
Ascention
,
it
is
indifferent
faire
and
pleasant
,
being
of
circute
six
leagues
,
with
mountaines
garnished
with
faire
gréene
trées
,
herbes
,
and
floures
.
Not
forgetting
the
number
of
birdes
,
of
the
which
we
haue
spoken
,
Equinoctiall
,
it
woulde
render
as
good
profit
,
as
Tenedos
,
Lemnos
,
Metelin
,
Negrepont
,
Rhodes
,
and
Candia
,
or
any
others
that
are
in
the
sea
Helispont
,
and
the
Cyclades
:
for
in
this
greate
Weaste
sea
,
there
are
Ilandes
that
are
more
then
.80
.
leagues
compasse
,
and
some
lesse
,
among
the
which
the
greatest
parte
are
desert
,
and
not
inhabited
.
Nowe
after
that
we
had
passed
this
Ilande
,
there
dyd
appeare
foure
starrs
of
a
wonderful
greatnesse
made
in
manner
of
a
crosse
,
neuerthelesse
farre
ynough
from
the
Pole
Antartike
.
The
Mariners
that
sayle
that
way
name
them
charets
.
Some
of
them
thinke
that
among
these
is
the
South
Starre
,
the
which
is
fixed
and
vnmoueable
,
as
the
North
starre
that
we
call
the
lesser
beare
,
the
which
was
hyd
before
that
were
vnder
the
Equator
,
and
many
others
that
are
not
sene
at
this
side
to
the
Northwarde
.
Of
the
promentarie
of
good
hope
,
and
of
many
secretes
obserued
in
the
same
,
likewise
our
Ariuall
to
the
Indies
,
America
,
or
Fraunce
Antartike
.
Cap.
22.
AFter
that
we
haue
passed
the
Equinoctiall
lyue
,
S.
Homer
,
folowing
the
coste
of
Ethiopia
,
the
which
is
called
India
Meridionall
,
it
behoued
to
folow
our
course
euen
to
the
Tropike
of
winter
,
about
the
which
time
we
discouered
the
great
&
famous
Promentarie
of
good
hope
,
the
which
the
Pilots
haue
named
Lyon
of
the
sea
,
Caape
on
bothe
sides
is
compassed
with
two
great
mountaines
and
hils
,
of
the
which
the
one
beholdeth
the
East
,
&
the
other
the
West
.
In
this
countrey
are
many
beasts
named
Rhinoceros
,
for
that
they
haue
a
horne
vnder
their
snout
.
Some
cal
them
Oxen
of
Ethiopia
.
This
beast
is
very
monstrous
,
and
kepeth
perpetuall
warre
and
hatred
with
the
Elephante
.
And
for
this
cause
the
Romaines
haue
taken
great
plesure
to
make
these
two
beastes
fight
,
for
a
spectacle
of
greatenesse
,
chiefly
at
the
creation
of
an
Emperoure
or
some
other
high
or
greate
magistrate
:
as
they
doe
at
this
day
marke
Beares
,
Bulls
,
and
Lyons
.
He
is
not
altogether
so
high
as
the
Elephant
,
nor
such
as
we
paynte
him
or
set
him
out
in
our
countrey
.
And
that
which
moueth
me
to
speake
,
is
,
that
traueling
from
Egypt
to
Arabia
,
I
sawe
a
very
Auncient
monument
,
whereas
was
engraued
certayne
figures
of
beastes
in
stede
of
letters
as
it
was
vsed
in
the
olde
time
,
among
the
which
was
the
Rhenoceros
,
being
without
horne
and
mayles
,
not
lyke
as
our
painters
setteth
him
out
.
This
beaste
for
to
prepare
him selfe
to
fight
,
as
Plinie
rehearseth
,
sharpeneth
his
horne
against
a
certayne
stone
,
and
alwayes
draweth
to
the
belly
of
this
Elephant
,
for
that
it
is
the
part
of
the
body
that
is
most
softest
.
There
is
also
great
quantitie
of
wilde
Asses
,
and
another
bearing
a
horne
betwene
bothe
there
eyes
of
two
foote
long
.
I
sawe
one
being
in
the
citie
of
Alexandria
,
that
is
in
Egypt
,
that
a
Lorde
Turke
brought
from
Melcha
,
the
which
horne
he
sayde
,
had
the
lyke
vertue
agaynst
poyson
as
had
the
horne
of
an
Vnicorne
.
Aristotle
calleth
these
Asses
with
horne
,
Asses
of
India
.
About
this
Promentarie
,
is
the
departing
of
the
way
to
the
Easte
and
the
Weaste
Indies
,
for
they
that
will
goe
to
the
Easte
Indies
,
as
to
Calicut
,
Tabrobane
,
Melinde
,
Cannonor
and
others
,
they
take
on
the
left
hande
,
costing
the
Ile
of
S.
Laurence
,
guiding
the
head
of
the
ship
to
Weast
or
Southweast
hauing
the
winde
at
Weaste
Northweaste
.
This
countrey
of
the
Easte
Indies
extendeth
so
farre
,
that
many
iudge
it
to
be
the
thirde
parte
of
the
worlde
.
Mela
,
and
Diodorus
,
Indies
,
from
the
South
to
the
Easte
is
of
such
a
greatnesse
,
that
with
much
payne
they
can
passe
though
the
wind
be
fauorable
in
the
space
of
fortie
dayes
,
but
I
dare
affirme
twice
fortie
.
This
countrey
therefore
is
on
that
side
compassed
with
the
sea
,
which
bicause
of
that
,
is
named
,
Indian
sea
or
Indique
confining
towardes
the
North
to
the
hill
Cancasa
,
and
is
named
India
,
of
a
Riuer
named
Indus
,
as
Tartaria
of
the
Riuer
Tartar
,
passing
by
the
countrey
of
the
greate
King
Chan.
Yt
is
inhabited
with
people
of
diuers
kinds
as
well
in
manners
as
in
Religion
.
A
great
parte
is
vnder
the
ohedience
of
Prester
Iohn
,
the
which
holdeth
the
Christian
Fayth
:
the
others
are
Mahometists
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
speaking
of
Ethiopia
:
and
others
are
Idolaters
.
The
other
way
at
the
departing
of
this
Caape
that
is
on
the
right
hand
,
leadeth
to
America
,
the
which
we
folowed
hauing
the
wind
good
and
fauorable
,
neuerthelesse
we
remayned
a
good
long
time
on
the
water
,
as
well
for
the
distaunce
of
the
places
,
as
for
the
winde
that
afterwarde
fell
contrarie
,
the
which
made
vs
to
lynger
euen
to
the
eightene
degrée
of
our
lyne
,
America
,
within
fiftie
leagues
we
began
to
smell
the
ayre
of
the
lande
,
otherwyse
than
the
smell
of
the
sea
,
with
such
a
swéete
and
pleasant
smell
of
the
Trées
,
Herbes
,
Fruits
,
and
Floures
of
the
countrey
,
that
neuer
balme
were
it
the
balme
of
Egypte
,
that
euer
smell
swéeter
or
pleasanter
.
Therefore
I
leaue
you
to
thinke
or
iudge
what
greate
ioye
the
poore
Nauigantes
had
,
although
that
of
a
long
time
before
they
had
eaten
no
breade
,
also
being
out
of
hope
to
recouer
any
for
their
retourne
.
The
next
day
which
was
the
laste
day
of
October
about
nine
of
the
clocke
in
the
morning
,
Croistmouron
,
although
that
was
not
the
place
whereas
we
pretended
to
goe
,
wherefore
costing
the
lande
a
thrée
or
foure
Leagues
,
not
minding
to
descend
a
lande
,
being
well
enformed
that
the
inhabitantes
there
are
allyed
with
the
Portingals
,
and
therefore
for
nothing
we
woulde
aborde
or
descende
there
,
keping
on
our
way
till
the
second
of
Nouember
,
that
we
aryued
to
a
certayne
place
named
Maqueh
,
Portingals
Armye
,
whereas
preparing
our
boates
and
barges
,
for
to
come
a
shore
,
and
set
foote
on
lande
,
there
appeared
foure
olde
men
of
the
countrey
,
for
that
the
yong
men
were
gone
to
the
warre
,
the
which
olde
men
at
the
firste
,
fled
away
thinking
we
had
bene
Portingals
,
their
enimies
,
but
shewing
them
a
token
of
assurance
in
the
ende
they
came
néere
vs
.
Neuerthelesse
staying
there
not
aboue
foure
and
twentie
houres
,
we
hoyssed
sayle
for
to
drawe
towarde
Caape
de
Frie
,
Maqueh
,
twentie
fiue
leagues
.
This
countrey
is
maruellous
fayre
,
in
tymes
past
inhabited
by
the
Portingals
,
the
which
gaue
it
that
name
,
which
before
was
called
Gekan
,
Barbarous
men
of
the
countrey
made
them
all
to
dye
,
and
eate
them
vp
as
they
vse
customably
their
enimies
.
And
at
our
ariuall
they
helde
two
Portingals
,
that
they
had
taken
in
a
little
boate
,
and
to
them
they
though
to
doe
the
lyke
,
to
whom
our
comming
was
a
pleasure
,
for
by
vs
they
were
recouered
out
of
the
handes
of
these
cruell
inhabitantes
.
Pomponius
Meleus
,
calleth
this
Caape
,
of
which
we
speake
,
the
front
of
Africa
,
for
that
beyonde
it
bendeth
lyke
an
Angle
,
and
retourneth
by
little
and
little
into
the
North
and
East
,
there
whereas
is
the
ende
of
the
mayne
land
and
of
Africa
,
of
the
which
Ptolomeus
had
neuer
any
knowlege
.
This
Caape
also
is
the
chiefe
or
heade
of
Newe
Africa
,
the
which
towarde
Capricorne
,
extendeth
to
the
mountaynes
of
Habacia
and
Gaiacia
,
the
flat
countrey
is
little
inhabited
,
it
is
very
brutish
and
Barbarous
,
yea
monstrous
,
not
that
the
men
are
so
disformed
as
many
haue
written
,
as
though
that
in
their
sléepe
they
had
dreamed
it
,
being
not
afrayde
to
affirme
that
there
are
people
of
whome
their
eares
hang
to
their
héeles
,
others
with
one
eye
in
the
foreheade
as
Arismases
,
others
without
heade
,
others
hauing
but
one
foote
but
of
such
a
bredth
,
that
therewith
they
may
shadowe
them selues
against
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
,
and
they
call
them
Monomeres
,
Monosceles
,
and
Sciapodes
,
certaine
others
being
ignorant
doe
write
yet
more
strangenesse
yea
:
late
writers
,
writing
without
iudgement
reason
or
experience
.
I
will
not
altogether
denye
the
monsters
,
which
are
vnnaturall
approued
by
the
Philosophers
,
and
affirmed
by
experience
.
But
I
doe
impugne
things
that
are
so
farre
out
of
reason
:
let
vs
returne
to
our
Promentarie
.
There
is
founde
diuers
kindes
of
dangerous
beastes
,
&
venomous
,
among
others
the
Basiliscus
,
hurtfull
to
the
inhabitants
,
also
to
the
strangers
and
to
those
that
go
to
fish
on
the
Borders
.
This
Basiliscus
as
euery
man
may
know
,
is
a
venomous
beast
,
that
killeth
a
man
with
his
onely
looke
,
the
body
about
nine
inches
long
,
the
head
like
fier
,
vpon
that
which
ther
is
a
white
spot
in
maner
of
a
crowne
,
the
mouth
red
,
&
the
rest
of
the
face
of
blacke
colour
,
the
which
I
knowe
by
the
skinne
that
I
dyd
sée
in
the
handes
of
an
Arabian
:
he
chaseth
away
all
other
Serpentes
with
his
hissing
(
as
Lucian
sayth
)
for
to
remayne
alone
master
of
the
fielde
.
To
be
short
,
I
may
say
with
Salust
,
that
there
dyeth
more
people
by
wilde
beasts
in
Africa
,
than
by
any
other
inconuenience
.
This
much
thought
I
good
to
speake
by
the
way
.
Of
the
Iland
Madagascar
,
otherwise
of
S.
Laurence
.
Cap.
23.
THE
great
desire
that
I
haue
to
let
slip
nothing
that
is
necessarie
and
profitable
to
the
Readers
,
bindeth
me
that
I
thinke
it
the
office
and
duetie
of
a
writer
to
treate
of
al
things
that
partayne
to
his
argument
,
without
leauing
one
word
out
,
the
which
thing
hath
stired
me
vp
to
set
out
in
this
place
this
Ilande
so
notable
,
hauing
seuenty
eight
degrées
of
longitude
,
no
minut
,
and
of
latitude
aleuen
degrées
and
thirtie
minutes
,
very
well
peopled
,
and
inhabited
with
blacke
wilde
men
,
(
within
a
certayne
time
)
the
which
kepe
or
holde
the
like
maner
of
Religion
as
the
Mahometists
,
Portingals
,
and
named
S.
Laurence
,
and
before
Madagascar
in
their
language
,
rich
and
fruitfull
of
all
things
,
for
that
it
lieth
well
.
And
also
the
trées
bring
forthe
fruit
of
themselues
without
planting
,
grafting
,
setting
or
sowing
:
neuerthelesse
their
fruits
are
as
good
,
swéete
and
plesant
to
eate
,
as
if
the
trée
had
bene
grafted
.
We
sée
in
our
countrey
that
the
fruits
of
the
fields
,
that
is
to
wit
,
those
that
the
earth
bringeth
forthe
without
laboring
,
is
rude
,
wilde
,
soure
,
swete
,
and
without
any
good
tast
,
the
others
are
contrary
.
Therfore
in
this
Iland
,
is
much
better
fruit
than
on
the
maine
lande
,
although
that
it
be
vnder
one
Zone
and
temperatenesse
,
among
the
which
there
is
one
that
they
name
in
their
language
Chicorin
,
and
the
Trée
that
beareth
them
,
is
like
to
a
fether
trée
of
Egipt
,
Arabia
,
as
well
in
height
as
in
leaues
.
The
which
fruit
is
séene
héere
,
the
which
the
shippes
bring
,
and
we
cal
them
Nuts
of
India
,
the
which
the
Marchants
holde
deare
,
for
they
are
very
faire
and
proper
to
make
bottels
,
for
the
wine
being
a
certaine
time
in
these
vessels
,
hath
a
maruelous
swete
smell
and
pleasaunt
,
bicause
that
the
fruit
hath
a
smell
like
Muske
.
Furthermore
,
those
that
customably
drinke
in
these
cuppes
or
vessels
,
as
I
was
enformed
of
a
Iewe
,
are
preserued
from
the
head
ache
,
&
from
the
ache
in
the
flankes
,
and
prouoketh
vrine
.
The
which
being
noted
of
Plinie
and
others
,
they
say
that
al
kinde
of
Palmes
,
are
healthfull
and
good
for
many
things
.
This
fruit
wherof
we
speake
,
is
altogether
good
.
The
Indians
&
Ethiopians
being
visited
with
sicknesse
,
péele
the
fruit
,
&
drink
the
iuice
or
liquor
,
the
which
is
white
,
like
to
milk
,
and
therewith
they
are
eased
:
also
with
this
fruit
,
they
make
a
kinde
of
sustenance
,
being
mingled
with
certain
meale
of
dried
rootes
or
dried
fishe
,
of
the
which
they
eate
after
that
it
is
wel
boiled
together
.
This
liquor
is
not
to
be
kept
long
,
but
for
the
time
that
is
may
be
kept
,
it
is
without
comparison
better
for
the
partie
that
taketh
it
,
than
any
kinde
of
conserues
that
may
be
found
.
And
for
the
longer
keping
of
this
fruit
,
they
boile
the
liquor
,
the
which
when
it
is
colde
,
they
put
into
vessels
therfore
appointed
:
others
put
therein
Honey
,
to
make
it
pleasaunt
to
drinke
.
The
trée
that
beareth
this
fruit
,
is
so
tender
,
that
if
it
be
neuer
so
little
touched
or
pricked
with
any
sharpe
or
pointed
thing
,
the
iuice
will
come
forthe
,
the
which
is
pleasant
to
drinke
,
and
very
proper
to
quenche
thirst
.
All
these
Ilands
that
are
found
on
the
coast
of
Ethiopia
,
Prince
,
hauing
.35
.
degrées
of
longitude
minute
.0
.
and
of
latitude
minute
.0
.
Mopata
,
Zonzibar
,
Monfia
.
S.
Apolin
,
and
S.
Thomas
,
vnder
the
line
are
riche
and
fruitfull
,
almost
all
full
of
these
Palme
trées
,
and
other
trées
bearing
fruit
,
that
are
maruellous
good
.
There
are
found
diuers
other
kinde
of
Palme
trées
bearing
fruit
,
although
that
not
all
,
like
those
of
Egypt
,
and
in
all
the
Indies
of
America
and
Perou
,
as
well
on
the
maine
land
,
as
in
the
Ilands
are
found
of
seuen
sortes
of
Palme
trées
,
all
differing
in
fruit
the
one
from
the
other
.
Among
the
which
I
haue
found
some
that
beare
Dates
good
to
eate
,
Egipt
,
of
Arabia
,
Felicia
and
of
Siria
.
Moreouer
in
this
said
Iland
,
are
Melons
of
a
meruellous
greatnesse
,
being
as
great
as
a
man
may
compasse
or
embrace
,
of
a
ruddy
coloure
.
Also
there
are
some
white
,
and
others
yellow
,
but
muche
more
wholesomer
than
oures
in
Europe
.
There
are
also
diuers
kindes
of
good
herbes
and
health
some
,
among
the
which
there
is
one
,
Spagnin
,
the
which
they
vse
for
their
woundes
and
sores
,
also
against
the
biting
of
Vipers
and
other
venemous
beastes
,
for
it
draweth
out
the
venime
or
poison
.
Furthermore
there
is
founde
great
quantitie
of
good
Saunders
in
the
woodes
and
groues
.
As
touching
beastes
wilde
and
tame
,
fishes
and
birdes
,
our
Iland
norisheth
of
all
sortes
,
and
in
as
great
quantitie
as
is
possible
.
In
the
which
Iland
there
is
a
straunge
birde
,
made
like
a
puttocke
or
rauenous
foule
,
the
bill
like
a
Hauke
,
hir
eares
hanging
downe
to
hir
throte
,
the
féete
very
rough
and
full
of
fethers
,
being
of
a
white
shining
coloure
like
to
siluer
,
Pa
,
in
the
Persian
tongue
Pie
or
Lege
,
and
this
foule
liueth
with
Serpents
,
of
the
which
there
are
great
quantitie
,
and
of
diuers
kindes
.
Also
there
are
other
kinde
of
birdes
not
like
to
those
in
our
Countrey
.
As
for
beastes
,
there
are
a
great
number
of
Eliphants
,
and
beasts
with
one
horne
being
of
two
kindes
.
Of
the
which
the
one
is
the
Asse
of
India
,
hauing
the
foote
not
clouen
,
as
those
that
are
found
in
the
land
of
Persia
,
Orix
or
clouen
foote
.
There
are
no
wilde
Asses
,
but
onely
on
the
dry
land
.
Whether
that
there
be
any
Vnicorns
I
know
not
,
but
being
at
the
Indies
of
America
,
certain
of
the
Indians
came
to
sée
vs
aboue
.lx.
or
.lxxx.
leagues
of
:
whome
as
we
did
question
with
of
many
things
,
they
shewed
vs
that
in
their
countrey
there
was
a
great
number
of
certain
great
beastes
,
like
to
a
kinde
of
wilde
cowes
that
they
haue
,
hauing
one
only
horne
in
their
forehead
,
about
a
fadome
long
,
but
to
say
that
they
are
Vnicorns
I
am
not
sure
,
hauing
no
perfect
knowledge
therof
.
I
haue
before
shewed
that
this
countrey
or
Iland
norisheth
great
store
of
serpents
&
Lezards
of
a
maruelous
greatnesse
,
that
which
are
easily
taken
without
dangers
.
Also
the
Neigers
eat
these
Lezards
,
so
do
the
Indians
of
America
.
There
are
lesser
ones
of
the
bignesse
of
a
lege
,
that
are
very
good
and
delicate
to
eat
,
beside
many
good
fishe
and
foule
,
which
they
eate
when
they
sée
time
.
Among
other
secretes
,
bicause
of
the
multitude
of
fishe
,
there
are
great
store
of
Whales
,
out
of
the
which
the
inhabitaunts
of
the
Countrey
draw
Amber
,
the
which
many
take
to
be
gray
Amber
,
a
thing
that
is
here
very
skant
and
precious
.
Of
our
arriuall
to
Fraunce
Antartike
,
otherwise
named
America
,
to
the
place
named
Caape
Defria
.
Cap.
24.
AFter
that
by
deuine
prouidence
,
with
so
many
trauailes
common
and
ordinarie
to
so
long
a
Nauigation
,
we
were
come
to
the
maine
land
,
not
so
soone
as
our
heartes
desired
,
which
was
the
tenth
day
of
Nouember
,
and
in
stead
of
taking
our
rest
,
it
behoued
vs
to
discouer
&
séeke
out
proper
places
,
to
make
or
reare
newe
siedges
,
being
no
lesse
astonied
or
amazed
,
that
the
Troyans
were
at
their
arriuall
into
Italie
.
Hauing
therefore
stayed
but
a
while
at
the
former
place
,
where
as
we
landed
,
as
in
the
former
Chapter
we
haue
shewed
,
we
spred
againe
our
sa-les
,
Caape
Defria
,
wheras
we
were
well
receiued
of
the
Indians
or
wilde
men
of
the
Countrey
,
shewing
according
to
their
manner
,
euident
signes
of
ioy
:
neuerthelesse
we
stayed
ther
but
.iij.
dayes
,
they
welcomed
vs
one
after
an
other
,
according
to
their
custome
,
with
this
word
Carainbe
,
which
is
as
muche
to
say
as
welcome
,
or
ye
are
welcome
.
And
for
to
shew
their
good
wils
,
Morbicha
Onassonb
,
that
is
to
say
,
King
,
feasted
vs
with
a
kinde
of
meale
made
of
rootes
,
and
with
their
Cahonin
,
which
is
a
drinke
made
of
Mill
is
named
Auaty
,
and
it
is
great
like
a
pease
:
there
is
bothe
white
and
blacke
.
And
for
to
make
this
drinke
,
they
let
this
Mill
boile
with
other
rootes
,
the
which
after
it
is
boyled
,
hath
a
coloure
like
to
Claret
wine
:
and
these
Indians
finde
it
so
good
,
that
therewith
they
will
be
dronken
,
as
men
will
be
with
wine
in
our
Countrey
.
It
is
thicke
like
to
wine
lées
.
Héere
I
wil
shew
you
a
superstition
that
they
vse
,
to
make
this
drink
,
after
the
straungest
maner
in
the
world
.
Mill
being
so
boyled
or
sodden
,
then
they
shall
put
it
into
a nother
vessel
therunto
appointed
,
or
if
that
a
woman
be
called
therto
,
she
must
first
abstain
certaine
dayes
from
hir
husband
:
otherwise
they
thinke
that
this
Byuerige
or
drinke
,
will
neuer
come
to
good
perfection
.
This
being
done
,
they
will
make
it
boyle
againe
,
vntill
that
it
be
purged
or
cleansed
,
as
we
sée
the
wine
boyling
in
the
tunne
:
&
then
within
certaine
dayes
after
they
drinke
thereof
.
Now
after
that
they
had
entertained
vs
after
this
sorte
,
they
brought
vs
afterwarde
to
sée
a
large
stone
of
fiue
féete
long
or
there
about
,
in
the
which
appeared
certaine
strokes
of
a
rod
or
small
wand
,
and
the
print
of
two
féete
,
the
which
they
affirme
to
be
of
their
great
Caraibe
,
whome
they
haue
in
as
great
reuerence
,
as
the
Turks
haue
Mahomet
,
for
bicause
(
say
they
)
that
he
hath
giuen
them
the
vse
and
knowledge
of
fire
,
likewise
to
plant
rootes
,
for
before
they
liued
but
with
leaues
,
as
doe
the
brute
beastes
.
Being
thus
guided
and
led
about
by
their
King
,
we
forgate
not
diligently
to
know
and
visite
the
place
,
wheras
among
other
commodities
requisite
and
necessary
,
we
founde
that
there
was
no
freshe
water
to
be
had
but
far
from
thence
,
the
which
letted
vs
to
stay
ther
any
long
time
,
for
the
which
we
were
sorie
considering
the
bounty
of
the
countrey
.
Indians
catche
of
these
fishes
aboue
a
thousand
in
a
shorte
space
.
Indians
,
make
hats
,
and
garments
,
either
for
to
couer
them
or
for
beauty
.
When
they
goe
a
warfare
or
when
they
haue
any
skirmish
with
their
enimies
.
Others
also
make
them
Gownes
and
Caps
,
Monsieur
Troisteux
,
a
gentleman
of
the
house
of
my
Lorde
,
the
right
reuerend
Cardinall
of
Sens.
Among
these
number
of
birdes
al
differing
from
those
of
our
Himisperia
,
there
is
one
which
they
name
in
their
language
,
Arat
,
the
which
is
a
very
hearon
in
proportion
,
Spaniards
name
sea
beanes
,
being
rounde
lyke
a
Teston
,
but
more
greater
and
more
thicker
of
a
ruddy
colour
,
so
that
if
you
sawe
them
you
wold
say
they
were
Artificiall
:
the
people
of
the
countrey
set
nought
by
them
,
neuerthelesse
the
Spaniards
cary
them
into
their
countrey
,
and
the
Women
and
Maydens
,
commonly
hang
them
about
their
necke
,
being
set
in
gold
or
siluer
,
the
which
they
say
hath
vertue
against
the
collicke
,
the
payne
in
the
head
,
and
others
.
To
be
short
,
this
place
is
pleasant
and
fruitfull
,
and
they
that
enter
farther
into
that
countrey
shall
finde
a
flat
countrey
,
couered
with
strange
kinde
of
trées
,
the
like
are
not
in
Europe
,
being
also
beautified
with
fayre
Riuers
and
springs
and
very
cleare
waters
:
among
the
which
there
is
a
fish
very
monstrous
for
a
freshe
water
fish
,
this
fish
is
of
the
largenesse
and
greatnesse
of
a
herring
,
armed
from
the
head
to
the
tayle
,
like
a
little
beaste
of
the
earth
,
named
Taton
,
the
heade
without
comparison
greater
than
the
body
,
hauing
thrée
bones
in
the
chyne
,
and
very
good
to
eate
,
at
the
least
the
Indians
eate
of
them
,
and
they
name
it
in
their
language
Tamonhata
.
Of
the
Riuer
of
Ganabara
otherwise
called
Ianaria
,
and
how
that
the
countrey
whereas
we
ariued
,
was
named
Fraunce
Antartike
.
Cap.
25.
HAuing
no
time
to
remaine
any
longer
at
Cape
de
Fria
,
for
the
reason
before
shewed
,
it
behoued
vs
to
depart
,
so
the
we
wayed
our
ankers
,
and
hoised
vp
sailes
to
sail
to
some
other
place
,
to
the
great
displeasure
of
the
Indians
of
that
Countrey
,
that
thought
we
wold
haue
stayed
a
longer
time
,
folowing
the
promise
that
we
had
made
them
at
our
first
arriuall
.
Therfore
we
sailed
the
space
of
foure
dayes
vntil
the
tenth
,
that
we
found
this
great
riuer
of
Ganabara
,
Ianaria
,
by
those
that
first
did
discouer
it
,
being
distaunt
from
the
place
from
whence
we
departed
.30
.
leagues
:
and
by
the
way
,
the
winde
became
contrary
.
Now
therefore
that
we
had
passed
many
little
Ilands
on
the
sea
coast
,
and
the
straight
of
our
riuer
being
about
a
gunne
shotte
brode
,
we
were
determined
to
enter
in
at
that
place
or
straight
,
and
with
our
barkes
to
take
land
,
whereas
incontinently
the
inhabitants
receiued
vs
very
curteously
,
and
as
hauing
knowledge
of
our
comming
,
they
had
rered
faire
Palace
according
to
the
manner
of
the
Countrey
,
strewed
&
decked
with
leaues
,
and
boughs
of
trees
,
and
swéete
smelling
herbes
,
by
a
manner
of
honor
,
shewing
of
their
part
great
signes
of
ioy
,
inuitating
vs
to
doe
the
like
.
The
most
eldest
which
are
as
Kings
and
gouernours
,
receiued
vs
one
after
an
other
,
and
with
an
admiration
they
saluted
vs
in
their
language
according
to
their
maner
,
and
then
they
conducted
vs
to
the
place
that
they
had
prepared
for
vs
,
to
the
which
place
they
brought
vs
vitailes
of
all
sides
,
as
meale
made
of
a
roote
,
which
they
name
Manihot
,
Troyans
did
after
so
many
shipwracks
and
tempests
when
that
they
met
with
the
good
Lady
Dido
,
but
Virgill
saith
that
they
had
good
olde
Wine
,
and
not
faire
water
.
After
that
we
had
rested
there
the
space
of
two
moneths
,
&
viewed
as
wel
the
Ilands
as
the
maine
land
:
the
Countrey
was
named
Farre
about
,
the
which
by
vs
was
discouered
Fraunce
Antartike
,
whereas
we
found
no
place
so
proper
and
wel
standing
for
to
reare
or
edifie
a
holde
,
as
a
litle
Iland
,
containing
only
one
league
of
circuit
,
lying
almost
at
the
original
beginning
of
this
riuer
which
we
haue
before
spoken
of
.
The
which
Iland
with
the
holde
that
we
there
edified
,
was
named
Villegagnon
.
This
Iland
is
very
pleasaunt
,
Villegagnon
fortified
himselfe
there
,
for
to
be
sure
and
out
of
danger
of
the
wild
men
that
will
be
sone
offended
.
And
also
against
the
Portingals
,
least
they
shold
at
any
time
make
thither
,
so
that
he
strengthened
himselfe
in
the
Iland
,
as
wel
as
was
possible
.
Now
as
for
vittails
the
Indians
or
wilde
men
brought
vs
thither
suche
as
the
land
or
countrey
bringeth
forth
:
As
fish
or
Venison
and
other
wilde
beasts
,
for
they
norish
them
priuily
,
as
we
do
here
a
dog
or
a
cat
.
Also
they
brought
vs
meale
of
those
rootes
of
which
we
haue
before
shewed
,
hauing
neither
breade
nor
wine
.
The
which
victels
we
had
for
a
small
value
,
as
little
kniues
,
loking
glasses
,
&
nets
to
take
fish
.
Moreouer
among
other
things
noted
in
this
riuer
,
nere
to
the
straight
,
there
is
a
lake
that
procedeth
out
of
a
high
stone
or
rock
,
Of
the
fish
that
is
in
this
great
Riuer
before
named
.
Cap.
26.
BEfore
that
I
procede
any
further
,
I
meane
to
treate
particularly
of
the
fish
that
is
founde
in
the
fayre
Riuer
of
Ganabara
,
otherwise
named
Ianaria
,
which
are
in
great
abundance
,
Calicut
,
and
other
places
in
the
Easte
.
Moreouer
these
wilde
men
fish
for
other
great
fish
,
of
the
which
there
is
great
plenty
.
Their
vse
and
maner
to
take
them
is
,
that
they
being
naked
in
the
water
,
be
it
fresh
or
salt
,
shoote
at
them
with
their
arrowes
,
to
the
which
they
are
very
expert
,
then
they
draw
them
out
of
the
water
,
with
a
corde
made
of
cotton
or
of
the
pille
of
some
trée
,
or
else
the
fish
being
dead
,
floateth
of
himself
aboue
the
water
.
Among
these
fishes
there
is
one
very
monstrous
,
Panapana
,
lyke
to
a
Dog
fish
,
the
skin
whereof
,
is
very
rough
:
this
fishe
hath
sixe
holes
or
spurgings
on
eche
side
of
the
throte
like
to
a
Lampron
,
the
head
monstrous
,
and
the
eyes
almost
at
the
ende
of
the
heade
,
so
that
from
the
one
eye
to
the
other
,
ther
is
distant
a
foote
and
a
half
:
this
fish
is
geason
,
Europe
,
they
are
twise
as
large
and
more
longer
,
the
head
flat
and
long
,
at
the
ende
of
which
there
is
twoo
hornes
,
being
a
foote
long
a
péece
,
and
betwene
these
hornes
are
the
eyes
,
and
hir
tayle
is
two
foote
long
,
and
sclender
like
a
Rats
tayle
:
the
wilde
men
of
the
countrey
will
not
eate
of
them
for
no
good
,
neither
of
the
Torterel
.
For
they
imagin
and
think
that
euen
as
this
fish
is
slowe
in
swimming
,
it
wolde
also
make
them
heauie
and
slowe
,
by
the
which
meanes
they
might
be
taken
of
their
enimies
,
so
that
they
coulde
not
runne
,
nor
folow
nimbly
the
course
.
Ineuonia
.
The
fish
of
this
riuer
generally
is
good
to
eate
,
so
is
the
sea
fish
that
coasteth
that
countrey
,
but
not
so
delicate
as
the
fish
vnder
the
lyne
,
&
in
other
places
of
the
sea
.
I
will
not
forget
nor
leaue
out
now
that
I
am
in
purpose
of
fish
,
to
shewe
a
maruellous
thing
,
and
worthy
of
memorie
.
In
this
lande
or
countrey
about
the
riuer
before
named
,
are
trées
growing
on
the
sea
borders
or
brinkes
,
couered
with
oysters
alwayes
to
the
very
top
:
you
shall
vnderstande
,
that
when
the
sea
swelleth
,
it
casteth
the
floud
very
high
,
and
far
on
the
lande
twise
in
.24
.
houres
,
so
that
the
water
couereth
oftentymes
these
trées
,
so
that
the
oysters
being
brought
in
by
these
springtydes
,
take
holde
,
Of
America
generally
.
Cap.
27.
NOwe
that
I
haue
treated
particularly
of
the
places
wheras
we
did
most
remaine
after
that
we
had
taken
land
&
chiefly
of
the
wheras
the
Sieur
of
Villagagnon
,
doeth
inhabite
with
other
French
men
euen
at
this
day
.
Likewise
of
this
most
notable
riuer
which
we
name
Ianaria
,
the
circumstances
of
the
places
,
for
that
they
lie
in
a
land
discouered
and
found
out
in
our
time
,
there
resteth
nowe
to
wright
that
,
the
which
we
haue
learned
&
knowne
for
the
time
that
we
remained
ther.
Europa
,
Asia
,
and
Affrica
,
of
the
which
they
only
had
intelligence
,
but
I
am
sure
that
they
had
no
knowledge
therof
,
for
if
they
had
knowen
it
,
they
wold
haue
noted
it
for
the
fourth
part
of
the
world
,
for
it
is
much
more
greater
than
any
of
the
others
.
This
land
by
good
right
is
called
America
,
taking
name
of
him
that
first
found
it
out
,
being
named
Americus
Vespucia
,
Temistitan
vnto
the
Countrey
of
the
Giants
,
and
the
straight
of
Magellan
.
Why
it
shold
be
named
India
I
know
not
,
but
the
East
countrey
that
is
named
India
,
hath
taken
his
name
of
that
notable
floud
or
riuer
Indus
,
the
which
is
very
farre
from
America
.
It
shall
therfore
suffice
to
call
it
America
,
or
Fraunce
Antartike
.
It
lieth
betwene
the
two
Tropikes
euen
beyonde
Capricornus
,
the
west
side
extending
towards
Temistitan
and
Moluques
,
Magellan
,
and
on
bothe
sides
of
the
West
sea
and
peaceable
:
true
it
is
that
neare
to
Darienna
and
Furna
,
this
Countrey
is
very
straight
,
for
the
sea
on
bothe
sides
entreth
very
farre
into
the
land
.
Nowe
will
I
write
of
that
parte
which
we
haue
moste
knowne
and
frequented
,
which
lieth
about
the
Tropike
Brumall
,
and
yet
beyond
that
it
hathe
bene
and
is
inhabited
at
this
day
,
besides
the
Christians
that
haue
dwelled
there
since
Americus
time
,
America
,
Spaniards
and
the
Portingals
do
inhabite
and
dwell
in
a
great
part
thereof
,
the
Entilles
on
the
West
sea
,
Moluques
on
the
peaceable
sea
,
from
the
mayne
lande
,
vnto
Dareiena
,
Parias
,
and
Palmaria
,
the
others
more
toward
the
South
as
in
the
land
of
Bressill
,
so
much
thought
I
good
to
write
of
this
Countrey
in
generall
.
Of
the
Americans
Religion
Cap.
28.
WE
haue
before
shewed
how
that
these
poore
people
liue
without
Religion
,
and
without
Lawe
,
the
which
is
very
true
,
but
there
is
no
creature
liuing
that
is
partaker
of
reason
(
so
blinded
)
seing
the
heauen
,
the
earth
,
the
Sunne
,
the
Moone
so
ordayned
,
the
sea
,
&
the
things
that
are
dayly
séene
,
but
that
will
iudge
these
things
to
be
made
by
the
hande
of
some
greater
worckemaister
than
man
.
And
therefore
there
is
no
Nation
be
they
neuer
so
brutish
,
but
that
by
their
owne
naturall
reason
haue
some
religion
,
and
some
cogitation
of
God
:
they
all
therefore
confesse
,
that
there
is
some
power
and
soueraygntie
:
but
what
a
one
it
is
,
fewe
there
are
that
knowe
it
,
and
that
hath
caused
the
diuision
of
Religion
.
America
,
make
mention
and
tel
of
a
greate
Lorde
,
whom
they
name
in
their
language
Toupan
,
Hetich
.
And
they
haue
heard
say
of
their
fathers
,
that
before
they
had
the
knowledge
of
the
rootes
,
they
lyued
but
with
herbes
and
wild
rootes
,
like
brute
beasts
:
there
was
they
say
in
their
countrey
a
great
Charaiba
,
Hetich
,
shewing
hir
,
that
she
shoulde
cut
them
in
péeces
,
and
then
plante
them
in
the
earth
,
the
which
she
did
,
and
since
they
haue
alwayes
continued
from
father
to
sonne
:
the
which
roots
haue
so
wel
prospered
,
that
now
they
haue
so
great
abundance
that
they
eate
little
other
foode
,
and
it
is
as
common
with
them
as
breade
is
with
vs
.
Of
this
roote
I
find
two
kindes
of
one
greatnesse
:
the
first
when
it
is
sodden
or
boiled
becommeth
yellow
,
&
the
other
white
,
and
these
two
kindes
haue
the
leafe
like
to
a
mallow
,
it
neuer
beareth
séede
,
and
therefore
these
wild
men
do
plant
againe
this
roote
,
being
cut
in
péeces
,
so
that
they
being
replanted
multiplie
excedingly
.
When
that
this
countrey
was
firste
discouered
and
founde
on
,
Castilia
,
these
wilde
men
being
amased
to
sée
the
Christians
in
the
order
as
they
had
neuer
before
sene
the
like
:
likewise
their
maner
,
gesture
and
doings
,
they
estemed
them
as
Prophets
and
honored
them
as
Goddes
,
vntil
they
perceiued
that
they
became
sicke
to
dye
,
and
to
be
subiect
to
the
like
passions
that
they
were
,
then
they
began
to
dispraise
them
,
and
to
intreate
them
worse
than
they
were
accustomed
as
they
that
afterwardes
went
thither
Spaniards
and
Portingals
:
so
that
if
they
be
angred
,
they
force
no
more
to
kil
a
Christian
and
to
eat
him
,
than
if
it
were
one
of
theyr
enimies
:
but
this
is
in
certayned
places
,
and
specially
among
the
Canibals
,
that
lyue
with
none
other
thing
,
Carabes
or
halfe
Gods
,
and
nowe
they
call
them
as
in
reproche
Mahira
,
the
which
was
the
name
of
one
of
theyr
anciente
Prophetes
,
whom
they
did
detest
and
abhor
.
As
touching
Toupan
,
they
esteme
him
greate
,
not
resting
in
one
place
,
but
going
about
here
and
there
,
and
they
say
that
he
declareth
his
greatest
secretes
to
their
Prophets
.
This
therefore
shal
suffice
for
the
Religion
of
these
wild
men
,
the
which
I
knew
and
vnderstode
by
a
french
expositor
that
had
dwelled
there
ten
yeares
,
who
vnderstode
perfectly
the
language
.
The
maner
and
custome
of
the
lyuing
of
these
Americans
as
well
men
as
women
.
Cap.
29.
WE
haue
here
before
shewed
speaking
of
Africa
,
the
which
we
costed
in
our
Nauigation
,
that
the
Barbarians
and
Ethiopians
,
and
others
in
India
went
customably
naked
excepting
their
priuie
partes
,
the
which
they
couer
with
certayne
vailes
or
aprons
of
cotton
,
or
beastes
skins
,
the
which
without
comparison
is
more
tolerable
than
in
our
Americans
,
Canada
,
for
they
haue
greate
plenty
of
wild
and
tame
,
easy
to
be
taken
.
They
haue
this
opinion
,
that
being
naked
and
without
apparell
,
they
are
more
nimbler
and
better
disposed
to
all
kynde
of
exercises
.
Moreouer
if
any
tyme
they
be
clad
with
any
thyn
and
light
shirte
,
the
which
they
haue
peraduenture
gotten
by
greate
payne
:
when
they
mete
with
their
enimies
they
put
it
of
before
they
set
hande
to
their
weapon
(
whose
weapons
)
are
a
bowe
and
Arowes
,
for
they
thinke
that
this
garment
or
shyrte
would
take
away
their
dexteritie
in
their
fight
,
also
that
they
could
not
easily
flye
nor
remoue
their
iointes
before
their
enimies
:
yea
they
say
that
they
shoulde
be
taken
of
their
enimies
by
such
garments
.
And
therefore
they
had
rather
be
naked
,
so
ignorant
are
they
and
yll
aduised
.
Neuerthelesse
they
are
very
desirous
of
gownes
,
shirts
,
hats
,
and
other
clothing
,
and
they
esteme
them
so
precious
and
costly
,
that
they
will
rather
let
them
marre
&
take
harme
,
than
once
to
weare
them
,
least
that
by
that
meanes
they
shuld
hurt
them
.
In
déede
somtimes
they
will
put
them
on
when
that
they
remaine
at
home
,
drinking
and
making
good
chéere
after
the
death
of
their
parents
and
friends
,
or
in
some
solemnity
after
that
they
haue
obtained
victorie
of
their
enimies
.
Moreouer
if
that
they
haue
on
any
garment
,
they
will
put
it
of
when
that
they
sit
downe
on
the
ground
,
and
caste
it
on
their
shoulders
for
feare
of
soyling
of
it
.
There
are
olde
men
&
women
among
them
,
that
hide
their
priuie
partes
with
leaues
.
Some
haue
said
that
in
Europe
when
it
was
first
inhabited
,
the
men
and
women
went
al
naked
,
only
their
secrete
parts
couered
,
as
we
read
of
our
first
parents
.
Neuerthelesse
in
that
time
the
men
liued
longer
than
they
do
in
our
age
,
being
not
subiect
to
so
many
diseases
as
we
are
,
so
that
they
haue
affirmed
that
all
men
ought
to
goe
naked
as
Adam
and
Eue
our
first
parents
did
,
when
they
were
in
Paradise
.
As
touching
this
nakednesse
,
we
finde
it
not
by
Gods
commaundement
,
I
know
that
there
are
certaine
heretikes
called
Adamians
,
that
mainteine
this
nakednesse
,
the
which
sect
liued
all
naked
,
as
these
Americans
of
which
we
speake
.
Adam
&
Eue
,
as
it
is
shewed
in
the
scripture
,
they
were
all
naked
,
but
afterward
God
gaue
them
garments
of
lether
to
couer
their
nakednesse
,
as
the
Canadians
vse
at
this
day
.
Turlupins
and
the
Phylosophers
named
Ciniques
,
that
which
alleage
for
their
reasons
,
&
do
teach
it
publikely
,
that
a
man
ought
not
to
hide
that
,
which
nature
hath
giuen
him
.
By
this
ye
may
sée
that
these
heritikes
are
more
impertinent
,
hauing
had
the
knowledge
of
things
than
our
Americans
.
The
Romaines
though
they
were
very
straunge
in
their
liuings
,
yet
they
neuer
remained
naked
.
As
touching
the
statues
and
images
,
they
were
made
and
reared
vp
in
their
temples
all
naked
,
as
Titus
Liuius
sheweth
,
hauing
neither
hat
nor
coife
vpon
their
heads
:
as
we
find
of
Caius
Caesar
,
who
being
balde
before
,
was
wont
to
bring
his
hair
that
grew
behinde
,
America
.
Moreouer
I
haue
séene
those
of
Perou
vse
to
weare
litle
garments
made
of
Cotten
after
their
maner
.
Also
Plinie
sheweth
,
that
in
the
farther
parte
of
the
East
Indies
,
(
for
he
neuer
had
no
knowledge
of
America
:
)
on
the
borders
of
Gangis
,
there
is
a
kinde
of
people
cladde
with
broad
leaues
,
which
people
are
of
a
litle
stature
.
I
wil
say
moreouer
as
touching
our
wilde
men
,
that
they
haue
a
very
feareful
loke
,
bolde
of
speche
,
their
language
is
short
and
obscure
,
and
yet
more
easier
to
learne
than
the
Turkishs
speche
,
and
others
of
the
East
parts
,
the
which
I
may
affirme
by
experience
.
They
take
great
pleasure
to
speake
distinctly
,
and
to
vaunt
of
the
victories
and
triumphs
that
they
haue
had
ouer
their
enimies
.
The
elders
among
them
will
kepe
their
promisse
,
and
are
more
faithfull
than
the
yong
men
,
&
yet
they
are
all
subiect
to
theft
,
not
that
they
steale
one
from
another
,
but
if
they
finde
a
christian
or
a
straunger
,
they
will
rifle
him
(
of
their
golde
&
siluer
they
will
take
none
)
for
they
haue
not
the
knowledge
nor
vse
therof
,
but
their
garments
.
They
vse
great
threatnings
,
specially
when
that
they
are
angred
,
not
only
to
smite
but
to
kil
.
Though
they
be
vnciuil
,
yet
are
they
prompt
&
ready
to
do
one
seruice
,
yea
for
a
little
reward
,
euen
to
guide
a
straunger
.l.
or
.lx.
leagues
into
the
Countrey
for
feare
of
difficulties
and
dangers
,
with
other
charitable
and
honest
déedes
(
more
than
among
Christians
.
)
Now
these
wilde
men
being
naked
,
haue
a
tawny
colour
,
Neigers
of
Ethiopia
.
To
the
rest
,
wel
formed
and
proportioned
of
their
members
,
but
their
eyes
are
euill
made
,
that
is
,
blacke
and
louring
,
and
their
loke
like
to
the
loke
of
a
wilde
beast
:
they
are
of
a
high
stature
,
wel
disposed
,
quicke
&
nimble
,
seldome
grieued
with
sicknesse
,
vnlesse
they
be
hurt
with
arowes
in
the
warre
.
The
manner
of
their
eating
and
drinking
.
Cap.
30.
IT
is
easy
to
be
knowne
,
America
haue
no
more
ciuilitie
in
their
eating
,
than
in
other
things
,
for
as
they
haue
no
lawes
to
take
the
good
,
&
to
eschue
the
euil
,
euen
so
they
eat
of
al
kinds
of
meats
at
al
times
and
houres
,
without
any
other
discretion
.
In
déede
they
are
of
themselues
superstitious
,
they
will
eat
no
beast
nor
fish
,
that
is
heauy
or
slow
in
going
,
but
of
all
other
light
meats
in
running
&
flying
,
as
Venison
and
such
like
,
for
bicause
that
they
haue
this
opinion
,
that
heauie
meates
wil
hurte
and
anoy
them
when
they
should
be
assailed
of
their
enimies
.
Also
they
wil
eate
no
salte
meates
,
nor
yet
permit
their
children
to
eate
any
.
And
when
they
sée
the
Christian
eate
salt
meats
,
America
are
so
priuie
,
that
they
will
come
neare
vnto
you
,
and
take
their
repast
,
if
that
you
wil
take
it
without
feare
or
difficultie
.
Their
flesh
is
like
a
Chickens
flesh
,
&
they
kil
them
with
shooting
at
them
with
their
arrowes
.
The
meates
that
they
boile
,
are
Oysters
and
other
shell
fishe
of
the
sea
.
In
taking
of
their
foode
,
they
obserue
no
houre
,
but
all
times
and
houres
that
they
féele
them selues
to
haue
a
stomake
or
appetite
,
be
it
in
the
night
after
their
first
sléepe
,
they
will
rise
to
eate
,
and
then
lay
them
downe
to
sléepe
.
In
their
repast
they
kepe
a
maruellous
silence
,
Mill
white
and
blacke
,
the
which
they
call
in
their
language
Auaty
.
Triptolomeus
,
as
Xenophon
wryteth
,
did
defend
and
forbid
the
Atheniens
the
vse
of
flesh
.
Therefore
it
is
no
strange
thing
for
to
liue
with
fish
.
Firste
in
our
Europe
,
and
before
that
the
grounde
was
tilled
,
men
lyued
more
hardly
without
flesh
or
fish
,
hauing
not
the
meane
to
vse
them
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
they
were
stronger
,
and
lyued
the
longer
,
Moreouer
they
haue
this
honesty
,
that
the
firste
that
hath
taken
any
great
praie
,
be
it
on
water
or
land
they
wil
distribute
to
euery
one
specially
to
Christians
,
if
there
be
any
,
and
they
will
request
and
desire
them
fréely
to
eate
therof
,
esteming
it
a
great
iniurie
if
you
refuse
it
.
Also
so
soone
as
you
enter
into
their
lodgings
,
they
will
aske
you
in
their
language
Marabisser
,
what
is
thy
name
?
and
you
may
be
well
assured
,
that
if
they
once
knowe
it
,
they
will
neuer
forget
it
,
their
memorie
is
so
good
.
Were
it
Cyrus
the
King
of
Persia
,
Cyneas
legate
to
the
King
Pyrrhus
,
Metridates
,
nor
Ces●●
,
the
which
Plinie
writeth
of
,
to
haue
bene
of
so
good
a
memorie
,
and
after
you
haue
answered
them
,
they
will
aske
you
,
Marapipo
,
what
wilt
thou
say
?
and
many
other
things
.
Against
the
opinion
of
those
that
thinke
these
wilde
men
to
be
all
heary
.
Cap.
31.
FOR
bicause
that
many
haue
this
foolish
opinion
,
that
those
people
,
whome
we
call
wilde
men
,
as
they
liue
in
the
woods
and
fields
almost
like
to
brute
beasts
,
so
in
like
maner
they
are
beary
all
ouer
their
bodyes
,
as
a
Lion
,
a
Beare
,
or
such
like
.
Also
they
are
so
pictured
and
painted
in
their
tablets
&
clothes
.
To
be
short
,
in
setting
out
a
wilde
man
,
they
set
him
out
al
hairy
,
euen
from
the
head
to
the
foote
,
the
which
is
altogether
false
and
vntrue
.
I
haue
knowne
some
so
obstinate
,
that
they
would
affirme
it
with
an
othe
,
as
those
that
had
séene
it
of
a
truth
.
As
for
me
I
knowe
and
affirme
the
contrary
,
for
that
I
haue
séene
it
.
The
wilde
men
as
well
of
the
East
Indies
,
as
of
America
,
come
forthe
of
their
mothers
wombe
as
faire
and
as
well
pollished
as
oures
of
Europe
.
And
if
that
haire
grow
by
succession
of
time
on
any
parte
of
their
bodies
,
as
it
doeth
to
vs
and
others
in
what
parte
of
the
body
so
euer
it
be
,
they
scratche
it
of
with
their
nailes
,
sauing
only
the
haire
of
their
heads
,
so
greatly
they
doe
detest
and
abhorre
it
,
as
wel
women
as
men
.
And
the
hairs
that
growe
on
their
browes
,
Fraunce
,
this
were
an
accident
of
nature
,
as
if
a
childe
should
be
borne
with
two
heades
or
suche
like
.
Normandie
,
couered
with
scales
like
a
Carpe
.
These
are
imperfections
of
nature
,
according
to
the
Glose
on
the
.xiij.
Chapter
of
Esay
,
shewing
of
certaine
monsters
hauing
the
shape
of
men
named
Satires
,
liuing
in
the
woodes
,
hairy
like
wilde
beastes
.
And
of
this
the
wrytings
of
Poets
are
full
of
Satyres
,
Faunes
,
Nymphes
,
Dryades
,
Hamadryades
,
Orcades
,
and
other
kinde
of
monsters
,
the
which
at
this
day
are
not
to
be
founde
,
as
they
were
in
times
past
:
by
the
which
meanes
the
Deuill
sought
to
deceiue
man
,
chaunging
himselfe
into
a
thousand
similitudes
and
likenesses
.
But
now
that
our
Lord
Iesus
of
his
mercy
hathe
reuealed
himselfe
to
vs
,
these
wicked
spirits
haue
bene
chased
and
driuen
out
,
and
hath
giuen
vs
power
to
resist
them
,
as
witnesseth
the
holy
scripture
.
Moreouer
in
Affrica
are
to
be
séene
at
this
day
certaine
monsters
disformed
,
for
the
reason
that
we
haue
before
shewed
in
the
beginning
of
this
booke
,
with
others
that
at
this
present
I
will
leaue
out
.
Further
more
as
touching
these
Americanes
,
they
make
their
haire
grow
as
Monkes
were
wont
to
doe
,
the
which
passeth
not
their
eares
,
they
cut
their
haire
of
before
,
for
this
occasion
as
I
haue
bene
enformed
,
for
if
they
should
weare
their
haire
long
before
,
and
their
beard
long
,
it
shold
be
occasion
that
they
shold
fal
into
the
hands
of
their
enimies
,
which
wold
take
them
by
their
haire
and
by
their
beard
.
Also
they
say
that
their
ancestors
haue
shewed
them
,
that
to
haue
their
head
and
beard
thus
cut
and
shauen
,
causeth
them
to
haue
a
maruellous
great
audacitie
and
courage
.
It
would
be
thought
,
that
if
these
wilde
men
haue
frequented
Asia
,
Abantes
,
the
first
found
this
inuention
of
shauing
or
cutting
of
heare
.
For
to
be
as
they
say
,
more
valiant
and
hardy
among
their
enimies
.
Also
Plutarke
sheweth
in
the
life
Theseus
,
that
the
custome
of
the
Athenians
was
,
Delphos
,
so
that
Theseus
hauing
shaued
the
heare
of
,
on
the
forparte
of
his
head
was
thereto
prouoked
by
the
Abantes
,
a
people
of
Asia
.
Moreouer
we
find
,
that
Alexander
the
great
,
caused
his
men
to
take
the
Macedonians
by
the
heare
of
their
heade
,
and
by
their
bearde
:
for
at
that
time
there
was
no
barbars
for
to
polle
and
shaue
,
and
the
firste
barbars
that
were
séene
in
Italy
,
came
out
of
Sisily
.
This
much
as
touching
the
heare
of
these
Americans
.
Of
a
tree
named
in
the
Americans
tong
Genipat
,
with
which
they
make
coloures
.
Cap.
32.
America
do
greatly
esteme
for
the
fruit
that
it
beareth
being
of
the
trées
name
,
not
that
it
is
good
to
eate
,
but
profitable
to
other
things
that
they
applie
it
too
.
It
is
like
of
greatnesse
and
of
colour
to
our
peach
,
of
the
iuice
wherof
,
they
make
a
certayne
coloure
,
with
the
which
sometimes
they
coloure
al
their
bodies
.
The
poore
brutish
men
not
knowing
the
meane
to
drawe
out
the
iuice
or
liquor
of
this
fruit
,
are
constrayned
to
chew
it
,
as
if
they
woulde
swallow
it
downe
,
Vsub
,
Genipat
hath
leaues
like
to
a
nut
trée
,
and
the
fruit
groweth
at
the
end
of
the
braunches
one
vpon
another
on
a
straunge
fashion
and
maner
.
There
is
also
a nother
trée
named
Genipat
,
of
which
the
fruit
is
greater
,
and
good
to
eat
.
Petun
,
the
which
most
commonly
they
beare
about
them
,
for
that
they
estéeme
it
maruellous
profitable
for
many
things
,
this
herbe
is
like
to
our
Buglos
.
Syncope
,
the
which
I
haue
tried
in
my selfe
.
And
it
is
not
so
straunge
as
it
séemeth
,
for
there
are
many
other
fruits
that
offende
the
braine
,
though
that
the
tast
of
them
is
plesant
&
good
to
eat
.
Plinie
sheweth
,
that
in
Lyncestis
ther
is
a
fountaine
that
maketh
the
people
dronken
,
that
take
therof
,
likewise
an
other
of
Paphlagonia
.
Some
think
this
not
to
be
true
,
but
altogither
false
,
the
which
we
haue
spoken
as
touching
this
herbe
,
as
though
nature
coulde
not
giue
such
power
to
things
,
yes
truely
muche
more
greater
,
also
to
beasts
,
according
to
the
Countreys
and
Regions
.
Wherfore
shold
it
then
leaue
this
countrey
voide
of
such
a
benifite
,
being
temperate
without
comparison
more
than
others
?
And
if
there
be
any
not
content
of
this
our
witnessing
or
affirmation
,
let
him
read
Herodita
,
which
in
his
second
boke
,
maketh
mention
of
a
people
in
Affrica
,
liuing
only
with
herbs
.
Apian
reherseth
that
the
Parthians
being
banished
&
driuen
out
of
their
Countrey
by
Marcus
Anthonius
,
liued
with
a
certaine
herbe
that
toke
away
their
memory
:
neuerthelesse
they
had
opinion
that
it
did
norish
them
,
though
that
in
a
short
time
after
they
died
.
Therfore
ought
not
the
story
of
our
Petun
be
found
straunge
.
Of
a
tree
named
Paquouere
.
Cap.
33.
SEing
that
we
are
now
come
to
the
rehersal
of
trées
of
our
America
,
I
think
it
good
to
set
forth
some
,
not
for
the
amplifying
of
this
work
,
but
for
the
great
vertue
and
secretenesse
of
things
,
and
for
that
there
is
found
no
such
in
our
Europe
,
neither
in
Asia
nor
in
Affrica
.
Therfore
this
trée
that
the
wilde
men
name
Paquouere
,
is
peraduenture
the
wonderfullest
trée
that
euer
was
séene
.
Egipt
and
in
Damasco
returning
from
Ierusalem
.
Notwithstanding
,
the
leaues
are
not
halfe
so
great
,
as
those
of
America
,
likewise
ther
is
great
difference
in
the
fruit
,
for
the
fruit
is
a
good
foote
long
,
I
meane
the
longest
sort
,
&
great
like
a
Cucumber
much
like
vnto
it
,
as
touching
the
proportion
:
this
fruit
which
they
name
in
their
language
Pacoua
,
Hoyriri
,
the
which
to
loke
on
,
would
be
iudged
to
grow
on
some
trée
.
Notwithstanding
it
groweth
in
a
certaine
herbe
that
beareth
leafe
like
to
a
Palme
,
as
wel
in
the
length
as
in
largenesse
,
it
groweth
in
the
midst
of
the
leaues
very
round
,
&
within
it
be
litle
Nuts
,
of
the
which
the
kernell
is
white
&
good
to
eate
,
sauing
that
ouermuch
therof
,
as
wel
as
of
other
things
,
hurteth
the
braine
.
The
which
force
&
strengthe
is
in
the
Coriander
séede
,
if
it
be
not
trimmed
and
dighted
.
Likewise
if
the
other
were
so
dressed
&
trimmed
,
it
wold
take
away
this
vice
.
Notwithstanding
the
Americanes
eat
therof
,
chiefly
the
litle
children
.
The
fields
ar
very
ful
within
two
leagues
of
Cap
de
Fria
,
neare
to
the
great
marish
grounds
that
we
passed
,
after
that
we
had
set
foote
on
land
at
our
returne
.
This
much
wil
I
say
by
the
way
,
that
biside
the
fruit
that
we
saw
by
the
way
,
we
found
a
Cocodril
dead
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
good
calfe
,
that
was
come
out
of
the
marishes
,
&
had
ben
ther
killed
,
for
they
eat
the
flesh
of
them
,
Iacareabson
,
&
they
are
greater
than
those
of
Nyll
.
The
people
of
the
Countrey
say
,
that
there
is
a
marishe
being
a.v.
leagues
compasse
,
on
the
side
of
Pernomeri
,
distant
from
the
line
.x.
degrées
towards
the
Canibals
,
wheras
there
are
certaine
Crocodrils
as
great
as
oxen
,
that
cast
out
a
mortall
smoke
by
their
mouth
,
in
suche
sort
,
that
if
ye
come
neare
them
,
they
will
goe
neare
to
kill
you
,
as
they
haue
heard
tell
of
their
auncestors
.
In
the
place
whereas
groweth
this
fruite
of
which
we
speake
,
are
a
great
number
of
Hares
like
to
ours
,
but
not
so
great
,
nor
yet
like
in
coloure
.
There
is
also
found
another
little
beast
named
Agoutin
,
as
great
as
a
Hare
,
the
haire
like
to
a
wilde
Bore
brisled
,
the
head
like
the
head
of
a
great
Rat
,
the
eares
and
the
moosel
like
to
a
Hare
or
Wat
,
the
féete
clouen
like
to
a
Hogge
,
and
the
taile
not
aboue
a
finger
lengthe
,
they
liue
with
fruites
:
also
the
wilde
men
norishe
them
for
their
pleasure
,
their
fleshe
is
very
good
for
to
eate
.
Howe
these
Americanes
or
wilde
men
doe
disforme
them
sleues
,
esteming
it
a
great
glory
.
Cap.
34.
IT
is
not
sufficient
for
these
wilde
men
to
be
naked
,
to
paint
their
bodies
,
&
to
scratch
and
pluck
of
their
haire
:
but
also
for
to
make
them selues
more
disformed
,
they
pearce
their
mouthes
being
yong
with
a
sharp
and
pointed
herbe
,
so
that
the
hole
encreaseth
&
groweth
as
their
body
,
for
they
put
therin
a
certain
kind
of
fish
,
hauing
the
skin
very
hard
,
of
which
fish
the
greater
end
is
within
,
&
the
lesser
without
(
on
the
nether
lippe
.
)
When
that
they
are
great
,
ready
to
be
maried
,
they
put
into
these
holes
great
stones
,
being
much
like
to
the
coloure
of
an
Emerauld
,
the
which
they
doe
so
estéeme
,
Canibals
,
the
which
they
pollish
with
an
other
stone
for
the
purpose
,
so
runningly
,
that
it
is
not
possible
for
the
best
&
most
expertest
workman
that
is
,
to
do
it
better
.
And
I
think
ther
might
be
found
in
this
forsaid
hil
very
Emeraulds
:
for
I
haue
séene
of
these
stones
,
that
you
could
not
discern
from
Emeraulds
.
These
Americanes
as
I
say
,
do
disfigure
themselues
after
this
sort
,
&
do
disforme
&
mishape
themselues
with
these
holes
&
stones
in
their
faces
:
in
which
they
take
as
great
delite
&
pleasure
as
a
Lord
or
gentleman
wil
do
in
a
rich
&
precious
chaine
of
gold
or
som
other
Iewel
:
so
that
among
them
that
beareth
the
most
,
is
estéemed
their
King
or
greatest
Lord
,
and
not
only
on
their
lippes
and
mouth
,
but
also
on
both
sides
the
chéeke
:
these
stones
that
the
men
cary
,
are
as
broad
as
an
Angel
or
soueraine
of
gold
,
and
as
thicke
as
a
finger
bredth
,
which
letteth
their
speache
,
so
that
one
can
skant
vnderstand
their
speach
,
for
they
speake
as
though
their
mouth
wer
ful
of
meat
:
when
these
stones
are
taken
out
,
if
that
they
speake
,
you
shal
sée
them
slauer
at
these
holes
,
the
which
is
a
filthy
and
vgly
fight
to
behold
.
Also
when
these
brutish
beasts
are
disposed
to
mock
,
they
wil
put
their
tongues
out
of
these
holes
,
the
women
&
maidens
are
not
so
disformed
.
In
dede
they
haue
hanging
at
their
eares
prety
litle
stones
and
shels
,
that
they
haue
in
the
sea
,
also
bracelets
of
certaine
shels
.
They
esteme
much
litle
beades
of
glasse
,
that
the
frenchmen
haue
caried
thither
.
Bicause
of
their
disformitie
&
chaunging
of
their
naturall
colour
,
these
men
&
women
are
for
the
most
part
black
,
for
that
they
colour
themselues
with
colours
that
they
make
of
the
fruit
of
trées
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
,
they
colour
one
an
other
.
The
women
they
colour
&
deck
the
men
,
we
do
not
read
that
other
nations
haue
done
the
like
.
We
finde
that
the
Scythians
going
to
the
funerals
of
their
friends
,
did
painte
their
faces
with
black
.
The
women
of
Turkey
do
paint
their
nailes
with
coloures
red
&
blew
,
thinking
by
this
to
be
more
fairer
,
but
not
the
rest
of
their
body
.
I
wil
not
here
forget
that
these
women
of
America
do
not
only
paint
their
childrens
faces
with
black
,
but
also
their
bodies
,
and
that
with
diuers
colours
,
specially
of
one
colour
like
to
a
vernishing
,
that
which
colour
wil
continue
the
space
of
.iiij.
dayes
,
&
with
the
same
colour
the
women
paint
their
legs
,
so
that
for
to
loke
a
far
of
,
you
wold
iudge
them
to
be
hosed
with
fine
black
kersey
.
Of
visions
,
dreames
and
illusions
,
that
these
Americans
haue
,
and
of
the
persecution
that
they
receiue
of
wicked
spirites
.
Cap.
35.
IT
is
a
wonderful
thing
,
that
these
pore
men
although
they
be
not
reasonable
,
for
that
they
are
depriued
from
the
right
vse
of
reason
,
and
from
the
knowledge
of
God
,
Americanes
do
oftentimes
sée
a
wicked
spirite
,
sometimes
in
one
forme
,
Agnan
,
the
which
spirit
persecuteth
them
day
and
night
,
not
onely
their
soule
,
but
also
their
body
,
beating
them
,
and
doing
them
much
iniury
,
so
that
you
shal
hear
them
make
a
pitiful
cry
,
saying
in
their
language
,
(
if
there
be
any
christian
by
or
neare
,
)
séest
thou
not
Agnan
the
beateth
me
,
defend
me
if
thou
wilt
that
I
shal
serue
thée
,
and
cut
thy
wood
:
for
many
times
they
wil
trauail
to
the
Brasel
wood
for
a
smal
reward
.
Therfore
in
the
night
they
wil
not
goe
out
of
their
cabens
or
houses
,
without
bearing
fire
with
them
,
the
which
they
say
,
is
a
soueraine
defence
and
remedy
against
their
ennimie
.
And
I
thought
that
it
had
bene
a
Fable
when
it
was
shewed
me
first
,
but
I
haue
séene
by
experience
this
wicked
spirite
to
be
driuen
out
by
a
christian
,
in
inuocating
&
naming
Iesus
Christ
.
Also
the
people
of
Ginney
,
&
of
Canada
are
likewise
tormented
,
chiefly
in
the
woods
,
wheras
they
haue
many
visions
,
and
they
call
this
sprite
in
their
language
Grigri
.
America
being
this
disprouided
of
reason
,
Americans
,
it
is
a
thing
impertinent
,
&
contrary
to
the
true
religion
of
Iesus
Christ
:
and
to
my
iudgement
so
are
al
other
,
Macrobius
in
the
dreme
of
Scipion
,
saith
that
some
dreames
come
to
passe
,
&
happen
bicause
of
the
vanitie
of
the
dreamers
.
Other
dreames
come
of
things
that
we
haue
too
much
apprehended
.
Others
beside
our
Americanes
,
do
giue
creadit
to
dreames
,
as
the
Lacedemonians
,
the
Persians
&
certaine
others
.
These
wilde
men
haue
an
other
straunge
opinion
which
is
an
abuse
,
they
estéeme
some
among
them
to
be
very
Prophets
,
whome
they
name
in
their
language
Pages
,
Philon
the
first
interpreter
of
dreames
,
&
to
Trogus
Pompeius
,
that
therein
was
very
excellent
.
I
might
here
bring
in
many
things
of
dreames
&
diuinations
,
and
what
dreames
are
true
or
no.
Likewise
of
their
kinds
&
the
causes
therof
,
as
we
haue
bene
instructed
of
our
elders
.
But
for
that
it
is
repugnant
to
our
religion
,
and
for
that
defence
is
made
to
giue
therto
any
credit
,
we
wil
leaue
it
,
and
leane
only
to
the
holy
scripture
,
and
to
that
which
is
commaunded
vs
,
&
therfore
I
wil
speake
therof
no
more
:
but
sure
I
am
that
for
one
that
hitteth
right
,
there
are
a
numbre
contrary
.
Let
vs
returne
to
our
wild
men
of
America
,
they
beare
greate
reuerence
to
these
Prophetes
,
otherwise
named
Pages
or
Charaibes
,
which
is
to
say
,
halfe
Gods
,
Of
false
Prophetes
and
Magicians
,
that
are
in
this
countrey
of
America
,
the
which
inuocate
and
cal
vpon
wicked
spirites
,
and
of
a
tree
named
Ahouai
.
Cap.
36.
THis
people
being
so
far
from
the
truthe
,
beside
the
persecution
that
they
receiue
of
wicked
spirits
,
their
errours
and
dreames
,
yet
are
they
so
far
out
of
reason
that
they
worship
the
deuill
,
by
the
meane
of
some
of
his
mynisters
named
Pages
,
of
the
which
sorte
we
haue
spoken
already
.
These
Pages
or
Charaibes
,
Pages
,
to
the
ende
that
they
mare
dye
with
poyson
him
or
them
to
whom
they
will
euil
.
Among
other
things
they
helpe
themselues
with
a
trée
named
in
their
language
Ahouay
,
bearing
fruite
venomous
and
mortal
,
the
which
is
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
little
chestnut
,
and
it
is
very
poyson
,
specially
the
nut
.
The
men
for
a
light
and
little
cause
will
giue
thereof
to
their
wiues
,
being
angred
,
and
the
women
likewise
to
the
men
:
likewise
these
wicked
women
when
they
are
with
childe
,
if
their
husbandes
haue
displeased
them
,
they
will
take
in
stede
of
this
fruite
a
certaine
hearbe
,
for
to
make
their
fruit
of
their
wombe
to
come
before
their
time
,
this
fruite
being
white
with
his
nut
,
is
made
like
this
greke
letter
Δ
Delta
,
and
of
this
fruit
the
wild
men
when
the
nut
or
kernel
is
out
,
they
make
bels
,
and
hang
them
on
their
legs
,
the
which
maketh
as
a
great
a
noyse
as
the
Moris
daunsers
in
our
countrey
.
The
wilde
men
wil
in
no
wise
giue
of
this
fruite
to
strangers
being
fresh
gathered
,
likewise
they
forbid
their
children
in
no
wise
to
touch
thereof
before
that
the
kernell
be
fallen
away
.
This
trée
in
heigth
is
lyke
to
our
peare
trées
,
the
leafe
of
two
or
thre
fingers
long
,
and
two
fingers
broade
,
being
gréene
or
springing
all
the
yeare
long
,
the
barcke
is
whitishe
.
When
there
is
a
braunche
cut
thereof
,
it
rendreth
a
white
iuice
or
lyquor
almost
like
milk
,
the
trée
being
cut
it
casteth
a
maruelous
stinking
smell
,
therefore
the
wilde
men
will
put
it
to
no
vse
,
not
to
make
therewith
fier
woode
.
I
will
forbeare
here
to
set
forth
the
properties
of
many
trées
,
bearing
fruites
maruelous
faire
,
neuerthelesse
as
much
and
rather
more
venemous
than
this
trée
of
which
we
speke
.
Furthermore
ye
must
note
that
the
wild
men
haue
these
Pages
in
such
honor
and
reuerence
,
that
they
worship
them
or
rather
do
Idolatry
to
them
,
specially
when
they
returne
from
any
place
:
ye
shall
sée
this
people
goe
before
them
prostrating
them selues
,
and
praying
them
,
saying
,
Make
that
I
be
not
sicke
,
that
I
die
not
,
neither
I
nor
my
children
,
and
such
lyke
thinges
.
And
they
wil
answer
,
thou
shalt
not
die
,
thou
shalt
not
be
sicke
and
such
like
.
If
it
chaunce
that
these
Pages
speake
not
truthe
,
and
that
things
happen
otherwise
then
they
haue
predestinated
,
they
make
no
difficultie
to
kill
him
or
them
,
as
vnworthy
of
that
title
and
dignitie
of
Pages
,
euery
Village
nourisheth
of
them
,
some
one
,
some
two
or
thre
,
according
to
their
greatnesse
,
and
when
it
behoueth
to
knowe
any
greate
thing
,
they
vse
certayne
ceremonies
and
deuilishe
inuocations
,
the
which
are
made
after
this
maner
.
First
is
made
a
newe
lodging
,
in
the
which
neuer
man
before
hath
dwelled
,
and
there
within
they
will
reare
or
make
a
newe
white
bedde
and
cleane
according
to
their
maner
.
Cahouin
,
which
is
their
ordinarie
drink
made
by
a
virgin
of
ten
or
twelue
yeres
of
age
,
lykewise
of
their
foode
made
of
rootes
,
the
which
they
vse
in
stede
of
bread
.
So
al
things
being
thus
prepared
the
people
being
assembled
doe
guyde
this
their
gentle
Prophete
to
this
new
lodging
,
wheras
he
shal
remaine
alone
,
after
that
a
maide
hath
giuen
him
water
to
wash
withal
,
but
ye
must
note
,
before
this
mysterie
he
must
abstain
from
his
wife
the
space
of
nyne
dayes
,
being
in
the
house
alone
:
and
the
people
gone
a
little
backe
,
he
lieth
flatt
downe
on
the
bed
,
and
beginneth
to
inuocate
and
call
the
wicked
spirite
for
the
space
of
an
houre
,
and
furthermore
making
his
accustomed
ceremonyes
,
in
such
sorte
that
in
the
ende
of
his
inuocations
,
the
spirite
commeth
to
him
hissing
,
and
whisteling
,
as
they
say
.
Others
haue
shewed
me
,
that
thys
wycked
spirite
commeth
sometymes
in
the
presence
of
all
the
people
,
thoughe
they
sée
him
not
,
but
they
heare
a
fearefull
noyse
,
then
they
crye
all
with
one
voyce
in
their
language
,
saying
:
we
praye
thée
to
tel
the
truthe
to
our
Prophete
,
that
tarieth
for
thée
there
within
:
Houioulsira
:
this
&
many
other
things
haue
Christians
affirmed
me
of
,
that
had
dwelled
there
a
long
tyme
.
And
they
neuer
take
any
greate
enterprise
in
hande
,
before
they
knowe
the
answere
of
their
Prophete
.
When
this
mysterie
is
accomplished
,
the
Prophete
commeth
out
,
who
being
compassed
about
with
people
,
maketh
a
long
narration
vnto
them
,
wherein
he
reherseth
al
that
he
hath
hearde
of
this
spirite
:
and
God
knoweth
the
gréetings
,
rewardes
and
presentes
that
are
made
vnto
him
.
The
Americans
haue
not
bene
the
firste
that
haue
practised
magike
,
but
before
them
it
hath
bene
common
in
many
nations
,
vntill
the
comming
of
our
Sauiour
Iesus
Christe
,
whose
presence
did
efface
and
ouerthrowe
the
power
of
Sathan
,
by
the
which
meanes
the
deuill
sought
to
begile
and
deceiue
the
world
:
it
is
not
therefore
without
a
cause
,
that
it
is
forbidden
by
the
holy
Scripture
,
yea
by
Gods
own
mouth
.
Of
this
Magike
,
Therefore
it
is
no
maruel
,
if
that
the
simple
and
ignorant
be
soone
seduced
,
séeing
that
men
of
wisdome
and
grauitie
,
are
so
blinded
.
O
blinded
ignorance
,
wherefore
serueth
the
holy
Scripture
?
wherefore
serueth
Lawes
&
other
good
sciences
,
the
which
our
Sauiour
Iesus
Christ
hath
opened
and
shewed
vnto
vs
,
if
we
lyue
in
errour
&
ignorance
as
doe
these
wilde
men
,
and
more
brutish
than
the
very
brute
beasts
?
Neuerthelesse
,
we
wil
be
estemed
,
to
know
much
,
&
make
a
large
profession
of
vertue
.
And
therefore
it
is
not
to
be
marueled
at
,
if
our
elders
not
knowing
the
truthe
are
fallen
into
errours
,
seking
it
by
all
meanes
much
lesse
of
these
wilde
men
,
of
which
we
speake
:
but
the
vanitie
of
this
worlde
,
shall
cease
when
it
pleaseth
God
.
Now
to
our
matter
,
we
began
to
shew
,
that
there
is
a
kinde
of
Magike
most
damnable
,
that
is
called
Thurgia
,
or
Goetia
,
ful
of
enchantementes
,
wordes
,
Zabulus
.
Magike
,
the
which
is
to
seke
and
know
heauenly
things
,
to
celebrate
and
honor
God
,
it
hath
bene
commended
of
many
noble
&
graue
personages
,
such
had
the
thrée
Kings
that
went
to
seke
out
Christe
,
and
such
Magike
,
is
taken
to
be
perfit
and
pure
wisdome
.
Persians
woulde
not
receiue
any
into
the
dignitie
of
their
Empire
vnlesse
he
had
lerned
this
Magike
,
that
is
,
if
he
were
not
wise
.
For
Magus
in
their
language
is
wise
in
oures
,
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
Gréeke
is
Sapiens
in
Latine
.
Zalmoxis
and
Zorastria
,
not
he
that
is
so
common
,
but
he
that
was
sonne
to
Oromasia
.
Also
Plato
in
his
Alcibiades
saith
,
that
he
verily
thinketh
that
the
Magike
of
Zorastria
,
is
no
other
thing
,
but
to
know
and
celebrate
God
,
the
which
to
know
,
and
vnderstande
he
him self
with
Pithagoras
,
Empedocles
,
and
Democrites
,
hazarded
themselues
bothe
by
sea
and
by
lande
,
going
into
strange
countries
,
for
to
learne
and
know
this
Magike
.
I
knowe
well
that
Plinie
and
many
others
haue
enforced
themselues
to
attaine
thereto
.
As
for
me
I
thought
good
to
speake
thus
much
by
the
way
,
séeing
it
commeth
now
in
purpose
as
touching
our
wilde
men
.
How
these
Americans
beleue
the
soule
to
be
immortall
.
Cap.
37.
THis
poore
people
although
they
be
ignorant
&
erre
,
yet
their
errour
and
ignorance
is
more
to
be
borne
with
all
,
than
the
Arians
of
our
tyme
which
being
not
content
to
haue
bene
created
to
the
image
and
lykenesse
of
the
eternal
God
,
perfit
aboue
al
creaturs
,
against
all
scripture
and
miracles
,
they
wil
shew
themselues
like
brute
beastes
without
lawe
or
reason
,
and
therefore
bicause
of
their
obstinate
errour
,
they
shoulde
be
handled
lyke
beastes
,
for
there
is
no
beaste
be
he
neuer
so
wilde
and
brutish
,
but
will
obey
and
serue
man
,
as
the
very
image
of
God
,
the
which
we
dayly
sée
.
But
it
will
one
day
come
to
passe
,
that
these
wicked
Imps
shall
well
knowe
that
there
resteth
somewhat
after
the
death
of
this
worlde
that
at
the
later
day
shall
appeare
before
the
maiestie
of
God
,
there
to
giue
account
of
their
wicked
and
damnable
errour
.
Nowe
therefore
these
poore
people
do
think
the
soule
to
be
immortal
,
the
which
they
name
in
theyr
language
Cherepicouare
,
Agnan
,
that
is
,
to
the
wicked
spirite
that
tormented
them
.
On
a
tyme
I
boldened
my self
to
aske
or
inquire
of
a
greate
King
of
that
countrey
as
touching
the
immortalitie
of
the
soule
,
who
was
come
aboue
thirtie
leagues
of
,
to
sée
vs
,
but
he
answered
me
fiercely
in
his
language
these
words
.
Knowest
thou
not
sayd
he
that
after
we
be
dead
,
our
soules
go
into
a
far
countrey
wheras
they
be
founde
altogether
in
fayre
&
goodly
places
,
as
our
Prophets
doe
say
that
visit
them
oftentimes
&
speke
vnto
them
,
the
which
opinion
they
beleue
and
holde
of
a
truthe
.
Another
tyme
we
went
to
visit
another
greate
King
of
that
countrey
named
Pindahouson
,
Toupan
,
the
which
he
dyd
easily
beleue
,
vpon
the
which
he
answered
me
these
wordes
:
come
hether
sayde
he
,
I
haue
hearde
thée
speake
much
of
Toupan
,
Toupan
,
as
thou
doest
.
And
in
dede
when
that
he
was
whole
,
the
Lorde
of
Villegagnon
was
determined
to
haue
him
baptized
,
and
therefore
he
kept
him
alwayes
with
him
.
They
haue
another
foolish
opinion
,
the
which
is
,
that
being
on
the
water
,
be
it
sea
or
Riuer
,
for
to
goe
against
their
enimies
,
if
that
in
the
meane
time
there
arise
a
tempest
or
rage
on
the
water
,
How
these
wilde
men
make
warre
one
against
another
,
specially
against
those
whome
they
name
Margageas
and
Thabaiares
.
Also
of
a
tree
which
they
name
Hayri
,
of
the
which
they
make
their
weapons
for
warre
.
Cap.
38.
THese
people
of
America
are
greate
quarrellers
against
their
neighbors
,
chiefly
against
those
whome
they
name
in
their
language
Margageas
,
&
Thabaiares
,
&
hauing
no
other
meane
to
appease
their
quarrell
,
they
fight
cruelly
one
with
another
:
They
gather
together
vpon
a
.6000
.
men
,
sometymes
ten
or
.12000
.
village
against
village
,
or
otherwise
as
they
do
méete
,
the
like
do
those
of
Perou
and
the
Canibals
.
And
before
that
they
execute
any
greate
enterprise
,
be
it
in
warre
or
otherwise
,
they
assemble
and
come
together
,
chiefly
the
eldest
sorte
,
without
their
wiues
or
children
,
with
such
a
grace
and
modesty
,
that
they
wil
speake
one
after
another
,
and
be
that
speaketh
shal
be
heard
with
attentiue
silence
,
who
hauing
declared
his
minde
,
giueth
place
to
another
,
and
so
folowing
in
order
,
the
Auditors
sit
downe
on
the
earth
,
vnlesse
it
be
some
ancient
men
,
that
lye
on
their
beds
,
the
which
considering
with
my selfe
,
commeth
to
my
remembrance
the
moste
commendable
custome
of
the
gouernors
of
Thebes
,
an
ancient
Citie
in
Grecia
,
the
which
for
to
consult
together
of
the
affaires
of
the
common
welth
would
alwayes
sit
downe
vpon
the
ground
:
the
which
maner
of
doing
is
estemed
an
argument
of
prudence
.
Furthermore
it
is
a
strange
thing
that
these
Americans
do
neuer
make
amongst
them
any
paction
or
concorde
,
though
that
their
hatred
be
great
,
as
other
nations
do
be
they
neuer
so
cruel
&
barbarous
,
as
the
Turkes
,
Moores
,
and
Arabians
:
and
I
thinke
that
if
Theseus
,
the
first
inuenter
of
peace
among
the
Greekes
,
were
among
them
,
he
shoulde
be
more
troubled
,
than
euer
he
was
:
this
people
haue
certaine
sleights
of
warre
to
trap
one
another
,
as
well
as
in
other
places
.
Therefore
these
Americans
haue
perpetuall
enimitie
one
against
another
at
all
tymes
against
their
neighbors
before
shewed
,
séeking
their
enimies
,
and
fighting
as
furiously
together
as
is
possible
,
the
which
causeth
eache
village
to
fortifie
,
&
to
make
themselues
strong
with
people
and
weapons
.
They
will
assemble
together
on
the
nights
in
greate
number
for
to
kepe
watche
and
warde
.
For
they
are
wonte
to
skirmish
togethers
,
more
on
nightes
than
on
dayes
:
if
that
they
haue
knowledge
therof
before
hande
,
or
otherwise
do
suspecte
the
comming
of
their
enimies
,
they
wil
plante
in
the
grounde
rounde
about
their
lodgings
the
compasse
of
a
bowe
shot
,
sharp
pointed
pins
of
wood
,
the
which
are
so
set
in
the
earth
,
that
they
are
scant
perceiued
:
this
kind
of
policie
they
vse
to
gal
&
pierce
the
féet
of
their
enimies
,
which
are
al
bare
and
naked
,
as
well
as
the
rest
of
their
bodies
,
to
the
ende
that
by
this
meanes
they
might
intangle
their
enimies
for
to
kill
some
,
others
for
to
take
prisoners
.
It
is
a
greate
honor
to
them
,
the
which
departe
out
of
their
countrey
,
for
to
assayle
their
enimies
on
the
borders
:
and
when
that
they
haue
taken
many
of
their
enimies
prisoners
in
theyr
countries
,
he
that
hath
taken
most
prisoners
,
is
honored
and
celebrated
among
others
,
as
a
great
King
or
a
great
Lorde
:
when
he
hath
most
killed
,
and
when
they
meane
sodainly
to
assayle
a
towne
or
village
,
they
wil
hide
them selues
in
the
woodes
lyke
Foxes
,
lurking
there
for
a
certayne
tyme
,
vntil
they
haue
espied
the
tyme
and
vantage
to
come
forth
sodainly
to
beset
their
enimies
.
When
they
be
come
to
a
village
,
they
know
the
mene
to
set
fier
theron
,
for
to
make
them
come
forth
with
their
wiues
&
children
,
bag
and
baggage
:
being
come
forth
,
they
assaile
one
another
shoting
of
their
arrowes
:
also
with
their
Maces
&
Swords
of
wood
,
that
to
behold
them
it
is
a
good
passe-time
:
they
wil
bite
one
another
with
their
téeth
in
all
places
wheras
they
can
take
hold
,
shewing
sometymes
the
bones
of
those
whome
they
haue
vanquished
and
ouercome
before
times
in
the
warrs
,
and
eaten
:
to
be
short
,
they
do
the
worst
they
c●n
to
feare
&
anger
their
enimies
.
Some
ye
shall
sée
taken
prisoners
bound
&
manacled
like
theues
.
And
when
those
returne
from
warre
far
in
their
owne
countries
(
vanquishers
)
God
knoweth
the
noyse
and
passetyme
that
they
make
.
The
women
folow
their
husbands
to
the
warres
,
not
for
to
fight
as
the
Amazoness
doe
,
but
for
to
minister
to
their
husbands
foode
and
other
necessaries
,
requisite
in
the
warres
;
for
sometymes
they
make
iorneys
of
fiue
or
six
moneths
before
they
returne
:
he
that
is
greatest
among
them
,
hath
moste
wiues
to
serue
him
.
And
when
they
make
any
greate
iorney
,
they
set
fire
on
their
houses
,
and
if
they
haue
any
good
thing
,
they
hide
it
vnder
the
ground
vntill
their
returne
.
Their
vittels
that
they
haue
is
such
as
the
lande
beareth
,
that
is
,
rootes
very
delicate
and
pleasant
to
eate
,
and
flesh
of
wild
beastes
,
and
fish
dried
in
the
smoke
:
their
beds
of
cotton
are
caried
with
them
:
the
men
beare
nothing
but
bowes
and
arrowes
in
their
handes
:
their
weapons
are
also
greate
Swordes
and
Clubs
of
wood
very
heauy
:
their
bowes
are
as
long
as
oure
bowes
in
Englande
:
their
arrowes
are
made
pointed
,
some
of
Canes
that
growe
on
the
sea
coast
,
and
others
are
made
of
a
kynde
of
a
woodde
named
Hayri
,
Calicut
,
and
in
Ethiopia
This
wood
is
so
heauie
,
that
it
sincketh
to
the
bottome
of
the
water
lyke
Iron
,
therefore
these
wilde
men
make
therewith
their
swordes
and
clubs
,
to
fight
with
in
the
warres
.
It
beareth
a
great
fruit
,
somewhat
pointed
at
one
of
the
endes
,
within
it
a
whit
kernel
,
of
the
which
fruit
I
haue
brought
home
with
me
a
greate
many
.
Besides
this
the
wild
men
make
faire
collers
of
this
woode
:
also
it
is
so
harde
and
tough
as
I
haue
before
shewed
,
that
the
arowes
that
therewith
are
made
,
Barcellonoys
,
so
that
they
wil
beare
out
the
shot
of
a
handgunne
.
And
as
touching
handguns
,
many
of
them
haue
and
cary
with
them
to
the
warres
,
the
which
the
Christians
haue
giuen
them
,
but
they
knowe
not
howe
to
vse
them
,
but
oftentymes
they
shoote
them
of
onely
for
to
fear
their
enimies
.
Their
maner
of
fighting
as
well
on
the
lande
,
as
on
the
water
.
Cap.
39.
Romaynes
vsed
in
their
warres
,
who
before
they
entred
into
battell
made
greate
boastes
and
crakes
,
with
greate
cryes
and
larums
,
the
which
since
hath
bene
vsed
among
the
Galles
in
their
warres
,
as
Titus
Liuius
rehearseth
,
bothe
the
which
doings
I
thinke
differeth
much
from
the
doings
of
the
Acaians
,
of
the
which
Homer
speaketh
of
,
for
that
they
being
redy
to
giue
battaile
to
their
enimies
would
make
no
noyse
,
but
kept
themselues
from
speaking
.
The
greatest
vengeance
that
these
wilde
men
vse
,
Turkes
,
Moores
,
and
Barbarians
,
vsed
in
times
past
almost
the
like
maner
,
(
so
that
yet
remayneth
this
prouerbe
,
Americans
and
others
.
Furthermore
this
poore
people
doe
venture
them selues
vpon
the
water
,
for
to
finde
out
their
enimies
,
as
those
of
the
great
riuer
of
Ianaria
,
Morpion
,
in
which
place
doe
inhabit
the
Portingals
,
enimies
to
the
Frenchmen
,
as
the
wilde
men
of
that
same
place
are
enimies
to
those
of
Ianaria
:
the
vessels
that
they
vse
on
the
water
,
are
little
Almadies
or
boates
made
of
the
barcke
of
trées
,
without
nayles
or
woodden
pins
,
being
in
length
fiue
or
six
fadome
and
thre
foote
brode
.
And
you
shall
vnderstand
that
they
couet
not
to
haue
them
greater
,
thinking
that
then
they
coulde
not
make
them
rowe
faste
,
for
to
escape
or
for
to
folowe
theyr
enimie
.
They
holde
a
foolish
opinion
and
superstitious
to
vnbarke
these
trées
,
Americans
that
are
our
friendes
,
had
taken
on
the
sea
a
little
barcke
of
Portingals
,
being
harde
by
the
shore
in
some
place
,
but
what
resistence
so
euer
they
made
aswell
with
their
gunnes
as
otherwise
,
neuerthelesse
they
were
taken
and
the
men
eaten
,
sauing
a
fewe
that
we
ransomed
,
and
bought
at
our
ariuall
.
By
this
ye
may
knowe
that
the
wilde
men
that
are
resident
,
where
the
Portingals
be
,
are
enimies
to
the
wilde
men
,
that
inhabit
where
the
Frenchmen
ariued
.
Well
to
conclude
,
they
fight
as
well
on
the
water
,
as
on
the
lande
,
if
it
happen
at
any
tyme
the
sea
to
rage
and
to
swell
,
they
cast
therein
Partrige
fethers
,
or
some
other
thing
,
thinking
by
this
means
to
appease
the
waues
of
the
sea
.
In
lyke
manner
doe
the
Turkes
and
Moores
,
being
in
the
lyke
danger
,
Americans
and
Barbarous
men
in
their
assaultes
and
combates
vse
great
cries
and
fearfull
noyse
as
here
after
shall
be
shewed
of
the
Amazones
.
Howe
these
Barbarous
and
wilde
men
put
their
enimies
to
death
,
that
they
haue
taken
in
the
warre
,
and
eate
them
.
Cap.
40.
NOwe
that
I
haue
shewed
how
that
the
wilde
men
of
America
,
leade
their
enimies
prisoners
,
into
their
lodgings
,
after
that
they
haue
taken
them
in
the
warres
,
there
resteth
now
to
shewe
how
they
do
intreate
them
at
the
last
.
Thus
therefore
they
vse
them
,
the
prisoners
that
they
take
and
bring
into
their
countrey
,
Solon
to
the
Athenians
,
that
is
to
obserue
the
dayes
by
the
course
of
the
Moone
.
Nowe
to
our
purpose
,
if
that
of
this
prisoner
,
and
of
the
wife
that
is
giuen
him
,
there
are
borne
any
children
for
the
time
that
they
shal
be
togither
,
they
shall
be
kept
and
nourished
for
a
time
,
and
than
they
will
eate
them
:
saying
,
that
they
are
their
enimies
children
.
This
prisonner
,
after
that
he
hath
bene
well
entertained
and
made
fat
,
they
will
put
him
to
death
,
thinking
it
to
be
a
great
honoure
.
And
for
to
celebrate
this
slaughter
,
they
wil
send
for
their
farthest
friends
and
kinsfolks
,
for
to
eate
their
parte
thereof
:
the
day
before
the
execution
,
he
shall
be
laide
in
his
bed
,
and
chained
with
Iron
,
the
which
vse
they
haue
learned
of
the
Christians
,
singing
after
this
sorte
:
The
Margageas
our
friendes
,
are
good
men
,
strong
and
mightie
in
the
warre
,
they
haue
taken
and
eaten
a
good
number
of
our
enimies
,
likewise
they
will
eate
me
when
it
please
them
.
But
as
for
me
,
I
haue
killed
and
eaten
his
parentes
and
friends
,
to
whome
I
am
prisoner
,
with
many
suche
like
woords
.
By
this
ye
may
know
,
that
they
feare
not
death
.
I
haue
sometimes
(
for
pleasure
)
deuised
with
suche
prisoners
being
faire
and
strong
men
,
demaunding
of
them
if
they
did
no
more
care
to
be
thus
slaine
and
murthered
from
day
to
day
,
to
the
which
they
answeared
,
laughing
and
scoffing
:
Our
friends
sayd
they
,
will
reuenge
our
death
,
shewing
a
hardie
and
an
assured
countenaunce
.
And
when
that
I
did
shewe
them
,
that
I
would
redéeme
them
out
of
the
handes
of
their
enimies
,
they
tooke
it
in
mockage
and
derision
.
Cahouin
,
which
is
a
kinde
of
drinke
made
of
Mill
,
with
certaine
rootes
.
Vpon
this
day
of
solempnitie
,
all
the
assistantes
will
decke
them selues
with
fethers
of
diuers
coloures
,
or
else
they
will
painte
their
bodies
.
Specially
he
that
doeth
the
execution
,
shall
be
decked
after
the
best
maner
that
is
possible
,
hauing
his
sweard
of
wood
,
wherewith
he
doeth
his
office
,
richly
adorned
with
faire
Fethers
:
but
the
prisoner
,
the
shorter
time
that
he
hath
to
liue
,
the
more
greater
signe
of
ioy
doeth
he
shewe
.
He
shall
be
brought
surely
bounde
wyth
cordes
of
Cotton
into
a
publike
place
,
being
accompanied
with
ten
or
twelue
thousande
of
the
wilde
men
his
enimies
,
and
there
he
shall
be
smitten
downe
like
an
Oxe
in
the
Shambles
(
after
many
Ceremonies
.
)
This
prisoner
being
deade
,
his
wife
that
hath
bene
giuen
him
,
shall
mourne
a
certain
time
for
his
deathe
:
but
the
body
being
cut
in
pieces
,
they
take
the
bloud
,
and
therewith
bathe
their
male
children
,
for
to
make
them
the
more
hardye
,
as
they
say
,
shewing
them
that
when
they
come
to
age
,
they
doe
the
like
to
their
enimies
,
as
their
fathers
before
them
had
done
.
By
this
ye
may
knowe
,
that
the
like
is
done
to
them
,
if
they
be
taken
in
the
warre
.
The
prisoner
being
put
to
death
after
this
sort
,
and
hewed
in
pieces
,
and
prepared
according
to
their
maner
,
shall
be
distributed
among
them
all
,
be
they
neuer
so
many
,
euery
one
a
morsell
or
piece
:
as
for
the
bowels
or
inner
partes
,
the
women
eate
them
vp
commonly
,
and
they
reserue
the
head
to
set
it
on
a
poll
out
of
their
houses
in
signe
of
triumph
and
victorie
.
And
aboue
all
other
,
they
haue
a
pleasure
to
vse
the
Portingals
after
this
sorte
.
Canibals
,
and
those
of
a
riuer
named
Marignan
,
are
much
more
cruel
to
the
Spanyardes
,
making
them
to
die
a
cruell
death
,
and
then
they
eate
them
.
We
finde
not
in
no
Historie
of
any
nation
,
be
it
neuer
so
straunge
and
barbarous
,
that
hathe
vsed
the
like
crueltie
as
these
haue
done
:
but
onely
Iosephus
wryteth
,
that
when
the
Romaines
had
besieged
Ierusalem
,
vnder
Titus
,
Vespasians
sonne
,
after
that
the
famine
or
hunger
had
deuoured
all
,
the
mothers
were
constrained
to
eate
their
owne
children
.
And
the
Anthropophages
,
that
are
a
people
inhabiting
in
Scythia
,
liued
also
with
humain
flesh
as
these
wilde
men
do
.
Now
he
that
hath
made
the
execution
straightly
,
after
that
he
hath
done
,
goeth
home
to
his
house
,
and
there
remaineth
all
the
day
without
meate
or
drinke
in
his
bed
.
Likewise
he
shall
abstaine
certaine
dayes
,
and
in
thrée
dayes
after
he
shal
not
set
foote
on
ground
.
If
he
be
minded
to
goe
to
any
place
,
he
is
borne
on
mennes
shoulders
,
hauing
among
them
this
fonde
and
foolish
opinion
,
that
if
he
should
not
so
doe
,
there
would
happen
vnto
him
some
mischiefe
,
or
else
the
like
death
.
This
being
done
,
with
a
little
sawe
made
of
the
téethe
of
a
beast
named
Agontin
,
he
will
race
his
skin
on
his
brest
,
or
on
other
places
,
so
that
it
shall
appear
all
rent
and
broken
.
And
the
cause
why
they
doe
these
things
,
is
as
I
haue
bene
enformed
of
some
of
them
,
that
they
doe
it
for
pleasure
,
estéeming
the
murther
that
by
him
hath
bene
committed
against
his
enimie
,
a
great
glory
and
honoure
to
him
warde
.
Vnto
whome
,
minding
to
shewe
the
crueltie
of
the
thing
,
disdaining
my
woords
,
sayd
vnto
me
,
that
it
was
a
great
shame
to
vs
for
to
forgiue
and
pardon
our
enimies
,
hauing
once
taken
them
in
the
warres
.
Moreouer
he
sayd
,
that
it
is
muche
better
to
put
them
to
death
,
to
the
ende
that
they
moue
not
warre
against
vs
an
other
time
.
By
this
ye
may
sée
with
what
discretion
these
poore
brutishe
men
doe
rule
and
gouerne
themselues
.
Also
the
maidens
doe
vse
suche
Ceremonies
with
their
bodies
the
space
of
thrée
dayes
continually
,
after
that
they
haue
had
the
first
purification
of
women
,
so
that
sometimes
they
are
very
sicke
.
Also
the
same
dayes
they
do
abstaine
from
meates
,
not
comming
out
of
their
houses
,
nor
setting
foote
on
ground
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
of
the
men
,
sitting
only
vpon
a
stone
appoynted
for
that
vse
.
How
that
these
wilde
men
couet
greatly
to
reuenge
their
harmes
and
iniuries
.
Cap.
41.
IT
is
not
greatly
to
be
maruelled
at
,
if
that
these
people
walking
in
darknesse
,
and
ignorant
of
the
truthe
,
prepareth
not
only
vengeaunce
,
but
putteth
it
in
vre
:
Considering
that
the
Christian
,
although
it
be
straightly
forbidden
him
by
expresse
commaundement
,
Melicius
,
who
helde
opinion
,
that
we
ought
not
to
pardon
our
enimies
,
the
which
error
hath
of
a
long
time
polluted
the
Countrey
of
Egipt
.
Therfore
to
prepare
vengeance
,
is
to
hate
our
neighbor
,
the
which
is
wholly
repugnant
to
the
lawe
.
But
in
these
people
it
is
not
straunge
,
the
whiche
as
we
haue
before
shewed
,
liueth
without
faithe
&
without
law
.
For
all
their
warre
procéedeth
only
of
a
foolishe
opinion
of
vengeaunce
without
cause
or
reason
.
And
thinke
not
but
that
this
foolish
opinion
hathe
helde
them
from
the
beginning
,
and
shall
doe
vntil
the
ende
,
if
that
God
for
his
mercies
sake
illuminat
not
their
harts
.
This
pore
people
are
so
ill
taught
,
that
onely
for
the
flying
of
a
flie
,
they
will
prepare
mischiefe
.
If
that
a
thorne
pricke
them
,
or
a
stone
hurt
them
,
they
will
stampe
it
in
a
thousande
pieces
,
as
if
the
thing
were
sensible
or
had
vnderstanding
,
the
which
commeth
not
but
for
fault
of
good
iudgement
.
Furthermore
this
is
of
a
truthe
,
the
which
I
am
ashamed
almost
to
speake
,
that
for
to
reuenge
them selues
of
Fleas
and
Lice
,
they
kill
them
with
their
téeth
,
a
thing
more
brutishe
than
reasonable
.
And
when
they
féele
them selues
offended
or
gréeued
,
be
it
neuer
so
little
an
offense
,
they
will
neuer
be
reconciled
without
vengeaunce
.
Such
opinions
are
taught
,
and
be
obserued
from
age
to
age
.
Ye
shall
sée
them
instructe
and
teache
their
children
being
a
thrée
or
foure
yeares
of
age
,
to
handle
a
Bowe
and
an
Arrowe
to
learne
to
shoote
:
also
they
exhorte
them
to
manlinesse
,
to
take
vengeaunce
of
their
enimies
,
and
not
to
pardon
any
,
whome
so
euer
it
be
.
Moreouer
,
when
they
are
prisoners
one
to
another
,
thinke
not
that
they
require
to
be
redeemed
by
any
composition
what
so
euer
it
be
,
for
they
hope
no
other
thing
than
very
death
,
estéeming
it
an
honoure
and
glory
vnto
them
.
And
therefore
they
can
very
well
mocke
vs
,
that
deliuer
our
enimies
that
we
haue
in
our
power
,
for
money
or
suche
like
things
,
the
which
they
say
,
is
vnworthy
to
a
man
of
warre
.
As
for
us
say
they
,
we
vse
no
such
things
.
Vpon
a
time
it
chaunced
that
a
Portingall
being
prisoner
to
these
wilde
men
,
thought
by
faire
words
to
haue
saued
his
life
,
so
he
began
to
preache
to
them
by
faire
woordes
as
gentle
and
as
lowly
as
might
be
.
Neuerthelesse
his
flattering
woords
could
not
preuaile
,
On
a
time
there
was
brought
a
yonge
male
childe
of
these
wilde
men
of
America
,
of
the
Countrey
and
lignage
of
those
whome
they
name
Tabiares
,
which
are
mortall
enimies
to
those
wilde
men
,
with
whome
the
Frenche
men
are
in
concorde
and
peace
by
certain
Marchauntes
of
Normandie
,
the
which
was
afterwarde
baptised
,
norished
and
maried
at
Roan
,
liuing
like
a
Christian
man
.
But
he
was
minded
to
returne
into
his
countrey
with
vs
,
being
of
the
age
of
two
and
twenty
yeares
.
It
came
to
passe
that
being
there
,
he
was
discouered
of
his
auncient
enimies
,
by
the
meanes
of
certaine
Christians
,
who
incontinently
as
madde
Dogs
furious
and
woodde
,
ran
to
our
shippes
which
were
at
that
time
destitute
of
men
,
where
as
by
casuall
chaunce
they
found
him
,
so
they
fell
vpon
him
,
and
rent
him
in
pieces
,
not
touching
any
other
of
the
company
there
present
,
who
by
the
prouidence
of
God
,
enduring
this
pitifull
death
,
exhorted
them
in
the
Christian
faith
,
so
this
poore
man
died
among
their
handes
a
good
Christian
man
,
whome
they
did
not
eate
,
as
they
did
other
of
their
enimies
.
What
opinion
of
vengeaunce
is
more
contrary
to
our
lawe
?
Notwithstanding
,
there
is
found
among
vs
many
,
so
obstinate
that
they
will
reuenge
as
well
as
the
wilde
men
.
Furthermore
,
this
is
among
them
,
if
one
smite
an
other
,
let
him
be
assured
to
receiue
as
muche
againe
,
and
rather
more
,
for
they
will
not
leaue
it
vnpunished
:
it
is
a
faire
sight
to
sée
them
quarrell
and
sight
together
.
As
for
the
rest
,
they
are
faithfull
one
to
an
other
,
Sieur
of
Villegagnon
.
They
of
his
company
did
steale
away
my
apparell
being
sicke
.
Thus
muche
by
the
way
concerning
their
fidelitie
,
after
I
haue
shewed
of
their
obstination
and
desire
of
vengeaunce
.
How
these
wilde
men
of
America
,
are
maried
.
Cap.
42.
THis
honorable
estate
of
Matrimonie
,
sheweth
that
we
haue
brought
some
naturall
reason
from
oure
mothers
wombe
.
Otherwise
we
should
be
counted
as
brute
beasts
,
if
that
God
of
his
mercy
did
not
illuminate
our
heartes
.
Therefore
ye
may
be
well
assured
,
that
these
Americanes
are
no
more
discrete
in
their
mariages
,
than
in
other
things
.
They
mary
one
with
another
,
cousins
with
cousins
,
the
vnkle
with
the
néece
,
but
not
the
sister
and
the
brother
.
A
man
,
the
more
worthy
and
valiant
he
is
estéemed
,
Sieur
of
Villegagnon
at
our
arriuall
defended
vpon
paine
of
death
,
not
to
acquaint
our selues
with
them
,
as
a
thing
not
lawfull
for
Christians
.
In
déede
when
the
women
are
maried
,
Cryb
,
a
people
of
Thracia
,
and
other
barbarous
men
in
certaine
Ilands
of
the
sea
Magilanike
,
a
thing
very
detestable
and
vnworthie
of
christendome
,
to
whome
may
serue
for
example
these
poore
brutishe
men
.
The
women
for
the
tyme
that
they
be
greate
with
childe
,
shall
not
beare
or
carie
any
heauie
burthens
,
neyther
shall
do
any
great
labour
for
feare
to
be
hurt
.
The
woman
being
brought
to
bed
or
deliuered
,
the
wiues
shal
carie
the
chyld
to
the
sea
to
be
washed
,
or
to
some
Ryuer
,
and
then
will
bring
it
to
the
mother
,
who
shall
remaine
in
hir
childe
bed
twentie
dayes
,
and
foure
houres
,
the
father
shall
cutte
the
childes
nauell
with
his
téeth
,
as
I
my selfe
haue
séene
:
as
for
the
rest
,
they
handle
and
vse
the
women
in
child
bed
,
as
tenderly
as
we
doe
here
:
the
norishment
of
the
litle
childe
is
the
mothers
milke
,
notwithstanding
that
within
certain
days
after
his
natiuitie
,
they
wil
giue
it
grosser
sustenance
.
The
father
shortly
after
the
childe
is
borne
,
shall
giue
him
a
bow
and
arrow
in
his
hand
,
as
a
beginnyng
and
protestation
of
warre
and
vengeaunce
of
their
enimies
.
But
yet
there
is
one
thing
that
marreth
al
,
that
is
,
that
the
fathers
&
mothers
before
they
marry
their
daughters
,
wil
gyue
them
to
be
abused
,
to
the
first
commer
for
a
little
value
,
principally
to
Christians
,
that
trade
thither
,
if
they
will
couple
with
them
,
as
wée
haue
before
shewed
.
Wée
fynde
in
some
histories
of
certaine
people
,
lyuing
in
maner
as
these
wilde
men
do
in
their
mariages
.
Seneca
in
one
of
his
Epistles
,
and
Strabo
in
hys
Cosmographie
writeth
,
Lydians
and
Armenians
hadde
a
custome
to
sende
their
virgins
and
maidens
to
the
sea
borders
,
there
in
offering
them selues
to
all
commers
to
get
them
husbandes
,
or
else
their
dowries
.
As
muche
sayeth
Iustinus
,
dyd
the
virgins
of
Cypris
,
for
to
get
their
dowries
and
mariages
,
which
when
they
were
quit
and
well
iustified
,
offered
to
the
Goddesse
Venus
,
a
present
or
offeryng
.
We
may
fynde
at
this
day
amongst
vs
,
that
making
great
profession
of
vertue
and
religion
would
doe
the
lyke
,
and
rather
more
,
without
offering
presente
or
candle
,
the
which
I
knowe
of
a
truthe
.
As
touching
the
consanguinitie
in
Mariage
,
Saincte
Hierome
writeth
,
that
the
Athenians
were
woonte
to
marrie
the
brethren
wyth
the
systers
,
and
not
the
Auntes
wyth
the
nephewes
,
the
whych
is
contrary
to
the
order
of
the
Americanes
.
Lykewise
in
oure
countrey
a
woman
of
late
hadde
libertie
to
marrie
hir selfe
to
fiue
husbandes
,
and
not
contraried
.
Beside
this
we
sée
the
Turkes
and
Arabians
tooke
many
wiues
:
I
speake
it
not
for
that
it
is
honest
and
allowable
,
but
for
that
we
christians
should
auoyde
such
things
.
To
conclude
,
our
wylde
men
vse
the
maner
and
order
that
wée
haue
shewed
,
so
that
a
mayden
is
seldome
maried
,
hauing
hir
virginitie
,
but
beyng
once
maryed
,
they
dare
doe
no
faulte
:
for
their
husbandes
doe
looke
straightly
to
them
,
hauing
a
suspition
of
Iealousie
:
shée
may
leaue
hir
husbande
if
that
she
be
euill
intreated
,
the
whiche
oftentimes
commeth
to
passe
,
as
we
reade
of
the
Aegyptians
that
dydde
the
lyke
before
they
had
any
lawes
.
In
this
pluralitie
of
women
that
they
vse
,
as
wée
haue
sayde
,
Of
the
ceremonies
,
buriall
,
and
funeralls
,
that
they
vse
to
the
deceassed
.
Capit.
43.
SEyng
that
I
haue
shewed
you
their
doing
and
maner
of
liuyng
,
and
other
theyr
orders
and
ceremonies
,
there
resteth
to
speake
of
their
Funerals
and
burialls
.
For
all
that
these
kinde
of
people
are
brutishe
and
vnciuile
,
yet
haue
they
this
custome
and
opinion
to
lay
the
dead
bodies
in
the
earth
,
after
that
the
soule
is
separated
from
the
body
,
in
the
place
wher
as
the
deceased
in
hys
life
time
toke
most
plesure
,
Diogenes
,
Lycurgus
,
among
the
Lacedemonians
,
did
giue
straight
commaundement
,
as
Seneca
writeth
,
that
after
his
deathe
his
body
shoulde
be
cast
into
the
sea
,
others
that
there
should
be
burned
to
ashes
.
These
poore
people
of
America
,
though
they
be
brutish
and
ignorant
,
shewe
them selues
after
the
death
of
their
parentes
or
frends
,
with
out
comparison
more
reasonable
,
than
aunciently
dyd
the
Parthians
,
who
for
all
that
they
had
lawes
,
in
stede
of
putting
their
dead
bodies
into
the
earthe
,
cast
them
out
to
be
a
praie
for
soules
and
dogs
.
Also
the
Taxilians
,
did
cast
their
dead
bodies
to
the
soules
of
the
ayre
,
and
the
Caspians
in
like
maner
.
The
Ethiopians
did
cast
the
dead
bodies
into
the
waters
:
the
Romans
did
burne
them
to
ashes
,
as
many
other
nations
haue
done
.
By
this
ye
may
sée
,
that
the
wilde
men
are
not
so
voide
of
honestie
,
but
that
they
haue
some
knowledge
of
good
,
considering
that
without
lawe
or
faith
they
haue
this
knowledge
and
aduise
,
that
is
to
wit
,
as
much
as
Nature
hath
taught
them
,
Nasomones
.
Nowe
the
buriall
of
the
dead
is
approued
as
well
by
the
olde
,
as
by
the
new
testament
:
Likewise
the
ceremonies
if
they
be
duly
obserued
,
as
well
for
that
they
haue
bene
vessels
and
instruments
of
the
soule
diuine
and
immortal
,
as
also
to
giue
hope
of
the
resurrection
to
come
.
Here
might
I
bring
in
many
things
as
touching
this
mater
,
but
for
that
it
is
not
my
argument
I
omitte
it
,
and
let
it
passe
.
Nowe
therefore
among
these
wylde
men
yf
that
a
housholder
happen
to
dye
,
hys
wyues
,
and
hys
néere
kinsefolke
and
friends
shall
make
a
maruellous
mournyng
,
not
for
the
space
of
thrée
or
foure
dayes
,
but
foure
or
fiue
monethes
,
and
this
greatest
sorow
is
foure
or
fiue
of
the
first
dayes
:
ye
shall
heare
them
make
such
a
noyse
and
harmonie
as
dogges
and
catts
,
ye
shall
see
as
well
men
as
women
layde
on
their
beddes
sorowfull
,
others
sittyng
downe
with
their
bare
buttockes
on
the
grounde
,
imbracyng
one
an
other
,
saying
in
their
language
:
Our
father
and
friend
was
so
good
a
man
,
so
valiant
in
the
warres
,
that
hath
caused
many
of
oure
enimies
to
dye
,
hée
was
strong
and
myghtie
,
he
laboured
so
wel
,
and
dressed
our
gardens
,
he
caught
beastes
,
foules
,
and
fishes
for
our
sustenance
,
alas
he
is
deade
,
we
shall
sée
hym
no
more
,
but
after
we
bée
deade
wyth
oure
friendes
in
the
countreys
where
oure
Pages
saye
they
haue
séene
them
,
wyth
many
suche
lyke
wordes
,
the
which
they
will
repete
aboue
ten
thousande
tymes
continually
day
and
night
for
the
space
of
foure
or
fiue
howers
not
ceassyng
to
lament
.
The
chyldren
of
the
deceassed
,
a
moneth
after
these
mournyngs
,
wyll
desire
their
friendes
to
make
some
feast
or
solemnitie
for
hys
honure
,
And
there
they
will
come
together
paynted
with
diuers
colours
,
decked
wyth
fethers
,
and
otherwise
after
their
manner
,
makyng
a
thousande
ceremonies
and
passetymes
,
wyth
daunces
,
playes
,
,
tabour
playing
with
Flutes
made
of
the
armes
and
legges
of
theyr
enimies
,
and
other
instrumentes
after
the
maner
of
their
countrey
.
The
others
as
the
auncient
sorte
,
all
the
day
long
,
will
not
ceasse
to
drinke
,
without
eating
of
any
thing
,
and
they
are
serued
by
the
women
and
kinrede
of
the
deceased
:
the
which
their
doings
is
as
I
am
aduised
,
to
stirre
vp
the
heartes
of
yong
children
,
and
to
moue
and
prouoke
them
to
warre
,
makyng
them
bolde
against
their
enimies
.
The
Romanes
vsed
almost
the
lyke
maner
:
Plinie
sayth
,
that
one
named
Lycaon
was
the
inuenter
of
such
thyngs
.
Also
the
Argiues
,
a
people
of
Grecia
,
in
memoriall
of
the
furious
Lion
ouercome
by
Hercules
,
they
made
playes
and
games
.
Alexander
the
great
,
after
that
he
had
seene
the
sepulchre
of
the
worthy
and
valiant
Hector
,
in
memorie
of
his
worthynesse
,
commaunded
,
yea
hée
him selfe
dyd
make
many
gamboldes
and
solemnities
.
Here
myght
I
reherse
or
bring
in
many
histories
how
the
elders
in
times
past
haue
diuersly
obserued
funeral
rites
accordyng
to
the
diuersitie
of
places
,
but
for
that
I
will
not
be
tedious
vnto
you
,
I
omit
it
:
it
shall
suffise
at
this
present
to
knowe
the
custome
of
these
wilde
men
,
for
bicause
that
as
well
the
elders
in
times
paste
,
as
also
those
of
oure
time
,
haue
made
many
excesse
bankettes
in
their
funerall
pompes
,
more
for
a
vaine
and
worldely
glorie
,
than
otherwise
:
but
to
the
contrary
,
ye
must
vnderstande
,
that
those
that
are
made
to
the
honour
of
the
deceased
,
and
for
respecte
of
hys
soule
,
is
commendable
,
declaring
hym
by
this
meanes
immortall
,
and
foreshewyng
the
Resurrection
to
come
.
Of
Mortugabes
,
and
of
the
charitie
that
they
vse
toward
straungers
.
Cap.
44.
SEing
that
our
argument
is
now
of
the
sauage
men
we
will
saye
somewhat
of
their
order
and
liuyng
.
Portingals
and
other
Christians
haue
edified
for
their
commoditie
,
the
houses
wherein
they
dwell
are
litle
lodgyngs
,
the
which
they
name
in
theyr
language
Mortuga●es
,
assembled
by
hamlettes
or
villages
,
suche
as
we
sée
in
some
places
here
.
These
lodgyngs
are
of
two
or
thre
hundred
paces
long
,
and
of
bredthe
twentie
paces
,
or
thereaboutes
,
buylded
of
woodde
,
and
couered
wyth
palme
leaues
,
layde
on
so
trimmely
,
as
possible
may
bée
.
Euery
lodgyng
hathe
fayre
coueryngs
,
but
they
are
so
low
,
that
one
muste
stoupe
to
goe
in
,
as
he
wold
do
at
a
wicket
,
in
euery
one
there
is
many
roomes
,
and
euery
one
for
hym selfe
and
his
familie
,
thrée
fadome
of
length
.
This
I
fynd
much
more
tollerable
and
lesse
grieuous
than
of
the
Arabians
,
and
Tartarians
,
Cypris
,
Malta
,
and
Syria
:
The
sayd
beddes
are
not
thicker
than
a
linnen
clothe
of
this
countrey
:
and
they
lyde
downe
therin
all
naked
,
as
they
are
accustomed
.
This
bedde
in
theyr
language
is
called
Iny
,
Manigot
.
On
both
the
sides
of
the
bed
of
him
that
is
maister
of
the
houshold
,
the
wiues
make
hym
fire
day
and
nyght
,
for
the
nights
are
somewhat
cold
.
Euery
housholde
kéepeth
and
layeth
vp
in
store
a
kynde
of
fruite
,
greate
as
an
Estrige
egge
,
the
which
is
of
the
colour
of
our
Cucumbers
that
wée
haue
here
in
Englande
,
being
fashioned
like
a
bottell
pierced
at
bothe
endes
,
passyng
through
the
middest
a
stycke
of
Hornebeame
a
foote
and
a
halfe
long
,
one
of
the
endes
beyng
planted
in
the
earth
or
ground
,
the
other
ende
is
decked
wyth
faire
feathers
of
a
byrde
named
Arat
,
Toupan
:
For
when
their
Prophetes
come
towards
them
,
they
make
that
to
speake
,
that
is
within
them
,
knowing
by
this
meanes
the
secrets
of
their
enimies
,
and
as
they
say
,
they
know
&
heare
newes
of
the
soules
of
their
friendes
deceased
.
This
people
aboute
their
houses
norish
&
bring
vp
no
domestical
beasts
sauing
certain
hennes
&
cocks
,
which
are
very
rare
&
scant
,
Portingals
haue
first
brought
them
:
for
before
they
had
no
intelligence
of
them
,
neuerthelesse
they
set
so
litle
store
by
them
,
that
for
a
litle
knife
ye
shall
haue
two
hennes
:
the
women
for
no
good
will
eate
of
them
,
takyng
great
displeasure
when
they
sée
a
Christian
eat
at
one
repast
foure
or
fiue
hennes
egs
,
the
which
they
name
Arignane
,
thinking
that
for
euery
egge
they
eate
a
henne
,
the
whiche
woulde
suffise
to
repast
two
men
:
besides
this
,
they
nourish
and
bring
vp
Popingays
,
the
which
they
change
in
trading
with
the
Christians
,
for
small
yron
tooles
.
Portingale
ship
,
where
there
was
a
great
number
of
pieces
of
siluer
,
that
was
brought
from
Morpion
,
Agatouren
,
which
is
as
muche
to
say
,
howe
good
thou
arte
,
by
a
manner
of
flatterie
,
Fory
asse
pia
,
shewe
me
suche
thyngs
as
thou
haste
,
being
very
desirous
of
newe
things
,
as
little
glasses
,
&
litle
heades
of
glasse
.
Also
ye
shal
haue
following
of
you
a
companie
of
yong
children
,
and
they
will
aske
in
their
language
Hamaba
pinda
,
Giue
vs
some
fishe
hookes
,
the
which
they
vse
to
take
litle
fishe
with
.
And
they
are
well
instructed
in
this
terme
before
sayde
,
Agatouren
,
Thou
arte
good
,
if
ye
giue
them
that
which
they
demaund
,
otherwise
with
a
frowarde
looke
,
they
will
saye
to
ye
Hippochi
,
goe
thou
arte
naught
,
Daganaiepa
aionga
,
thou
muste
be
killed
,
with
other
threatnings
and
iniuries
,
but
they
wil
not
giue
any
thing
,
vnlesse
ye
giue
them
.
besides
this
,
they
will
marke
ye
and
knowe
ye
again
,
for
the
deniall
that
you
haue
made
them
.
The
description
of
a
sicknesse
named
Pians
,
to
the
which
are
subiect
these
people
of
America
as
well
in
the
Ilandes
as
the
maine
land
.
Ca.
45.
KNowing
wel
that
there
is
nothing
,
not
from
the
earth
vnto
the
first
heauen
,
what
making
or
proportion
so
it
hath
,
but
that
is
subiect
to
chaunging
and
alteration
,
the
aire
then
that
compasseth
vs
,
béeing
not
simplie
an
aire
,
but
made
and
composed
,
is
not
alwais
like
in
all
times
nor
in
all
places
,
but
nowe
of
one
fashion
,
incontinent
of
an
other
.
And
for
that
all
diseases
(
as
oure
Phisitians
shewe
vs
)
come
or
happen
either
of
the
aire
,
or
of
the
maner
of
mens
liuing
,
I
am
determined
to
write
and
set
out
here
a
sicknesse
or
disease
verie
rife
and
common
in
these
countreys
of
America
,
and
of
the
West
,
discouered
in
our
time
.
pians
,
by
the
people
of
the
countrey
,
commeth
not
of
the
corruption
of
the
aire
,
for
it
is
there
verie
good
&
temperat
,
which
sheweth
by
expeence
,
the
fruites
that
the
earth
bringeth
forth
,
with
the
benefite
of
the
aire
,
without
the
which
nothing
is
made
,
bee
it
of
Nature
or
artificiall
.
Also
that
the
sycknesse
procéedyng
of
the
corruption
of
the
ayre
,
hurteth
as
aswell
the
yong
as
the
olde
,
the
ryche
as
well
as
the
poore
,
notwithstandyng
the
internall
or
inwarde
disposition
.
Europe
,
specially
among
the
Frenchemen
:
For
of
vs
it
is
named
the
Frenche
pockes
,
the
whych
disease
as
the
Frenchmen
wright
,
Naples
,
and
thether
it
was
broughte
by
the
Spanyardes
,
from
the
West
Indies
.
For
before
it
was
discouered
and
made
subiecte
to
the
Spanyardes
,
there
was
no
mention
therof
.
It
is
not
onely
here
in
Europe
,
but
also
in
Grecia
,
in
Asia
,
and
in
Affrica
.
Well
let
vs
returne
vnto
the
wylde
mens
euyll
,
and
to
the
remedies
that
they
doe
vse
therefore
.
Nowe
this
euill
taketh
the
parties
,
as
well
wilde
men
as
Christians
that
are
there
,
by
contagion
or
touching
,
euen
as
the
pockes
dothe
in
the
realme
of
Fraunce
.
Also
it
hath
the
like
Symptomes
,
and
it
is
so
daungerous
,
that
if
it
be
waxen
old
,
it
is
harde
and
daungerous
to
heale
:
for
sometimes
it
dothe
afflict
them
euen
to
the
death
.
As
for
the
Christians
,
whiche
doe
inhabite
in
the
lande
of
America
,
if
they
couple
them selues
with
the
women
,
they
shall
neuer
bée
rid
of
the
same
,
but
shall
fall
into
the
daunger
thereof
,
muche
more
sooner
than
they
of
the
countrey
.
Hiuourahe
,
of
the
which
they
drincke
,
ophthalmies
,
of
the
whiche
we
haue
alreadie
shewed
,
that
comes
of
ouermuch
smoke
,
for
that
they
make
their
fires
in
many
corners
and
places
of
their
lodgings
,
the
which
are
great
,
for
that
they
assemble
a
great
number
;
for
to
take
vp
their
lodgings
.
I
knowe
well
that
al
ophthalmies
come
not
of
smoke
:
but
wher
of
so
euer
it
be
,
it
commeth
of
the
ylnesse
of
the
brain
,
ophthalmies
,
as
may
bée
séene
among
the
inhabitauntes
of
America
,
of
whiche
we
speake
:
for
many
haue
loste
their
sight
,
hauing
no
inflamation
in
their
eyes
.
And
this
fulnesse
and
abundance
of
troubles
of
the
braine
,
as
I
maye
learne
and
vnderstande
,
commeth
of
the
ayre
,
and
southwindes
hot
and
moyst
very
common
in
America
,
Hippocrates
sheweth
.
Also
we
feele
in
our selues
,
our
bodies
to
wax
heauy
,
specially
the
head
when
the
winde
is
at
south
.
For
to
heale
this
paine
of
the
eyes
,
they
cut
a
braunch
of
a
certaine
trée
,
very
soft
rinde
,
like
to
a
kind
of
palme
trée
,
the
which
they
bring
home
to
their
houses
,
and
they
let
drop
the
iuyce
being
redde
,
into
the
eye
of
the
pacient
.
Moreouer
,
this
kind
of
people
is
always
subiect
to
the
leprosie
,
paralysey
,
and
other
exterior
vices
as
we
are
in
this
country
,
but
they
are
alwayes
whole
and
well
disposed
,
walkyng
with
a
great
courage
and
boldnesse
,
their
heads
lifting
vp
like
a
stagge
or
hart
.
This
much
by
the
way
of
this
sicknesse
,
the
most
daungerous
that
is
in
Fraunce
Antartike
or
America
.
Of
the
diseases
most
rife
and
common
in
America
,
and
the
meane
that
they
obserue
to
cure
them
.
Cap.
46.
THere
is
none
be
they
neuer
of
so
rude
and
grosse
memorie
,
but
that
knoweth
well
,
that
these
Americanes
are
made
of
foure
elementes
,
as
all
naturall
bodies
are
,
so
that
by
this
meanes
they
are
subiect
to
the
like
affections
that
wée
are
.
In
déede
diseases
and
sickneesss
may
be
diuers
and
contrary
,
according
to
the
temperatenesse
of
the
ayre
,
and
maner
of
lyuyng
.
Those
in
that
countrey
that
inhabite
neare
the
sea
,
are
subiecte
to
rotten
diseases
,
as
Feuers
,
Catarres
,
and
others
.
In
the
whiche
these
poore
people
are
so
persuaded
and
abused
of
their
Prophetes
,
of
whome
we
haue
spoken
,
the
whiche
are
called
for
to
heale
them
when
they
haue
these
diseases
:
and
they
haue
this
foolishe
opinion
,
that
they
can
cure
them
:
Naua
,
Tom
,
that
are
litle
ones
and
I
thinke
that
they
ingender
in
their
féet
:
for
there
will
be
somtimes
such
a
number
in
one
place
,
that
they
wyll
rayse
a
knob
as
big
as
a
beane
,
with
doloure
and
paine
in
that
place
,
the
whiche
paine
also
chaunced
to
vs
:
for
being
there
,
our
féete
and
our
handes
were
couered
with
little
clothes
,
in
the
which
when
they
were
broken
,
was
onely
one
white
worme
with
filthe
.
And
for
to
shunne
this
griefe
,
the
wilde
men
make
a
certain
oyle
of
a
fruite
named
Hibonconhu
,
like
vnto
a
Date
,
Caramenio
,
and
therwith
they
rubbe
the
places
that
are
grieued
,
a
thing
very
necessary
as
they
doe
affirme
against
these
wormes
.
Also
sometimes
they
anoynt
therewithall
their
bodies
when
they
be
weary
.
Bisides
this
,
the
oyle
is
proper
for
woundes
and
sores
,
as
they
haue
knowne
by
experience
.
Thus
much
as
touching
their
infirmities
,
and
the
remedies
that
these
Americans
vse
.
The
maner
how
to
trade
among
these
people
:
of
a
birde
named
Toucan
,
and
of
the
spicerie
of
that
Countrey
.
Cap.
47.
ALthough
that
in
America
,
there
is
diuers
kindes
of
people
:
neuerthelesse
brutish
and
of
diuers
sorts
and
fashions
,
accustomed
alwayes
to
make
warre
one
with
another
.
Notwithstanding
,
they
let
not
to
trade
&
trafike
as
wel
among
themselues
,
Toucan
,
the
properties
of
which
I
wil
describe
,
séeing
it
commeth
to
purpose
.
This
birde
is
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
Pigeon
:
there
is
an
other
kinde
like
to
a
Pie
,
I
the
author
of
this
worke
,
brought
a
hatte
of
fethers
very
riche
and
faire
out
of
America
,
Fraunce
,
Henry
by
name
,
as
a
precious
iewell
.
And
of
these
birdes
there
are
none
founde
but
in
America
,
beginning
from
the
riuer
of
Platte
,
vnto
the
riuer
of
Amazones
.
Ther
are
some
sene
at
Perou
,
but
they
are
not
so
great
as
the
others
.
At
newe
Spayne
,
Florida
,
Messique
,
and
newe
found
lande
,
there
is
none
to
be
séene
,
bicause
the
countreis
are
to
cold
,
of
the
which
they
stande
in
great
feare
.
Moreouer
this
birde
liueth
with
no
other
thing
among
the
wooddes
,
where
he
maketh
his
residence
,
but
with
certaine
fruites
that
the
Countrey
doeth
bring
forthe
:
some
might
thinke
that
this
were
a
water
birde
,
the
which
is
not
so
,
for
that
I
haue
séene
the
contrary
.
To
the
rest
,
this
birde
is
disformed
and
monsterous
,
hauing
the
bill
more
greater
and
more
longer
than
the
rest
of
the
body
.
I
haue
also
broughte
one
of
them
from
thence
that
was
giuen
me
,
Americans
,
with
the
which
they
trafike
and
trade
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
.
This
also
is
of
a
truthe
,
that
before
the
vse
of
money
,
they
traded
after
this
sorte
ware
for
ware
,
so
that
the
wealth
and
richesse
of
men
,
yea
of
Kings
,
Princes
,
and
Magistrates
,
did
consist
in
beastes
,
shepe
,
goates
and
Camels
,
of
the
which
ye
haue
examples
in
Berosus
and
Diodorus
,
the
which
shewe
vs
by
wrytings
,
the
maner
and
vse
that
the
elders
before
vs
vsed
to
trade
one
with
another
,
the
which
vse
I
finde
to
differ
very
little
from
the
Americanes
order
,
and
other
barbarous
people
.
So
that
in
times
past
one
thing
was
giuen
for
an
other
,
as
shéepe
for
corne
,
woolle
for
salte
,
and
suche
like
.
The
trafike
of
one
Countrey
with
an
other
,
Plinie
in
his
seuenth
booke
doeth
attribute
the
first
inuention
and
vse
thereof
to
be
among
the
Venicians
.
The
trade
that
many
of
the
Christians
vse
with
the
Americanes
,
is
brasell
woode
,
Popengayes
,
cotten
and
other
things
,
Ethiopia
,
and
in
Ginney
,
also
it
is
not
to
compare
to
the
spice
that
is
had
at
Calicut
,
or
of
Tabroban
.
And
this
ye
shall
note
by
the
way
,
that
though
it
be
named
Calicut
spice
,
ye
must
not
thinke
that
it
is
all
of
Calicut
,
Corchell
.
Notwithstanding
Calicut
,
is
the
chiefest
place
whether
all
the
Marchaundise
of
the
East
countreys
is
broughte
,
and
there
it
is
shipte
,
and
therefore
it
is
called
the
spice
of
Calicut
,
the
which
is
better
than
the
spice
of
America
.
The
King
of
Portingall
as
euery
one
knoweth
,
hathe
greate
profite
of
the
spices
,
that
he
receiueth
from
thence
,
but
not
so
muche
as
in
times
past
,
for
bicause
that
since
the
Spanyardes
haue
discouered
the
Iland
of
Zebut
,
Magellan
.
This
Ilande
beareth
a
Mine
of
Golde
,
Ginger
,
and
great
aboundaunce
of
white
Purselaine
.
Afterwarde
they
found
out
Aborney
,
Equinoctiall
,
and
many
other
Ilandes
inhabited
with
Neigers
,
vntill
they
came
to
Moloqus
,
where
as
is
Atidora
,
Terenata
,
Mata
,
and
Machian
little
Ilandes
somewhat
neare
the
one
to
the
other
,
as
are
the
Canaries
of
the
which
we
haue
spoken
.
These
Ilandes
are
distant
from
Fraunce
,
more
than
.180
.
degrées
lying
to
the
West
,
they
bring
forthe
many
good
spices
,
muche
better
than
those
of
America
.
This
much
by
the
way
of
Moloquus
,
hauing
first
treated
of
the
trafike
and
trade
that
the
wilde
men
vse
of
America
.
Of
birdes
most
common
in
America
.
Cap.
48.
AMong
many
kindes
of
birdes
that
nature
diuersly
bringeth
forthe
,
setting
out
hir
giftes
by
particular
properties
,
(
truely
worthy
to
be
maruelled
at
,
)
the
which
she
hath
giuen
to
euery
liuing
beast
.
America
,
named
of
the
wilde
men
Carinde
,
decked
with
so
pleasant
and
faire
fethers
,
that
it
is
not
possible
for
no
man
but
to
wonder
at
the
like
worke
.
This
birde
excéedeth
not
the
greatnesse
of
a
Crowe
,
and
his
fethers
from
the
belly
to
the
throte
,
is
as
yellow
as
fine
gold
:
the
wings
and
the
taile
,
which
are
very
long
,
are
of
the
coloure
of
fine
Azure
.
To
the
likenesse
of
this
bird
,
there
is
another
founde
of
his
greatnesse
,
but
differing
in
coloure
,
for
in
stead
of
hauing
the
brest
fethers
yellow
,
this
hathe
them
as
red
as
pure
scarlet
coloure
,
and
the
rest
Azure
.
These
birds
are
a
kinde
of
Parats
,
and
of
like
forme
as
well
in
head
and
bil
,
as
in
féete
.
The
wilde
men
of
the
Countrey
sell
them
déere
,
for
that
thrée
or
foure
times
a
yeare
,
they
plucke
their
fethers
for
to
make
hats
,
garnishe
bucklers
,
swordes
of
woodde
,
and
other
things
requisite
,
the
which
they
doe
commonly
.
The
saide
birdes
are
so
priuie
,
that
all
the
day
they
will
sit
vpon
the
trées
,
rounde
about
the
wilde
mennes
lodgings
.
And
when
the
night
commeth
,
these
birdes
withdrawe
them
,
some
into
the
houses
,
and
some
into
the
Woodes
,
but
they
faile
not
to
retourne
the
next
morowe
,
euen
as
our
priuie
or
tame
Doues
or
Pigeons
,
that
will
neastle
in
houses
.
They
haue
diuers
other
kindes
of
Popengayes
differing
in
Fethers
the
one
from
the
other
.
There
is
one
kinde
more
gréener
than
those
that
are
brought
into
oure
Countrey
,
Aiouroub
,
others
hauing
on
their
heades
blewe
fethers
,
others
all
gréene
,
the
which
the
wilde
men
doe
name
Marganas
:
there
are
none
found
gray
as
in
Ginney
,
Affrica
.
The
Americanes
kéepe
all
these
birdes
in
their
lodgings
,
but
they
are
not
taught
to
speake
,
as
they
are
with
vs
,
I
meane
being
made
priuie
when
they
are
yong
,
according
to
the
custome
of
our
elders
,
as
Plinie
sheweth
in
the
tenth
booke
of
his
naturall
Historie
speaking
of
birds
,
where
he
affirmeth
that
Strabo
was
the
first
that
put
birds
into
Cages
,
the
which
before
had
libertie
to
goe
and
come
.
Americanes
doe
learne
these
birdes
in
their
language
to
aske
for
meale
made
of
rootes
.
But
they
teache
them
most
commonly
to
say
and
profer
,
that
they
must
goe
a
warfare
against
their
enimies
,
for
to
take
them
,
and
for
to
eate
them
,
and
other
things
.
They
will
for
no
good
giue
them
fruite
to
eate
,
neither
great
nor
little
,
The
time
hathe
bene
,
that
these
birdes
were
not
knowne
to
the
auncient
Romaines
,
and
other
Countreis
of
Europe
,
but
euen
since
as
some
doe
witnesse
,
that
Alexander
the
great
,
sent
his
lieuetenaunt
Onesecriteus
into
the
Iland
of
Tabroba
,
who
brought
from
thence
a
certaine
number
,
and
since
they
multiplied
so
wel
,
as
well
in
the
East
countrey
as
in
Italie
,
and
chiefly
at
Rome
,
as
Columella
sayeth
in
his
thirde
booke
,
of
the
sayings
of
the
elders
,
that
Marcus
Portius
Cato
,
(
of
whome
the
life
and
Doctrine
was
an
example
to
all
Rome
)
,
as
he
felte
him selfe
slaundered
,
sayd
on
a
day
to
the
Senate
.
O
Fathers
ouerseene
,
O
wicked
Rome
,
I
know
not
I
,
to
what
dayes
we
are
falne
,
seing
that
I
see
in
Rome
such
dissolute
liuing
,
that
is
:
for
men
to
beare
Popengayes
on
their
handes
,
and
to
see
the
women
norishe
in
their
deliciousnesse
,
little
dogges
.
Well
,
let
vs
returne
to
our
birdes
,
that
are
founde
there
of
an
other
kinde
,
and
more
straunger
,
as
that
birde
named
Toucan
,
of
the
which
we
haue
before
spoken
,
all
differing
from
the
coloure
of
those
of
oure
Himisperie
,
as
may
be
knowne
by
these
before
rehearsed
,
and
of
many
others
,
of
which
I
haue
brought
home
the
bodyes
garnished
with
fethers
,
some
yellow
,
red
,
gréene
,
purple
,
Azure
,
and
of
many
other
colours
,
the
which
wer
presented
to
the
king
as
singular
things
,
that
was
neuer
séene
with
vs
in
our
realme
.
There
resteth
now
to
describe
and
set
forthe
certaine
other
kinde
of
birdes
being
rare
and
straunge
.
Among
the
which
there
is
found
one
kind
of
the
like
greatnesse
and
colour
,
as
litle
crowes
,
sauing
that
before
their
breast
,
they
haue
a
spot
as
red
as
bloud
,
&
they
are
named
Panon
,
his
bil
colored
like
ashes
,
which
bird
liueth
with
no
other
thing
,
then
which
a
kinde
of
Palme
named
Ierahuua
,
Quiapian
,
there
are
another
kinde
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
litle
Munkey
,
a
birde
so
named
,
Annon
.
Among
al
the
rest
of
the
birdes
that
are
there
to
be
séene
,
there
is
found
another
kinde
that
the
wilde
men
will
not
by
no
meanes
kill
nor
hurt
:
Hiuourahe
.
Gouanbuch
,
America
,
or
Fraunce
Antartike
,
for
the
tyme
that
we
dyd
there
remayne
.
Of
Veneson
and
wilde
beastes
that
these
wilde
men
take
Cap.
49.
I
Thinke
it
necessarie
gentle
Reader
,
séeing
that
I
haue
treated
of
strange
Foules
,
somewhat
to
speke
as
touching
the
wilde
beastes
that
are
founde
in
the
woodes
,
and
hills
of
America
,
and
also
to
shewe
how
the
inhabitantes
of
the
countrey
take
them
for
their
nourishment
.
I
remember
that
I
haue
sayde
in
some
place
,
Fraunce
,
but
more
fiercer
and
more
dangerous
,
and
hath
the
tooth
more
longer
and
more
apparant
:
he
is
altogether
blacke
and
without
tayle
,
moreouer
he
beareth
a
vent
on
his
backe
lyke
to
a
sworde
fish
.
Plinie
sheweth
that
a
Hartes
horne
,
is
a
remedie
against
poyson
.
Also
Phisitions
put
thereof
among
Medicins
that
are
cordiall
,
as
a
comforte
to
the
stomacke
,
as
Iuorie
and
others
:
the
smoke
of
this
horne
burned
hath
power
to
driue
awaye
Serpentes
.
Some
will
say
,
that
the
Harte
hath
euery
yeare
newe
hornes
,
and
casteth
hir
olde
ones
,
and
when
he
is
without
his
hornes
,
he
hideth
himselfe
.
The
elders
haue
taken
it
for
an
yll
signe
for
a
man
,
to
méete
a
Deare
,
or
a
Hare
,
but
we
thinke
the
contrarie
:
also
the
same
superstition
is
foolish
and
repugnant
to
our
Religion
.
The
Turkes
and
Arabians
,
Charaibe
shewed
them
so
,
as
their
Pages
and
false
Seductors
doe
affirme
.
They
will
dresse
theyr
Venison
by
péeces
,
but
with
the
skinne
,
and
after
it
is
ynough
it
shall
be
distributed
to
euery
housholde
,
that
inhabite
vnder
one
roufe
altogether
,
as
schollers
in
colledges
,
they
will
neuer
eate
the
flesh
of
no
rauening
beaste
,
or
that
doeth
féede
on
vncleane
things
,
be
he
neuer
so
priuie
,
but
they
will
not
force
to
kepe
priuie
such
a
beaste
,
as
one
which
they
name
Coary
,
as
greate
as
a
Foxe
,
Turkie
Henne
and
redde
féete
.
Also
there
are
Partriges
,
named
in
their
language
Macouacanna
,
that
are
greater
than
oures
.
America
,
greate
quantitie
of
those
beastes
which
they
name
Tapithire
,
the
whiche
is
much
desired
for
his
deformitie
.
Also
the
wilde
men
folowe
them
at
the
chase
,
not
onely
for
the
flesh
whiche
is
very
good
,
but
also
for
the
skins
,
with
the
whiche
they
make
bucklers
that
they
vse
in
the
warres
,
and
the
skinne
of
this
beaste
is
so
strong
and
tough
that
a
Crosbow
can
skant
pierce
it
,
and
they
take
them
as
they
doe
the
Harte
or
the
wilde
Bore
,
America
,
one
among
the
others
had
the
head
like
a
Calf
,
and
the
body
slender
.
So
that
in
this
ye
maye
sée
the
industrie
of
nature
,
that
hath
altered
the
beasts
according
to
the
diuersitie
of
their
kindes
,
as
wel
on
the
lande
as
on
the
water
.
Of
a
tree
named
Hiuourahe
.
Cap.
50.
Hyuourahe
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
as
rare
a
new
.
This
trée
is
of
a
highe
stature
,
hauing
the
barke
shining
lyke
siluer
,
and
within
halfe
redde
.
It
hath
almost
the
taaste
of
salt
,
the
which
I
haue
many
tymes
tasted
,
the
barke
of
this
trée
hath
a
maruelous
propertie
among
al
others
:
also
it
is
in
such
reputation
among
the
wilde
men
,
as
the
woode
Gaiac
:
also
some
think
it
to
be
very
Gaiac
,
the
which
I
denie
,
for
it
is
not
to
the
purpose
,
that
all
that
hath
the
like
propertie
that
Gaiac
hath
,
is
Gaiac
.
Notwithstanding
it
serueth
in
stede
of
Gaiac
to
the
Christians
,
for
the
wild
men
are
not
so
subiect
to
this
common
disease
,
of
the
which
we
wil
speake
in
another
place
more
at
large
:
the
maner
to
vse
it
is
this
,
they
take
a
quantitie
of
the
barcke
,
the
which
giueth
milke
when
it
is
separated
from
the
woode
,
the
which
being
cut
in
little
péeces
,
Americans
in
their
diseases
:
and
besides
,
Loth
,
of
which
the
fruit
is
so
pleasant
,
as
Homer
sheweth
,
that
after
that
Scipions
men
had
tasted
,
Cassa
,
but
it
is
not
so
excellent
as
that
of
Arabia
and
of
Egypt
.
Of
a
tree
named
Vhebehason
and
of
the
hony
Bees
that
frequent
it
.
Cap.
51.
GOing
on
a
day
vnto
a
village
distant
from
the
place
whereas
was
our
remayning
a
ten
leagues
,
being
in
my
company
fiue
wilde
men
,
and
a
Christian
to
interpret
,
I
was
myndefull
to
beholde
on
all
sides
the
ttées
,
of
the
which
there
were
diuers
sortes
,
among
the
which
I
stayed
to
beholde
that
of
the
which
I
minde
to
speake
,
Hira
,
Vasses
and
of
Plate
:
there
is
also
founde
a
little
beaste
named
Hyrat
,
Americans
haue
.
The
aunciente
Arabians
and
Egyptians
,
dyd
vse
to
minister
vnto
the
sicke
,
honey
,
more
than
any
other
medecine
,
as
Plinie
witnesseth
.
The
wilde
men
that
inhabit
about
the
Riuer
of
Marignam
,
eate
almost
no
other
meate
but
honey
,
with
certayne
boyled
rootes
,
the
whiche
honey
in
those
parties
droppeth
downe
from
the
trées
and
rockes
,
as
Manna
from
Heauen
(
the
which
)
vnto
these
Barbarous
men
is
a
good
sustenance
.
To
this
agréeth
very
wel
Lactantius
in
his
firste
booke
of
Deuine
Institutions
(
as
farre
as
I
can
remember
)
that
Melissus
King
of
Creta
,
Amalthea
and
Melissa
,
the
which
did
nourish
or
féede
Iupiter
with
goates
milke
,
Creta
,
séeing
and
perceiuing
that
honey
was
a
good
sustenance
,
beganne
therewith
to
féede
theyr
children
.
The
whiche
thing
hathe
caused
this
argumente
amongst
the
Poetes
,
to
say
that
honey
Bées
dyd
flye
into
Iupiters
mouth
.
The
whiche
also
being
knowen
of
Solon
,
did
permit
that
they
might
transport
al
kinde
of
fruit
out
of
the
citie
of
Athens
and
many
other
victuals
,
except
honey
.
Likewise
the
Turckes
haue
honey
in
as
great
estimation
as
is
possible
,
thinking
after
this
life
that
they
shall
goe
into
some
pleasant
places
replenished
with
al
kinde
of
sustenance
,
and
chiefly
of
honey
,
the
which
opinion
is
fantasticall
and
foolish
.
Now
to
returne
to
our
former
trée
,
it
is
greatly
frequented
of
these
flies
or
honey
bées
,
although
that
the
fruite
is
not
good
to
eate
as
many
others
are
in
that
countrey
,
for
bicause
that
it
commeth
not
to
his
ripenesse
,
but
is
eaten
of
these
honey
bées
as
farre
as
I
can
perceiue
.
Moreouer
this
trée
bringeth
forth
a
red
gumme
,
Of
a
strange
beaste
named
Haut
.
Cap.
52.
ARistotle
and
many
others
since
his
tyme
haue
with
al
their
diligence
and
industrie
enforced
themselues
to
finde
out
the
nature
of
Beasts
,
Trées
,
Hearbes
,
and
other
naturall
things
.
Notwithstanding
it
doeth
appeare
by
their
writings
that
they
neuer
had
intelligence
of
America
,
Hau
or
Hauthy
,
Afeca
,
hauing
a
great
belly
,
and
the
head
almost
in
proportion
of
a
Childes
head
.
She
being
taken
,
casteth
out
sighes
lyke
a
Chyld
féeling
payne
,
hir
skyn
colored
lyke
ashes
,
and
rough
lyke
a
litle
Beare
,
hauing
on
each
paw
three
nayles
or
clawes
,
a
foure
fingers
long
,
and
made
lyke
the
fyn
of
a
Carpe
,
with
the
which
she
climeth
on
Trees
,
abyding
there
more
than
on
the
ground
.
Hir
tayle
is
thrée
fingers
long
,
with
lyttel
heare
thereon
.
Another
thing
there
is
worthy
of
memory
,
that
this
straunge
beast
was
neuer
séene
eating
,
for
the
wylde
men
of
the
country
haue
watched
hir
to
sée
if
she
would
féede
,
but
all
was
in
vayne
,
as
they
them selues
haue
shewed
me
.
Bysides
this
I
would
neuer
haue
beleued
it
if
I
had
not
proued
it
,
for
a
captaine
of
Normandy
,
and
the
Captaine
Mogneuylle
,
borne
in
Picardy
,
walking
on
a
time
in
the
great
thick
woods
,
dyd
shoote
with
a
Handgunne
at
two
of
these
beastes
,
which
were
in
the
top
of
a
trée
,
so
that
they
fell
bothe
to
the
ground
,
the
one
sore
hurt
,
&
the
other
onely
amased
or
astonned
,
the
which
was
giuen
to
me
for
a
present
,
so
it
was
well
kept
the
space
of
.xxvj.
daies
,
and
in
the
meane
time
it
would
neuer
eat
nor
drinke
,
but
always
at
one
estate
,
but
in
the
ende
it
was
strangled
by
certaine
Doggs
that
we
brought
thyther
:
some
thinke
that
this
beast
lyueth
onely
with
leaues
of
a
certaine
Trée
named
in
their
language
Amahut
,
this
Trée
is
the
highest
Trée
in
that
countrie
,
bearing
leaues
very
small
and
thin
:
and
for
that
this
beast
is
commonly
in
this
Trée
,
she
is
named
Haut
.
Furthermore
this
beast
is
very
louing
to
man
,
when
she
is
tame
,
coueting
to
be
always
on
his
shoulders
,
as
if
hir
nature
were
to
remayne
on
high
places
,
the
which
doings
the
wylde
men
of
the
countrey
cannot
abyde
for
that
they
are
wicked
,
for
this
beast
hath
very
sharpe
clawes
,
and
longer
than
the
clawes
of
a
Lyon
,
or
any
other
beast
that
euer
I
saw
.
To
these
wonders
I
haue
séene
by
experience
certain
Chameleons
in
Constantinople
,
How
these
Americans
kyndle
Fyer
:
of
their
opinion
of
the
drowning
of
the
World
,
and
of
their
Yron
works
.
Cap.
53.
NOw
that
I
haue
shewed
you
of
some
singular
plantes
and
vnknowne
beastes
not
onely
to
vs
,
but
as
I
think
to
all
the
world
,
for
that
this
countrey
was
neuer
knowne
nor
discouered
but
of
late
daies
,
being
minded
to
make
an
ende
of
this
discourse
of
America
,
I
will
shew
you
the
straunge
maner
and
practise
that
these
Barbarous
people
vse
to
get
fyre
,
as
well
as
we
doe
with
a
flint
stone
and
a
tinder
boxe
,
the
which
inuention
truely
is
celestial
,
Thata
,
Thatatyn
:
and
this
maner
or
way
to
make
fire
so
subtilly
,
they
say
came
by
a
great
Charaibe
,
more
than
a
Prophete
,
the
which
taught
it
to
their
Elders
,
with
other
things
also
,
of
which
they
before
had
no
intelligence
or
knowledge
.
I
know
wel
there
are
many
fables
,
as
touching
the
inuention
of
fire
.
Aphrodisius
disputeth
in
his
probleames
.
Dioderus
writeth
,
the
Vulcan
was
the
first
inuenter
of
fier
,
the
which
for
this
respect
was
elected
King
by
the
Egiptians
.
Also
the
wylde
men
are
almost
of
this
opinion
,
the
which
before
this
inuention
of
fier
,
Charaibe
,
one
night
in
their
sléepe
after
a
great
deluge
of
waters
,
(
the
which
)
they
maintaine
to
haue
ben
in
times
past
,
although
they
haue
not
memoriall
by
writing
,
but
onely
from
age
to
age
,
so
that
they
wil
beare
in
memory
things
foure
or
fiue
hundreth
yeares
past
,
the
which
is
to
be
maruelled
at
.
And
by
this
meanes
they
are
very
curious
to
teach
&
instruct
their
Children
things
done
and
past
,
which
are
worthy
of
memory
.
The
auncient
men
after
their
sléepe
in
the
night
,
doe
no
other
thing
but
declare
auncient
stories
to
the
young
men
,
so
that
to
heare
them
,
you
will
say
they
are
Preachers
or
Readers
of
Lectures
:
now
say
they
,
the
water
was
so
exceding
great
in
this
Deluge
,
that
it
couered
the
highest
mountaines
in
that
countrey
,
so
that
all
the
people
were
drowned
,
the
which
they
tell
of
a
truthe
,
and
beleue
as
stedfastly
as
we
doe
,
that
which
was
in
Noes
time
,
that
is
read
of
in
holy
Scripture
.
Neuerthelesse
it
is
easy
for
them
to
fayle
,
considering
they
know
nothing
but
by
memory
,
and
as
they
heaue
heard
sayd
of
theyr
Fathers
.
Charaibe
,
the
greatest
that
euer
was
among
them
,
that
brought
thither
a
people
from
a
far
countrey
,
that
people
being
naked
as
they
are
at
this
day
,
Noes
time
,
(
throughout
the
whole
world
)
but
seing
we
haue
none
but
that
the
holy
Scripture
sheweth
,
I
will
let
it
passe
.
Europa
,
and
other
countreys
haue
ben
without
Yron
.
But
Plinie
writeth
in
the
seuenth
booke
of
his
naturall
history
,
Dedalus
was
the
first
inuenter
of
yron
work
,
or
forge
,
with
the
which
he
forged
him selfe
a
wedge
,
an
axe
,
a
saw
,
&
nayles
.
Notwithstanding
Ouid
in
the
eight
booke
of
his
Metamorphosis
,
saith
,
that
one
named
Pedris
,
of
the
kindred
of
Dedalus
,
inuented
a
saw
like
to
the
finne
of
a
fishe
.
And
of
that
kinde
of
fishe
(
passing
at
our
return
vnder
the
Equinoctiall
lyne
,
)
we
tooke
one
that
had
the
fynne
vpon
the
back
,
aboue
a
foote
long
.
Therefore
these
wylde
men
desiring
the
vse
of
yron
worke
of
late
days
,
for
to
serue
their
necessities
,
haue
learned
to
forge
,
being
first
instructed
by
Christians
.
Of
the
Ryuer
of
Vases
,
likewise
of
certaine
beastes
that
are
found
thereabout
.
And
of
the
lande
named
Morpion
.
Cap.
54.
Vases
,
being
there
so
much
estemed
as
Charanta
Loyre
,
or
the
Riuer
of
Sayne
,
being
twenty
fiue
leagues
from
Ienaria
,
where
we
did
remayne
,
and
where
as
at
this
day
doe
inhabit
Frenchmen
,
is
much
frequented
,
aswell
for
the
habundants
of
good
Fish
,
as
for
the
Nauigation
and
other
things
necessarie
.
This
floud
watereth
a
great
countrey
,
aswell
the
hylls
,
as
the
plaine
.
In
the
which
is
founde
a
certaine
Myne
of
Golde
,
the
which
bringeth
no
great
profit
to
the
owner
,
for
bicause
that
by
the
fire
,
it
consumeth
almost
all
into
smoke
.
There
about
are
many
Rocks
,
and
likewise
in
many
other
places
of
America
,
the
which
beareth
great
quantitie
of
wedges
,
shining
like
fine
Golde
,
but
not
so
fine
as
those
of
the
East
countrey
,
also
other
littell
shining
stones
.
There
are
founde
no
Rubies
,
Diamonds
,
nor
other
riche
stones
:
besides
this
,
there
is
great
plentie
of
Marbell
and
Iasper
stones
.
And
in
the
sayed
place
I
hope
may
be
founde
Mynes
either
of
Golde
,
or
Siluer
,
the
which
as
yet
we
dare
not
vnder
take
,
bicause
the
enimies
are
neare
hand
.
In
those
hills
are
séene
rauishing
beasts
,
as
Lybards
,
wilde
Stags
,
but
no
Lyons
,
nor
Wolues
.
There
is
also
another
kynde
of
beast
that
the
inhabitants
name
Cacuycu
,
Sagauius
,
not
onely
in
this
place
,
Barbaria
,
and
at
Peru
,
lyke
to
the
colour
of
a
Fox
.
There
are
found
no
Apes
as
in
Africa
,
but
to
the
contrary
,
there
are
founde
great
number
of
Tattons
,
America
,
bicause
they
border
their
enimies
,
the
which
forceth
them
to
excercise
the
fears
of
warre
.
Quoniambec
,
the
most
feared
and
redouted
that
is
in
all
the
countrey
,
and
so
is
he
martial
and
a
worthy
warrier
▪
And
I
think
that
neuer
Menel●us
King
and
●uider
of
the
Grecians
Army
,
was
euer
so
feared
nor
redouted
of
the
Troyans
,
as
this
King
is
of
his
enimies
.
The
Portingalls
,
feare
him
aboue
all
others
,
for
he
hath
caused
many
of
them
to
die
.
Ye
shall
sée
his
palaces
which
in
a
lodging
made
of
purpose
;
but
yet
like
to
the
others
,
hanged
without
rounde
aboute
with
Portingalls
heade
.
For
it
is
the
custome
to
cary
away
the
heads
of
their
enimies
,
and
to
hang
them
at
their
lodgings
.
This
King
hauing
knowlege
of
our
comming
,
came
straightways
to
sée
vs
at
the
place
where
we
were
,
&
there
remained
the
space
of
eightene
dayes
,
occupying
the
most
parte
of
the
tyme
,
specially
thrée
houres
,
to
recite
and
tell
his
victories
and
noble
actes
against
his
enimies
.
Moreouer
,
threatning
the
Portingals
,
with
certaine
iestes
and
countenances
,
whome
he
named
in
their
language
Peroes
.
Portingales
.
As
touching
townes
&
houses
of
stone
,
there
is
none
,
but
as
I
sayd
before
,
they
haue
lodgings
very
long
&
broade
,
the
which
at
the
beginning
was
not
had
,
for
the
people
that
then
were
,
did
so
little
esteme
to
be
in
sauegard
,
that
they
forced
not
for
walled
Townes
,
nor
strong
holdes
,
but
they
wandered
abroade
,
as
doe
the
wilde
beastes
,
without
hauing
any
certaine
place
for
to
take
their
rest
,
but
they
rested
them
euen
in
that
place
where
the
night
ouertooke
them
,
without
feare
of
any
theues
,
the
which
the
Americans
doe
not
though
they
be
very
wylde
.
Now
to
conclude
,
this
King
of
whome
we
speake
,
thinketh
him selfe
very
great
,
&
hath
nothing
else
to
rehearse
,
but
his
greatnesse
,
reputing
it
a
great
glory
&
honor
,
to
haue
made
to
die
many
people
,
and
to
haue
eaten
them
by
and
by
,
yea
to
the
number
of
fiue
thousand
as
he
sayd
.
I
cannot
remember
that
there
hath
ben
the
lyke
inhumanitie
,
Plinie
sheweth
that
Iulius
Caesar
in
his
battailes
as
it
is
iudged
,
hath
slaine
nintie
two
thousand
&
eleuen
hundreth
men
.
And
there
are
shewed
of
many
other
warres
&
great
slaughters
,
but
they
haue
not
eaten
one
another
.
Now
to
our
purpose
:
this
King
and
his
subiects
are
in
continual
warre
with
the
Portingalles
of
Morpion
,
Morpion
is
a
place
bending
towards
the
Riuer
of
Plate
,
or
to
the
straight
of
Magnellan
,
distant
from
the
lyne
twenty
six
degrées
,
being
subiect
to
the
Portingales
,
so
that
the
King
of
Portingale
hath
there
a
Lieutenant
generall
,
with
a
great
number
of
people
of
all
estates
,
and
slaues
,
whereas
they
behaue
them selues
so
well
,
that
there
commeth
from
thence
great
profit
to
the
King
of
Portingale
.
Nauas
.
Cochine
,
bearing
fruite
as
great
as
Pompion
,
the
leaues
lyke
to
a
Baye
trée
,
the
fruit
made
lyke
an
Estryge
egge
,
it
is
not
good
to
eate
,
but
pleasant
to
beholde
when
the
trée
is
ful
.
The
wyld
men
(
besyde
that
they
make
thereof
vessels
or
cups
to
drynk
in
,
)
they
make
a
certaine
mistery
as
straunge
as
is
possible
.
After
that
this
fruit
is
hollow
,
they
fyll
it
with
certaine
graines
of
Myll
,
or
such
lyke
,
then
with
a
stick
hauing
one
ende
in
the
grounde
,
the
other
ende
comming
thorough
,
being
decked
all
ouer
with
fayre
fethers
,
will
kepe
euery
housholde
after
this
sort
in
their
house
two
or
thrée
of
them
with
great
reuerence
,
thincking
these
poore
idolaters
in
handling
and
sounding
this
fruite
,
that
their
Toupan
speaketh
vnto
them
,
and
that
by
this
meanes
they
haue
reuellation
of
all
,
by
the
meanes
of
their
Prophets
,
so
that
they
esteme
and
thinke
therein
to
be
some
deuinitie
.
And
they
worship
no
other
thing
sensible
,
but
this
instrument
that
soundeth
when
it
is
handled
.
And
for
a
rare
and
straunge
thing
I
brought
one
of
them
home
,
the
which
I
got
secretly
from
one
,
with
many
skinnes
of
Birdes
of
diuerse
colours
,
of
the
which
I
made
present
to
Monsyer
Nicolas
of
Nicolay
,
the
Kings
Geographer
,
a
wittie
man
,
and
a
louer
,
not
onely
of
the
antiquitie
,
but
also
of
all
vertuous
things
.
And
synce
he
shewed
them
to
the
King
,
being
at
Paris
,
in
his
house
,
who
came
of
purpose
to
sée
the
booke
that
he
caused
to
be
printed
of
the
Easte
partes
,
and
he
shewed
mée
,
that
the
King
tooke
great
pleasure
to
sée
such
things
for
that
they
were
vntyll
then
vnknowen
.
Moreouer
there
is
plentie
of
Orenges
,
Citrous
,
Canes
of
Suger
.
To
bée
short
,
this
place
is
very
pleasaunt
.
There
is
also
a
Ryuer
not
very
great
,
whereas
there
are
founde
little
Pearles
,
and
great
store
of
Fyshe
,
chiefly
of
one
kynde
,
Piraipouchi
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
as
naughty
Fishe
:
it
is
maruellously
disformed
,
bréeding
or
ingendrieg
on
the
backe
of
a
dogge
Fishe
,
and
being
young
followeth
hir
as
his
principall
tutor
.
Furthermore
in
this
place
of
Morpion
,
the
which
is
inhabited
by
the
Portingalls
,
are
now
nourished
many
domesticall
beasts
,
the
which
the
sayd
Portingalls
haue
brought
thether
,
the
which
enrytcheth
greatly
,
and
setteth
out
the
countrey
,
besyde
his
naturall
excellencie
,
and
husbandry
,
the
which
is
dayly
more
and
more
excercised
.
Of
the
Ryuer
of
Platte
,
and
the
countrey
adiacent
.
Cap.
55.
SEing
that
we
are
so
farre
in
talke
,
America
,
the
which
the
Spaniards
haue
named
Platte
,
either
for
his
largenesse
,
or
for
his
Mines
of
Siluer
that
are
founde
hard
by
,
the
which
in
their
language
they
name
Platte
.
The
wylde
men
of
the
countrey
name
it
Paranagacu
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
,
as
Sea
,
or
great
congregation
of
water
.
This
Riuer
containeth
of
largenesse
,
twenty
six
leagues
,
Caape
Sainct
Augustine
,
six
hundreth
and
seuenty
leagues
.
I
thinke
that
name
of
Platte
,
hath
ben
giuen
by
those
that
first
did
discouer
it
,
for
the
reason
before
shewed
.
Also
at
their
firste
arriuall
thether
they
receiued
a
maruellous
ioye
,
thincking
that
this
ryuer
so
large
,
hadde
ben
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
the
which
they
sought
for
to
passe
on
the
other
syde
of
Ameryca
,
neuerthelesse
knowing
the
veritie
of
the
thing
,
they
delibered
to
sette
foote
on
lande
,
the
which
they
dyd
.
The
wylde
men
of
the
countrey
were
maruellously
amazed
,
hauing
neuer
séene
Christian
before
so
to
aborde
their
lymittes
.
But
by
succession
of
tyme
,
the
Spanyards
acquainted
them
with
the
wylde
men
,
alluring
them
by
giftes
and
otherwyse
,
so
that
in
viewing
the
Countrey
,
they
founde
many
Mynes
of
Syluer
,
and
after
that
then
hadde
thus
viewed
the
Countrey
,
and
marked
the
place
verie
well
,
then
they
retourned
hauing
loden
their
ships
with
Erasill
.
Spaniards
in
their
danger
,
Spanyards
that
were
in
their
Ships
,
threatning
them
with
the
lyke
,
if
that
they
dyd
descend
on
lande
:
the
which
things
were
shewed
to
me
by
a
Spaniard
that
was
in
one
of
the
shippes
.
Also
the
wylde
men
of
the
countrey
wil
shew
thereof
,
as
a
thing
worthy
of
memory
,
when
it
is
in
their
myndes
.
Spanyards
returned
againe
thether
with
a
bande
of
two
thousande
men
,
with
other
shippes
,
but
for
bicause
that
they
were
afflicted
with
sicknesse
,
Arual
,
in
Anno.
1541.
hauing
with
him
onely
two
hundreth
men
,
made
a
voyage
thyther
,
Spaniards
remained
there
Lordes
and
Maisters
,
beside
many
other
lands
adiacent
,
that
since
they
haue
conquered
euen
to
Moluques
in
the
Ocean
,
to
the
West
of
the
other
coast
of
America
,
so
that
at
this
day
they
haue
in
possession
a
great
deale
of
lande
about
this
fayre
Riuer
whereas
they
haue
builded
Townes
&
holds
.
And
some
of
the
wylde
men
adiacent
,
are
reconciled
with
them
,
and
become
Christians
,
True
it
is
that
about
a
hundreth
leagues
beyond
,
there
are
other
wylde
men
that
make
warre
with
them
,
being
stoute
men
and
of
great
stature
,
Canibals
.
This
kinde
of
people
go
so
swyftly
on
foote
;
that
they
will
easely
take
wilde
beastes
in
their
chase
:
they
liue
longer
than
any
of
the
other
wilde
men
doe
,
as
a
hundreth
and
fiftie
yeares
,
and
the
other
lesse
,
they
are
very
prone
and
subiect
to
that
damnable
sinne
of
lechery
,
haynous
before
God
,
the
which
I
omit
,
not
onely
for
the
respect
of
this
countrey
of
America
,
but
also
many
others
.
Spaniards
as
the
wilde
men
about
them
.
Now
to
our
purpose
.
This
Riuer
of
Platte
with
the
countrey
adiacent
,
is
now
very
riche
aswell
in
Siluer
as
in
stones
:
this
Riuer
swelleth
or
encreaseth
certaine
daies
in
the
yeare
as
doeth
Aurelana
that
is
at
Perou
,
and
Nyll
in
Egipt
.
At
the
mouth
of
this
Riuer
there
are
many
little
Ilands
,
of
the
which
some
are
inhabited
,
the
others
not
:
this
countrey
is
very
full
of
Hylls
and
Mountaines
,
from
the
Caape
S.
Mary
,
vnto
the
white
Caape
,
specially
that
towardes
Saint
Helenes
point
,
distant
from
the
Riuer
.65
.
leagues
,
and
from
thence
to
Arnes
Gowrdes
.30
.
leagues
,
then
from
thence
to
Basseas
,
to
the
other
land
so
named
bicause
of
the
great
valleis
that
there
are
.
And
from
Basseas
to
the
Abbey
of
Fonda
.75
.
leagues
.
The
rest
of
the
countrey
hath
not
ben
frequented
of
christians
,
extending
to
the
Caape
Saint
Dominik
,
or
Caape
Blanke
,
and
from
thence
to
the
Promentary
of
the
eleuen
thousand
Virgins
.52
.
degrées
and
a
halfe
beyond
the
Equinoctial
,
and
thereby
is
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
of
the
which
we
mynde
hereafter
to
speake
.
As
touching
the
flatte
countrey
,
it
is
at
this
present
very
fayre
,
by
an
infinit
number
of
Gardens
,
Fountaines
and
Riuers
of
swete
fresh
water
,
in
the
which
are
great
plenty
of
very
good
Fish
.
And
to
the
said
Riuers
,
there
haunteth
a
kinde
of
beast
,
that
the
wylde
men
name
in
there
language
Saricouiemia
,
Africa
.
And
to
conclude
,
this
countrey
now
is
brought
to
so
good
a
forme
,
that
it
would
not
be
taken
for
a
strange
countrey
:
for
the
wylde
men
of
the
countrey
haue
inuented
of
late
days
by
the
meanes
of
Christians
,
artes
and
sciences
very
ingeniously
,
so
that
they
may
be
a
very
spectacle
to
many
people
of
Asia
,
and
of
our
Europe
,
I
meane
of
those
that
curiously
obserue
and
kéepe
the
damnable
law
of
Mahomet
,
and
other
fonde
and
deuilish
Doctrine
.
Of
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
and
of
Daryen
.
Cap.
56.
SEing
that
we
are
come
so
neare
to
this
notable
place
,
it
shall
not
be
out
of
the
way
to
write
somewhat
thereof
.
Now
this
straight
,
called
in
Greke
Poeidinos
,
as
the
West
betwene
two
landes
,
named
in
Greke
Istmas
,
a
straight
or
a
pointe
of
lande
betwene
two
waters
,
as
that
of
Daryen
confineth
America
toward
the
South
,
and
there
seperateth
with
an
other
land
discouered
but
not
inhabited
,
euen
as
Gebaltar
doeth
Europe
with
Africa
,
and
that
of
Constantinople
doeth
Europe
with
Asia
,
being
named
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
by
his
name
that
first
dyd
discouer
it
,
Equinoctiall
,
contayning
of
bredth
,
two
leagues
by
one
only
height
straight
East
and
West
,
two
thousand
two
hundreth
leagues
from
the
North
to
the
South
,
furthermore
,
from
the
Caape
of
Essead
,
which
is
at
the
entring
of
the
straight
,
vnto
the
other
South
Sea
seuenty
foure
leagues
,
vntill
the
first
Caape
or
Promentary
,
which
is
fortie
degrées
.
This
straight
hath
ben
long
time
desired
and
sought
,
more
than
two
thousand
,
eight
hundreth
leagues
,
for
to
enter
by
this
straight
into
the
Sea
of
Magellan
,
to
attayne
to
the
Ilandes
of
Moluques
.
Americus
Vestucia
,
one
of
the
best
Pylots
that
euer
was
,
hath
coasted
almoste
from
Ireland
vnto
the
Cape
of
Saint
Augustin
,
by
the
commaundement
of
the
king
of
Portingale
the
yeare
.1501
.
And
since
another
Captaine
the
yeare
.1534
.
sayled
vnto
the
Region
named
of
Gyants
.
In
this
Region
betwene
the
Riuer
of
Platte
,
and
this
straight
,
the
inhabitaunts
are
very
mightie
,
named
in
their
language
Pategones
,
Giants
,
bicause
of
their
high
stature
,
&
forme
of
bodies
.
They
which
first
discouered
this
countrey
,
tooke
one
of
them
finely
,
being
twelue
foote
long
,
who
was
so
vneasie
to
holde
,
that
.25
.
men
had
inough
to
doe
about
him
,
and
for
to
kepe
him
it
behoued
them
to
bynde
his
féete
and
hands
in
their
shippe
,
notwithstanding
they
could
not
kepe
him
long
aliue
,
but
for
sorow
&
thought
(
as
they
saye
)
he
died
for
hunger
.
This
Region
is
of
lyke
temperatnesse
as
Canada
and
other
countries
néere
to
our
Pole
,
and
therefore
the
inhabitants
are
clothed
with
the
skynne
of
a
certaine
beast
named
in
their
speach
Su
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
,
as
Water
,
for
bicause
(
to
my
iudgement
)
that
this
beast
for
the
most
part
remaineth
in
the
waters
and
flouds
.
This
beast
is
a
rauenous
beast
,
made
after
a
straunge
maner
:
besides
this
if
she
be
chased
or
pursued
,
as
the
people
of
the
countrey
vse
to
doe
,
for
to
haue
the
skinne
,
she
taketh
hir
yong
ones
on
hir
backe
,
and
couering
them
with
hir
tayle
that
is
thick
and
long
,
saueth
hir selfe
with
running
.
Neuerthelesse
the
wild
men
of
the
countrey
vse
a
policie
for
to
take
this
beast
,
making
a
déepe
pit
in
the
grounde
néere
to
the
place
where
she
maketh
hir
most
residence
,
the
which
they
couer
ouer
with
gréene
leaues
,
so
that
in
running
knowing
not
of
this
pit
,
the
poore
beaste
falleth
in
with
hir
yong
ones
:
and
she
seing
hir selfe
thus
taken
,
in
hir
rage
she
kylleth
hir
yong
ones
,
and
maketh
such
a
terrible
noyse
,
that
she
maketh
the
wylde
men
afrayde
.
But
for
all
this
,
in
the
ende
,
they
kill
hir
with
darts
and
arrowes
,
and
then
they
take
hir
skinne
.
Now
to
our
purpose
.
This
captain
Fernandus
of
Magellan
,
a
couragious
man
,
Moluques
,
as
great
quantitie
of
spice
,
ginger
,
muske
,
gray
amber
,
myrabolanes
,
rubarbe
gold
,
pearles
,
and
other
richesse
,
specially
in
the
Ilandes
of
Matel
,
Magian
,
Tidora
,
and
Terenata
,
nere
inough
the
one
to
the
other
,
thinking
by
this
same
straight
to
find
a
way
more
shorter
and
necessarie
,
was
minded
to
attempt
it
,
departing
from
the
Canaries
,
to
the
Ilandes
of
Caape
verde
,
keping
his
right
course
to
the
promontarie
of
saincte
Augustine
eight
degrées
,
beside
the
line
,
Perou
,
in
the
land
of
Chagra
,
foure
lagues
from
Panana
,
and
from
the
goulfe
S.
Michel
.25
.
leagues
.
Not
long
after
a
captaine
hauing
sailed
a
certaine
time
vpon
these
floodes
,
aduentured
to
visite
the
countrey
.
And
the
king
of
the
wylde
men
of
that
countrey
,
Therea
,
receiued
hym
very
gently
with
presentes
of
golde
and
pearles
,
as
certaine
Spaniardes
haue
shewed
me
,
that
were
in
their
companie
,
although
that
in
going
on
the
land
they
were
not
without
greate
daunger
,
as
well
for
the
wilde
beastes
as
other
incommodities
.
They
founde
afterwarde
a
certaine
number
of
the
inhabitauntes
of
the
countrey
very
wilde
,
and
more
to
be
feared
than
the
first
,
to
the
which
for
the
smal
trust
and
confidence
that
they
had
in
them
,
they
offered
and
promised
theyr
seruice
and
friendshyp
,
specially
to
their
King
,
whome
they
call
Atorizo
,
Daryen
,
America
,
Moluques
,
wher
as
they
hauing
found
the
commodities
before
shewed
,
haue
fortified
them selues
hard
by
the
sea
,
so
that
by
this
straight
of
land
,
they
haue
without
comparison
shortened
their
way
,
without
entring
into
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
as
well
for
their
tradings
as
for
other
commodities
.
And
since
that
time
they
trafike
and
trade
to
the
Ilande
of
Moluques
,
the
which
are
great
,
&
at
this
present
inhabited
and
conuerted
to
the
christen
faith
,
the
which
before
was
peopled
with
very
cruel
people
,
much
more
cruell
than
those
of
America
,
which
wer
blinded
in
ignorance
,
and
hauing
no
knowledge
of
the
great
riches
and
tresure
that
the
countrey
brought
forth
.
About
this
place
of
the
west
sea
,
ther
are
foure
Ilands
desert
inhabited
(
as
they
say
)
onely
with
Satyres
,
therfore
they
haue
named
them
Ilands
of
Satyres
.
Likewise
in
this
same
sea
are
found
ten
Ilands
named
Manioles
,
inhabited
with
wilde
men
,
the
which
are
of
no
religion
,
nere
to
the
which
there
are
great
rocks
that
draw
the
ships
vnto
them
,
bicause
of
the
yron
wherwith
they
are
nailed
.
For
the
which
cause
those
that
trade
into
that
country
there
,
are
constrained
to
vse
small
ships
or
skiffes
pinned
with
wood
for
to
eschae
the
danger
of
these
rockes
or
adamant
stone
.
Thus
far
as
touchyng
the
straight
of
Magellan
.
Nowe
as
touchyng
the
other
lande
named
Australl
,
How
that
those
that
inhabite
from
the
riuer
of
Plate
vnto
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
are
our
Antipodes
.
cap.
57.
ALthough
we
se
as
wel
in
the
sea
as
in
riuers
,
many
Ilandes
diuided
&
separated
from
the
maine
land
,
yet
neuerthelesse
the
element
of
the
erth
is
estemed
to
be
one
alone
,
and
onely
bodie
,
the
whiche
is
no
other
thing
than
this
largenesse
of
the
earth
,
the
which
séemeth
vnto
vs
all
full
for
his
great
and
wonderful
amplitude
.
And
such
was
the
opinion
of
Thales
Milesius
,
one
of
the
seuen
wise
men
of
Grecia
,
and
other
philosophers
,
as
Plutarke
sheweth
.
Oecetes
the
great
philosopher
,
Pythagoras
ordained
.ij.
partes
of
the
world
,
that
is
,
this
wherin
we
inhabit
which
we
name
Hemispheria
,
and
that
of
the
Antipodes
,
which
we
likewise
cal
the
lower
Hemispherie
.
Theopompus
the
historiograph
sayth
after
Hermogenes
,
that
Silenas
shewed
king
Midas
,
that
there
was
an
other
world
and
globe
of
earth
than
this
which
we
are
in
.
Macrobius
last
of
all
,
doth
most
amply
treate
of
these
two
hemispheries
and
partes
of
the
earth
,
to
whose
works
ye
may
haue
recourse
yf
that
ye
minde
to
knowe
farther
on
the
opinions
of
Philssophie
.
But
thus
much
must
be
known
,
whether
that
these
two
partes
of
the
earth
ought
to
be
altogether
separated
as
earths
that
differ
,
and
so
to
be
iudged
to
be
two
worldes
,
the
which
is
not
true
,
considering
that
there
is
but
one
element
of
the
earth
,
the
whiche
wée
must
iudge
,
is
cut
by
the
sea
in
two
parts
,
as
Solin
writeth
in
his
polyhistor
,
speakyng
of
the
people
Hyperbores
,
but
I
had
rather
say
,
that
the
whole
worlde
is
separated
into
two
equall
partes
by
this
imagined
circle
which
we
name
equinoctiall
.
Furthermore
,
if
ye
behold
the
image
and
figure
of
the
worlde
in
a
globe
or
a
earde
,
ye
shall
clerely
sée
howe
the
sea
diuideth
the
earth
in
two
parts
,
not
altogether
equall
,
whiche
are
the
two
hemispheries
,
so
named
by
the
Grekes
,
one
parte
of
the
world
containeth
Asia
,
Affrica
,
and
Europe
,
the
other
containeth
America
,
Florida
,
Canada
,
and
other
regions
comprehended
vnder
the
names
of
the
occidentall
of
West
Indies
,
in
the
which
many
thinke
our
Antipodes
to
inhabite
.
Antipodes
:
some
iudge
and
think
that
there
are
none
,
others
that
there
are
,
and
that
they
are
those
that
inhabite
the
other
Hemispherie
,
which
to
vs
is
hidde
.
As
for
me
,
I
am
of
this
aduise
,
that
those
that
inhabit
vnder
the
two
Poles
(
for
we
haue
shewed
that
they
are
inhabited
)
are
Antipodes
,
one
to
the
other
.
For
example
,
those
that
inhabite
the
Northe
,
the
neerer
they
drawe
to
the
pole
,
the
higher
it
is
:
Antipodes
,
and
the
others
,
the
farther
they
withdrawe
to
the
Poles
,
approchyng
to
the
Equinoctiall
,
are
lesse
Antipodes
.
Therefore
I
take
for
right
Antipodes
,
those
that
inhabite
the
two
Poles
,
and
the
two
others
taken
directely
,
that
is
to
wyt
,
Easte
and
West
,
and
the
others
in
the
midst
Anticthones
,
rather
than
Antipodes
,
to
those
that
inhabit
in
Lima
,
Luzco
,
Eariquipa
,
or
Perou
,
to
those
that
aboute
this
greate
floud
Indus
,
in
the
countrey
of
Calicut
,
the
Iland
of
Zeilan
,
and
other
landes
of
Asia
,
the
inhabitants
of
the
Ilands
of
Moluques
,
from
whence
the
spices
come
,
to
those
of
Aethiopia
,
nowe
called
Ginney
.
And
for
thys
reason
,
Plinie
hath
well
spoken
,
that
it
was
Tabroban
,
where
as
were
the
Antipodes
,
Antipodes
,
with
Anticthones
.
For
truely
those
that
lyue
in
these
Ilandes
are
Anticthones
,
to
the
people
that
inhabite
that
parte
of
Aethiopia
,
takyng
from
the
riuer
of
Nyll
,
vnto
the
Ilande
of
Meroa
.
Although
that
those
of
Mexicona
,
are
directely
Antipodes
,
to
the
people
of
Arabia
,
Felicia
,
and
those
that
are
at
the
endes
of
the
Caape
of
good
hope
.
Nowe
the
Greekes
haue
named
those
Antipodes
,
that
goe
with
their
féete
ouerthwart
one
ouer
an
other
,
as
those
of
which
we
haue
shewed
.
And
Anticthones
,
Anteci
,
as
the
Spanyards
,
Frenchmen
,
and
Almaynes
,
to
those
that
inhabite
nere
to
the
riuer
of
Plate
,
and
the
Patagones
,
of
the
which
we
haue
spoken
in
the
former
Chapter
,
whiche
are
nere
to
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
are
Antipodes
,
the
others
named
Pateci
,
Antaeci
.
And
although
that
these
two
proprely
are
not
Antipodes
,
notwithstanding
they
are
commonly
called
so
,
and
many
mixe
them
one
with
an
other
.
Caape
of
good
hope
,
are
not
to
vs
altogether
Antipodes
,
but
those
whome
they
call
Anteci
,
the
which
inhabite
a
lande
not
opposite
,
but
diuided
,
as
those
that
are
beyonde
the
Equinoctiall
,
to
vs
that
are
here
,
euen
to
come
to
the
Antipodes
.
I
doubt
not
but
that
many
do
mystake
this
maner
of
going
of
the
Antipodes
,
which
hath
ben
the
cause
that
many
haue
not
approued
it
.
Augustine
in
the
.xv.
boke
of
the
Citie
of
God
.
chap.
ix
.
but
he
that
wold
diligently
consider
shal
find
it
very
easy
to
comprehend
.
If
it
be
so
that
the
earth
is
round
like
a
globe
,
hanging
in
the
midst
of
the
worlde
,
it
must
nedes
be
,
that
it
be
beholden
of
the
firmament
on
all
sides
.
Therfore
we
that
inhabite
the
higher
Hemispherie
,
as
touchyng
vs
,
we
sée
one
part
of
the
firmament
to
vs
propre
&
particular
.
The
others
inhabiting
the
lower
Hemispherie
,
)
we
being
to
them
superior
)
they
se
the
other
part
of
the
firmament
which
to
them
is
appropried
.
There
is
like
reson
of
the
one
as
of
the
other
:
but
ye
shal
note
that
these
two
Hemispheries
haue
one
onely
and
common
centrie
in
the
earth
.
Thus
much
of
the
Antipodes
:
now
to
our
mater
.
How
these
wilde
men
exercise
husbandry
and
make
gardens
of
a
roote
named
Manihot
,
and
of
a
tree
that
they
name
Peno
absou
.
Ca.
58.
OVr
Americans
in
the
time
of
peace
,
haue
litle
other
occupations
but
to
make
gardens
,
America
haue
lerned
to
labour
the
earth
,
not
with
oxen
and
horses
or
other
domestical
beasts
as
we
haue
here
,
for
they
haue
none
such
,
but
with
the
sweat
and
labour
of
their
bodies
,
as
the
like
also
in
other
prouinces
,
notwithstanding
that
which
they
laboure
is
very
little
,
as
certaine
gardens
distant
from
their
houses
about
two
or
thrée
leagues
,
where
as
they
sowe
only
Myll
,
and
no
other
grayne
,
but
they
plante
certaine
rootes
,
the
which
they
gather
two
tymes
a
yeare
,
at
Christmasse
,
whiche
is
their
Sommer
,
when
the
Sun
is
in
Capricornus
and
at
Pentecost
:
this
Myl
is
as
great
as
a
pease
,
commonly
white
and
blacke
,
Myll
and
rootes
which
they
name
Hetich
,
Europe
.
Notwithstanding
,
it
is
a
wonderful
thing
that
it
will
not
beare
oure
corne
,
suche
as
wée
haue
and
vse
.
I
my selfe
haue
sometymes
▪
sowed
,
for
we
caried
corne
with
vs
for
to
proue
,
but
it
would
neuer
profite
.
And
to
my
iudgement
,
it
is
not
long
of
the
grounde
,
but
of
some
other
litle
vermine
that
eateth
it
in
the
earthe
:
Neuerthelesse
,
those
that
are
remaining
there
,
may
in
tyme
make
a
surer
triall
and
experience
.
Americanes
,
it
is
not
to
be
maruelled
,
though
they
neuer
had
the
vse
of
corne
:
For
likewise
in
our
Europe
,
and
in
other
countreys
,
at
the
first
men
liued
with
such
fruites
as
the
earth
brought
forth
of
hir selfe
without
any
mans
labour
.
True
it
is
that
husbandry
is
verie
auncient
,
as
appeareth
in
Holie
Scripture
by
Abell
and
Cain
.
Diodorus
writeth
,
that
the
fyrst
bread
was
sene
in
Italy
,
being
brought
thither
by
Isis
,
Quene
of
Egipt
,
the
whiche
shewed
the
meane
howe
to
grynde
corne
,
and
to
bake
bread
:
for
before
they
dyd
eate
the
fruites
of
the
earth
,
as
Nature
brought
them
forthe
,
whether
that
the
earth
was
laboured
or
no
:
but
that
all
men
vniuersally
on
the
earth
haue
liued
like
as
do
the
brute
beastes
,
it
is
rather
a
fable
than
a
true
story
fained
by
Poets
,
and
of
suche
as
imitate
them
,
as
Virgile
sheweth
in
Georgicon
.
But
I
beleue
rather
the
holie
Scripture
that
maketh
mention
of
Abell
,
and
of
his
first
fruites
that
he
offered
to
God
.
Well
the
Americanes
make
meale
of
those
rootes
that
are
called
Manihot
,
which
are
as
great
as
my
arme
,
Patallionis
,
which
are
in
number
sixe
or
seuen
at
the
ende
of
euery
trée
,
and
euery
leafe
halfe
a
foote
long
,
&
thrée
fingers
brode
.
Their
maner
to
make
this
sustenaunce
or
meate
is
this
:
they
bruse
these
rootes
either
drie
or
gréene
,
with
a
large
barke
of
a
trée
,
garnished
aboute
with
very
harde
stones
:
this
beyng
done
,
they
make
it
hot
in
some
vessell
of
earth
on
the
fire
with
a
certaine
quantitie
of
water
,
so
that
it
gathereth
into
small
lumpes
,
and
it
is
very
good
when
it
is
thus
vsed
,
and
a
good
nourisher
.
And
ye
shall
vnderstande
,
that
from
Perou
,
Canada
,
and
Florida
,
in
all
the
landes
and
countreys
betwene
the
Ocean
and
Magellan
,
as
America
,
Caniball
,
euen
to
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
they
vse
this
kinde
of
foode
,
the
which
is
very
common
,
and
yet
there
is
distant
from
the
one
end
to
the
other
more
than
two
thousande
leagues
by
lande
,
and
they
vse
it
with
their
fleshe
and
fishe
as
we
doe
breade
.
These
wilde
men
vse
a
strange
maner
in
their
eating
,
Americans
doe
plant
beanes
,
the
which
are
all
white
and
flatte
,
more
large
and
longer
than
ours
.
Also
they
haue
a
kynde
of
white
gourdes
,
not
differing
to
those
that
grow
in
Turkey
and
Italy
,
they
boyle
them
and
then
eate
them
with
salte
,
Nenuphar
,
Nenuphar
,
a
kinde
of
colewort
.
Peno
absou
a
tree
.
with
an
other
kinde
of
herbe
,
growing
like
our
thistles
.
Nowe
there
resteth
to
speake
of
a
trée
,
which
they
name
in
their
language
Peno
absou
.
This
trée
beareth
a
fruite
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
good
bigge
apple
round
like
an
egge
,
the
which
is
not
good
to
eate
,
but
rather
daungerous
,
as
poyson
.
This
fruite
hath
within
sixe
nuttes
like
our
Almondes
,
but
somewhat
more
larger
and
flatte
,
in
the
which
is
a
kernel
,
which
(
as
they
say
)
is
good
to
heale
woundes
and
sores
,
when
that
they
haue
bene
hurte
in
the
warre
with
the
Arrowes
of
their
enimies
or
otherwise
.
I
haue
brought
of
them
into
France
,
which
I
haue
giuen
vnto
my
frends
:
the
meane
to
vse
them
is
this
:
First
they
draw
out
of
this
kernell
certaine
oyle
,
the
which
they
put
vpon
the
wounde
.
The
barke
of
this
trée
hath
a
very
straunge
smell
,
and
the
leafe
always
gréene
,
of
the
thyckenesse
of
a
testorne
,
and
made
lyke
the
leaues
of
Pourslane
.
In
this
trée
frequenteth
a
byrde
,
hauing
a
great
bushe
of
feathers
on
hir
head
as
yealowe
as
fyne
golde
,
Aegypte
,
that
beare
Dates
,
for
these
beare
none
,
but
other
kynde
of
fruites
,
some
as
great
as
an
egge
,
the
others
lesse
.
Among
the
whiche
palme
trées
,
Gerahuua
,
a nother
named
Iry
,
the
whyche
beareth
a nother
kynde
of
fruite
,
differing
:
there
is
also
that
dothe
beare
their
fruite
all
rounde
,
and
as
greate
as
a
prune
or
damsyn
,
beyng
of
the
like
coloure
when
it
is
rype
,
the
whiche
before
hath
a
taste
lyke
veriuyce
:
it
beareth
a
whyte
kernell
of
the
greatnesse
of
a
hasyll
nutte
,
the
which
these
wylde
men
doe
eate
.
Thus
muche
as
touchyng
oure
America
,
the
whiche
I
haue
thoughte
good
to
sette
oute
after
that
I
had
knowne
the
secretes
therof
,
the
whiche
wée
maye
hereafter
sette
forth
more
at
large
.
Lykewise
of
many
trées
,
hearbes
,
and
other
secretes
with
their
propreties
,
accordyng
to
the
experience
of
the
people
of
the
cuntrey
,
the
which
we
haue
left
out
to
auoyde
prolixitie
.
Also
we
haue
thoughte
good
by
the
way
somewhat
to
speake
as
touchyng
the
lande
of
Brasile
.
Howe
and
after
what
sorte
the
lande
of
America
was
discouered
,
and
Brasill
wood
founde
:
with
many
other
trees
sene
no
where
but
in
that
countrey
.
Cap.
59.
THis
we
know
of
a
truth
,
that
Americus
Vesputia
is
the
firste
that
discouered
the
mayne
lande
betwene
the
two
seas
,
Portingals
many
tymes
being
not
content
with
their
limits
,
haue
alwayes
hazarded
themselues
to
discouer
and
fynd
out
countreis
,
euen
as
they
founde
the
commodities
,
and
as
they
were
intertained
of
the
people
of
the
countrey
.
They
therfore
visiting
the
countreys
,
and
séeking
as
the
Troyans
dyd
in
the
lande
of
Carthage
,
they
sawe
diuers
fourmes
and
manners
of
feathers
,
with
the
whiche
they
dyd
trade
and
traffike
,
specially
redde
ones
,
whiche
were
coloured
,
so
that
they
were
desirous
to
knowe
the
meane
howe
to
make
this
coloure
.
The
people
of
the
countrey
shewed
them
the
Brasille
trée
,
whyche
they
doe
name
in
their
language
Oraboutan
,
Portingales
broughte
home
their
shyps
laden
therewyth
.
And
synce
that
wée
haue
hadde
the
knowledge
of
yt
,
thereof
is
made
a
verie
greate
trade
.
The
Portingales
can
not
abyde
that
any
other
people
or
Nation
should
trade
thether
,
for
that
they
were
the
first
that
discouered
that
countrey
which
is
of
a
truth
.
This
brasill
trée
beareth
leaues
like
vnto
boxe
,
so
litle
but
very
thicke
,
it
rendreth
no
gumme
as
others
doe
,
neyther
beareth
it
any
fruite
:
It
hath
bene
better
estéemed
than
it
is
at
this
present
,
specially
in
the
east
countreys
:
at
the
first
it
was
thought
,
that
this
was
of
that
kinde
of
wood
that
the
Quéene
of
Saba
brought
to
king
Salomon
,
as
is
shewed
in
the
first
booke
of
the
Kings
.
Onesicritus
,
in
a
voyage
that
he
made
into
the
Ilande
of
Tabroban
,
lying
in
the
Ocean
sea
,
towarde
the
east
Indies
,
brought
a
greate
quantitie
of
this
wood
and
other
things
requisite
,
the
which
his
master
Alexander
did
highly
commende
and
estéeme
.
As
touching
this
Brasill
,
that
whiche
is
on
the
side
of
the
riuer
of
Ianaria
,
Morpion
,
and
Caape
de
Fria
,
is
better
than
that
of
Caniball
,
and
on
the
coast
of
Marignan
.
When
that
the
Christians
are
there
for
to
laade
Brasill
,
the
wylde
men
of
the
countrey
cut
it
them selues
,
and
sometimes
they
bring
or
carie
it
thrée
or
foure
leagues
to
the
shippes
.
I
leaue
to
youre
iudgement
their
paine
and
trauel
,
and
al
for
to
get
some
poore
or
course
wéede
and
shirt
.
Moreouer
in
that
countrie
is
founde
an
other
wood
yellow
,
with
the
which
some
make
their
swordes
.
Likewise
an
other
of
the
coloure
of
purple
,
Plutarke
speaketh
of
,
saying
that
Caius
Marius
Rutilius
,
the
first
Dictatour
of
the
publike
weale
among
the
Romanes
,
caused
to
bée
drawne
in
a
purple
woodde
a
battayle
,
Affrica
.
Furthermore
,
there
are
founde
other
trées
,
of
which
the
woodde
is
as
white
as
paper
,
Plinie
speaketh
,
Betula
,
white
and
tender
,
of
the
whiche
were
made
the
wandes
that
were
borne
before
the
Magistrates
of
Rome
.
And
euen
as
there
are
found
and
sene
diuers
kynds
of
trées
differing
in
forme
,
color
&
other
propreties
,
so
in
like
maner
is
found
diuersitie
of
grounde
and
earth
,
some
fatter
than
others
.
America
,
though
not
so
much
as
I
haue
and
might
haue
séene
,
but
so
much
as
I
thought
worthie
to
bee
noted
and
written
,
for
to
satisfie
and
content
the
gentle
good
will
of
the
louyng
Readers
,
if
that
it
please
them
to
take
as
great
pleasure
and
pacience
to
reade
it
,
as
I
haue
taken
paines
after
so
many
trauailes
and
paines
in
this
harde
and
daungerous
voyage
to
sette
it
forth
.
I
am
sure
that
some
will
fynde
this
my
discourse
t●
long
,
others
to
shorte
.
Therefore
I
séeke
to
kéepe
a
meane
to
satisfie
and
contente
euery
mans
desire
.
Of
oure
departyng
from
Fraunce
Antartike
,
or
America
.
Capit.
60.
WE
haue
here
before
gathered
together
,
and
shewed
amply
and
at
large
of
these
nations
,
the
which
of
auncient
Historiographers
was
vnknowne
.
Nowe
therefore
after
we
had
remained
there
in
that
countreye
,
as
long
as
oportunitie
dydde
serue
,
and
also
needefull
for
the
contentation
of
the
mynde
,
we
beganne
to
make
prouision
for
oure
returne
,
beyng
not
mynded
to
remayne
there
any
longer
.
Therefore
vnder
the
conducte
of
Mounsieur
Albois
the
Countie
,
America
,
a
worthie
Gentleman
,
and
well
séene
in
nauigation
,
as
if
all
hys
life
time
he
had
exercised
it
,
beside
other
vertues
.
We
toke
a
clean
contrary
way
to
that
whiche
we
came
,
bicause
of
the
windes
that
are
propre
to
retourne
:
but
oure
returne
was
longer
by
fiue
hundreth
leagues
than
the
waye
we
went
,
and
more
dangerous
:
so
the
last
day
of
Ianuarie
at
foure
of
the
clocke
in
the
mornyng
,
we
toke
shypping
with
those
that
caried
backe
the
shippes
,
we
sayled
oute
of
the
Riuer
of
Ianaria
,
into
the
greate
sea
on
the
other
syde
,
drawyng
towarde
the
Weste
,
leauyng
vpon
the
ryghte
hande
the
coaste
of
Aethiopia
,
the
whiche
we
coasted
thytherwarde
.
At
the
whyche
departure
,
the
wynde
was
to
vs
very
fauourable
,
but
not
of
long
continuaunce
:
for
sodainly
the
winde
dydde
chaunge
euen
ryght
a
heade
to
the
North
,
and
Northwest
,
the
whyche
wyth
the
sea
ragynge
and
vnconstant
in
those
partes
,
kepte
vs
from
our
right
course
,
castyng
vs
nowe
here
and
there
,
vntyll
at
the
last
with
greate
difficultie
,
we
discouered
Cape
de
Fria
,
where
as
we
came
a
lande
at
our
first
comming
thyther
.
And
agayne
,
we
stayed
there
the
space
of
eyght
days
,
And
the
nynthe
daye
the
Southe
wynde
beganne
to
blowe
,
the
whyche
dydde
conducte
vs
nynetie
Leagues
into
the
Mayne
sea
,
leauyng
the
lower
countrey
,
and
coastyng
a
farre
off
Mahouac
,
bicause
of
the
daungers
.
For
the
Portingals
kéepe
that
quarter
,
and
the
wilde
men
,
which
vnto
vs
are
bothe
enimies
(
as
I
haue
shewed
)
where
as
within
these
.ij.
yeares
,
they
haue
founde
Mynes
of
golde
and
syluer
,
which
hath
caused
them
to
buylde
in
that
place
,
and
to
strengthen
them selues
there
to
inhabite
.
Nowe
we
sailyng
continually
vpon
the
sea
wyth
greate
perill
,
vntill
we
came
to
the
heigth
of
Caape
saint
Augustine
,
Caape
of
good
hope
,
why
it
is
called
Lyon
of
the
sea
.
Caape
of
saint
Michell
.
And
no
maruell
,
for
I
know
some
of
good
memorie
,
that
haue
bene
doublyng
of
this
Caape
thrée
or
foure
moneths
:
and
if
the
wynde
had
not
bene
fauourable
,
we
had
bene
in
daunger
to
haue
stayed
longer
,
although
there
had
hapned
no
other
inconuenience
.
This
Caape
is
of
length
.8
.
leagues
distant
from
the
ryuer
from
whence
we
be
departed
.302
.
leagues
.
It
entreth
into
the
sea
nine
or
tenne
leagues
at
the
least
,
and
therfore
it
is
as
muche
feared
of
the
nauigants
or
sailers
on
that
coast
,
as
the
Caape
of
good
hope
,
on
the
coast
of
Ethiopia
,
the
which
for
this
cause
they
haue
named
Lyon
of
the
sea
,
as
I
haue
alreadie
,
shewed
:
Or
like
to
that
which
in
the
sea
Aegee
,
in
Acaia
,
the
which
is
nowe
called
Moorelande
.
Also
Caape
S.
Angell
,
the
whiche
also
is
very
daungerous
.
Marins
.
This
Pynson
with
his
sonne
haue
maruellously
discouered
vnknowne
countreyes
,
not
before
founde
out
.
The
yeare
.1501
.
Emanuell
kyng
of
Portingale
sent
him
into
the
base
America
,
for
to
find
the
straight
of
Forna
,
and
Daryen
,
that
they
might
passe
more
easier
to
Moluques
,
without
going
to
the
straight
of
Forna
,
and
Daryen
,
that
they
might
passe
more
easier
to
Moluques
,
without
going
to
the
straight
of
Magellan
.
And
they
sayling
on
that
coast
discouered
this
fayre
Promentary
,
whereas
setting
foote
on
lande
they
found
the
place
so
fayre
and
temperate
;
although
it
be
but
.340
.
Degrées
of
longitude
minute
.0
.
and
eight
of
latitude
,
mynute
.0
.
that
they
there
stayed
,
to
the
which
place
since
are
gone
other
Portingals
,
with
a
number
of
ships
and
people
,
and
by
succession
of
tyme
,
hauinge
allured
the
people
of
the
countrey
by
giftes
,
and
pacified
them
,
they
made
a
holde
named
Castell
Marin
,
Fermanbow
,
trading
there
one
with
another
.
The
Portingals
laade
cotton
,
wild
beastes
skynnes
,
spices
,
and
among
other
things
prisoners
that
the
wild
men
of
the
countrey
take
in
the
warres
of
their
enimies
,
the
which
they
carrie
into
Portingall
for
to
sell
.
Of
the
Canibals
as
well
of
the
mayne
lande
as
of
the
Ilands
,
and
of
a
tree
named
Acaion
.
Cap.
61.
THis
greate
Promentary
being
this
doubled
and
affronted
with
greate
difficultie
it
behoued
vs
to
attempt
fortune
and
to
shorten
our
way
as
much
as
was
possible
,
not
keping
farre
of
from
the
mayne
land
,
chiefly
ceasting
somewhat
néere
to
the
Iland
of
S.
Paule
,
Canibals
,
the
whiche
countrey
deuideth
the
King
of
Spayns
lande
from
the
King
of
Portingall
,
as
hereafter
shal
be
shewed
.
Seing
that
we
are
come
to
these
Canibals
we
will
speake
our
worde
.
This
people
from
the
Caape
S.
Augustine
,
and
beyond
,
néere
to
Marignan
,
is
the
moste
cruellest
,
and
inhumayne
people
that
are
in
America
.
These
imps
eat
most
commonly
humayne
flesh
,
as
we
do
biefe
or
mutton
,
&
haue
therevnto
more
appetite
and
delight
:
and
this
is
of
a
truthe
,
that
when
they
haue
any
of
their
enimies
in
their
hands
,
it
is
hard
to
get
them
from
them
,
for
the
great
desire
that
they
haue
to
eate
them
,
like
Rauening
Lyons
.
There
is
no
beast
in
the
wildernesse
neither
in
the
desartes
of
Africa
or
Arabia
,
that
longeth
so
sore
or
that
is
so
gredie
of
humayne
flesh
,
as
these
wild
and
brutish
people
.
Also
ther
is
no
nation
that
can
be
acquaynted
w●th
them
,
neither
Christians
nor
others
:
And
none
can
trade
into
their
countrey
without
leauing
of
pledges
,
so
mistrustfull
they
are
,
thinking
themselues
of
more
credit
than
others
.
For
this
cause
the
Spaniards
and
Portingals
,
haue
played
them
some
ill
tricks
,
in
memorial
whereof
,
when
that
they
may
get
any
of
them
,
God
knoweth
how
they
are
handled
,
for
there
is
no
other
way
but
death
,
and
so
to
be
eaten
and
deuoured
of
these
imps
.
Therefore
there
is
continuall
warre
betwene
them
and
these
people
,
and
many
Christians
they
haue
deuoured
.
These
Canibals
haue
on
their
lips
,
Continuall
warre
betwene
the
Spaniardes
and
the
Canibals
.
The
fruitfulnesse
of
their
countrey
.
stones
gréene
and
white
as
the
other
wild
men
haue
,
but
without
comparison
more
longer
,
for
they
descende
euen
to
their
breast
.
Moreouer
the
countrey
is
fruitefull
ynough
,
better
than
belongeth
to
such
wicked
beasts
,
for
it
beareth
great
quantitie
of
fruits
,
hearbes
and
wholsome
rootes
,
with
a
great
nomber
of
trées
,
named
by
them
Acaion
,
bearing
a
fruit
as
big
as
my
fist
,
fashioned
lyke
a
Goose
egge
:
some
of
them
therewith
make
a
kind
of
beuerage
,
although
the
fruite
is
not
good
to
eate
,
at
the
top
of
this
fruite
groweth
a
kynde
of
nuts
,
made
lyke
a
Cunneys
tayle
,
&
the
kernel
within
is
very
good
to
eate
,
after
it
hath
had
the
heat
of
the
fier
.
The
shel
is
very
ful
of
oyle
,
hauing
a
sharpe
taaste
,
with
the
which
the
wilde
men
maye
make
more
store
and
plenty
,
than
we
can
of
our
nuts
:
the
leafe
of
this
trée
is
lyke
to
the
leafe
of
a
peare
trée
,
a
little
more
pointed
and
red
at
the
ende
:
the
barcke
of
this
trée
,
is
tauney
and
bitter
,
the
wilde
men
put
this
woode
to
no
vse
,
for
that
it
is
somewhat
tender
and
softe
.
In
the
Ilandes
of
the
Canibals
,
whereas
there
is
greate
plenty
of
these
trées
,
they
cut
the
woode
to
burne
,
for
that
they
haue
little
other
wood
,
and
also
Gaiac
.
This
much
as
touching
this
trée
Acaion
.
There
are
also
other
trées
whereof
the
fruite
is
daungerous
to
eate
,
among
the
which
there
is
one
named
Haouay
.
Furthermore
this
countrey
is
full
of
hills
&
mountaynes
,
Caape
S.
Augustine
,
vnto
the
Ryuer
of
Marignan
,
they
vse
all
one
manner
of
liuing
,
as
the
others
doe
,
at
Caape
de
Fria
:
the
same
Riuer
separateth
the
lande
of
Perou
,
from
the
Canibals
,
The
Ryuer
of
Marignan
separateth
Perou
from
the
Canibals
.
Aurelane
a
Riuer
of
Perou
.
The
Iland
of
the
Trinitie
very
riche
.
and
hath
in
bredth
at
the
mouth
fiftene
leagues
or
thereabout
,
with
some
Ilandes
peopled
and
riche
in
golde
,
for
the
wilde
men
haue
founde
,
a
meane
howe
to
trye
it
,
and
to
make
broade
rings
lyke
to
buckles
,
and
others
,
that
they
hang
on
their
nostrels
,
and
on
their
chéekes
,
the
whiche
they
carrie
for
magnificence
.
The
Spaniardes
say
,
that
the
greate
Ryuer
that
commeth
from
Perou
,
named
Aurelane
,
and
this
,
do
méete
:
vpon
this
Riuer
there
is
another
Iland
named
the
Trinitie
,
distant
ten
degrées
from
the
lyne
,
hauing
in
length
about
.30
.
leagues
,
&
in
breadth
about
.8
.
leagues
,
the
which
is
the
richest
Ilande
that
may
be
found
in
any
parte
,
for
that
it
beareth
al
kinde
of
mettals
.
But
for
that
the
Spaniardes
,
landing
there
many
tymes
for
to
bring
it
to
their
subiection
and
obedience
,
haue
cruelly
handled
the
inhabitantes
,
therefore
they
haue
bene
rudtly
repulsed
,
and
the
better
parte
destroyed
.
This
Ilande
bringeth
forth
abundance
of
a
certaine
fruite
,
Frankinsence
,
and
Gaiac
:
lykewise
in
many
other
Ilandes
néere
to
the
mayne
lande
.
Also
there
is
betwene
Perou
,
and
the
Canibals
,
many
Ilandes
named
Canibals
,
somewhat
néere
to
Zamana
,
of
which
the
chiefest
is
distant
from
the
Spanish
Iland
.30
.
leagues
,
al
the
which
Ilands
are
vnder
the
obedience
of
a
King
,
whome
they
call
Sassique
,
of
his
subiectes
he
is
wel
obeyed
.
The
greatest
Iland
hath
in
length
.60
.
leagues
,
and
of
bredth
.48
.
rude
and
ful
of
mountaynes
,
almost
comparable
to
the
Iland
of
Corsa
,
in
the
which
their
King
kepeth
customably
.
The
wilde
men
of
this
Ilande
are
mortall
enimies
to
the
Spaniards
,
after
such
a
sorte
,
that
they
can
by
no
meanes
trade
.
Also
these
people
are
vglie
to
beholde
,
hye
minded
,
and
couragious
,
very
subiect
to
thefte
,
there
are
many
trées
of
Gaiac
,
and
another
that
beareth
a
fruite
of
the
greatnesse
of
an
Egge
,
very
fayre
to
behold
,
neuerthelesse
it
is
venemous
,
therefore
they
temper
therewith
their
arrowes
,
that
they
vse
to
ayde
them selues
with
againste
theyr
enimies
in
the
iuyce
or
lykor
of
this
fruite
.
There
is
yet
another
,
of
the
whiche
the
lykor
that
commeth
forth
is
poyson
,
notwithstanding
the
roote
is
very
good
to
eate
,
and
therewith
they
make
breade
as
in
America
,
although
that
the
truncke
,
the
branches
,
&
the
leaues
do
not
greatly
differ
.
The
reason
why
this
trée
shoulde
beare
bothe
sustenance
and
poyson
,
I
leaue
to
the
Philosophers
to
iudge
&
contemplate
.
Their
vsage
in
warre
is
,
as
the
Americans
and
other
Canibals
,
of
which
we
haue
shewed
.
Of
the
Riuer
of
Amazones
,
otherwise
named
Aurelane
,
by
the
which
ye
maye
sayle
into
the
countrey
of
Amazones
,
and
into
Fraunce
Antartike
.
Cap.
62.
WHilest
that
I
haue
pen
in
hande
for
to
write
of
places
discouered
and
inhabited
beyonde
our
Equinoctiall
,
betwene
the
South
and
the
West
,
for
to
bring
things
to
light
,
and
to
giue
more
euident
knowledge
,
I
am
determined
to
set
out
in
writing
a
voyage
as
farre
,
as
difficile
and
hard
and
most
dangerously
aduentured
of
the
Spaniards
,
as
wel
by
water
as
by
lande
vnto
the
Territorie
of
the
peaceable
sea
,
Mare
Magellan
,
or
the
sea
of
Magellan
,
wheras
are
the
Ilandes
of
Moluques
and
others
.
And
for
that
ye
shall
note
this
better
,
ye
shall
vnderstande
,
that
the
King
of
Spayne
hath
vnder
his
obedience
much
lande
in
the
West
Indies
,
as
wel
in
Ilands
as
mayn
land
at
Perou
&
America
,
the
which
by
succession
of
time
he
hath
obtained
and
gotten
,
by
which
meanes
at
this
day
he
receiueth
great
profit
from
thence
.
Now
among
others
,
a
Spanish
Captayne
being
in
his
princes
behofe
at
Perou
,
Plate
,
the
which
is
distant
from
Caape
S.
Augustine
.
700.
Leagues
beyonde
the
line
,
and
from
the
sayd
Caape
to
the
Ilandes
of
Perou
,
about
thrée
hundreth
leagues
.
This
Captayne
not
waying
the
difficultie
that
there
was
in
the
long
way
,
neither
in
the
excessible
high
mountaines
,
neyther
yet
in
the
people
nor
in
the
wilde
beasts
,
but
onely
in
the
executing
of
this
high
enterprise
,
beside
the
wonderfull
riches
,
wich
being
done
he
should
get
him selfe
an
immortall
fame
,
for
him
and
all
his
posteritie
.
This
Captayne
hauing
therefore
made
all
things
in
a
redinesse
,
and
in
good
order
as
the
case
required
,
carying
with
him
certayne
Marchandise
whereby
to
get
vittails
by
the
way
,
and
other
munitions
,
hauing
in
his
company
fiftie
Spaniards
,
with
a
certayne
number
of
slaues
,
for
to
labor
and
to
doe
other
seruice
,
with
certayne
Indians
,
that
had
bene
made
Christians
,
as
well
for
to
conduct
them
,
as
for
to
intreprete
the
languages
set
forward
with
certaine
Caruels
or
smal
Skifs
on
the
Ryuer
of
Aurelana
,
Molubeba
,
with
the
Ryuer
of
Marignan
:
notwithstanding
their
entrie
or
beginning
is
distant
.104
.
leagues
one
from
another
,
and
they
are
mixed
aboue
sixe
hundreth
leagues
,
within
the
playne
countrey
,
the
sea
or
floode
entering
in
aboue
.40
.
leagues
.
Nill
,
that
passeth
by
Egypte
,
proceding
from
the
mountaynes
of
the
Moone
,
according
to
the
opinion
of
some
,
the
which
also
I
thinke
to
be
so
.
It
was
named
Aurelana
,
by
the
name
of
him
,
that
firste
made
vpon
it
a
long
Nauigation
.
Amazones
:
it
is
very
dangerous
bicause
of
certayne
rockes
,
and
other
inconueniences
which
cannot
be
auoyded
but
with
greate
difficultie
.
Being
entered
somewhat
farre
into
the
Ryuer
,
there
are
certayne
fayre
Ilands
,
of
whiche
some
are
peopled
,
the
others
not
.
Moreouer
this
Riuer
is
dangerous
all
a
long
,
for
that
it
is
peopled
as
wel
in
the
Ilandes
as
on
the
banckes
,
with
many
strange
and
Barbarous
people
,
the
whiche
of
a
long
tyme
haue
had
enimitie
and
hatred
to
Spanyardes
,
and
others
strangers
,
fearing
leaste
they
shoulde
aborde
theyr
countrey
,
and
spoyle
them
.
Also
if
that
by
misfortune
they
get
any
,
they
kill
them
without
remission
.
And
eate
them
rosted
and
boyled
,
as
they
doe
other
flesh
.
Therefore
taking
ship
in
one
of
these
Ilandes
of
Perou
,
Holy
Crosse
,
in
the
greate
Sea
,
for
to
get
the
straight
of
this
floode
or
Ryuer
,
with
a
fayre
winde
they
set
of
,
coasting
néere
ynough
to
the
lande
,
for
to
vew
and
knowe
the
countrey
,
the
people
,
and
for
many
other
commodities
.
Coasting
then
in
their
Nauigation
nowe
héere
now
there
as
the
commoditie
did
permit
,
the
wilde
men
of
the
countrey
shewed
themselues
in
greate
number
on
the
bankes
,
with
certayne
signes
of
admiration
,
séeing
this
strange
Nauigation
,
and
array
of
people
,
vessels
and
munitions
proper
for
warre
.
In
the
meane
tyme
,
the
Nauigantes
were
not
a
little
astonyed
for
their
parte
for
to
sée
such
a
multitude
of
vnciuill
people
and
altogether
brutish
,
which
by
their
countenance
shewed
,
that
they
would
destresse
them
,
the
which
occasion
caused
them
to
sayle
&
rowe
a
long
time
without
casting
anker
,
or
setting
foote
on
lande
.
Notwithstanding
,
at
the
last
,
famine
and
other
necessities
,
caused
them
in
the
ende
to
strike
sayle
and
let
fall
anker
.
The
which
they
hauing
done
,
about
a
handgunne
shot
from
the
lande
,
there
rested
no
other
thing
,
but
with
flattering
signes
,
and
other
meanes
to
winne
the
fauor
of
the
wild
men
,
for
to
get
some
vittails
,
and
space
to
reste
their
weary
bones
.
So
that
some
of
the
wild
men
being
in
their
little
boates
made
of
the
barcke
of
trées
,
being
allured
with
these
fayr
shewes
,
did
ieopard
themselues
to
approch
,
not
without
some
doubt
,
hauing
neuer
sene
Christian
come
so
néere
to
their
limites
.
Notwithstanding
their
feare
,
the
Spaniards
made
signe
of
more
friendship
,
shewing
them
kniues
and
other
small
Iron
workes
shining
,
the
which
caused
them
to
approche
.
And
after
that
they
had
made
vnto
them
presentes
of
small
value
,
this
wilde
people
went
with
al
diligence
to
purchase
and
get
them
some
vittails
,
so
at
length
they
brought
them
great
plenty
of
fish
,
fruits
of
maruelous
excellencie
according
as
the
countrey
brought
forth
.
Among
other
things
one
of
these
wild
men
hauing
bene
the
day
before
in
skirmishe
,
Canibals
,
and
presented
to
them
two
members
rosted
,
the
which
the
Spaniards
refused
.
These
wild
men
as
they
sayde
,
were
of
high
stature
,
fayre
bodied
and
all
naked
as
others
are
,
bearing
on
their
stomackes
broade
péeces
of
Golde
,
the
others
greate
péeces
shining
of
fine
Golde
well
poolished
in
forme
of
rounde
looking
Glasses
.
Ye
nede
not
demaunde
,
if
that
the
Spaniards
change
their
marchandise
for
such
riches
,
I
beleue
truely
they
escaped
not
so
,
at
the
least
they
did
their
good
will
.
Now
these
poore
Pilgrims
,
being
thus
refreshed
and
vitteled
for
that
tyme
,
reseruing
somewhat
for
after
claps
,
before
they
tooke
their
leaue
,
they
gaue
more
presentes
as
before
,
and
then
for
the
continuance
of
their
voyage
it
was
nedefull
to
set
sayle
and
to
shorten
waye
.
From
thence
they
sayled
more
than
a
hundreth
leagues
,
before
they
tooke
lande
,
beholding
about
the
Riuer
side
diuers
kindes
and
a
multitude
of
wild
people
,
as
before
,
the
which
I
wil
not
staye
to
describe
for
to
auoide
prolixitie
:
but
it
shall
suffice
to
vnderstand
the
place
,
where
as
at
the
seconde
time
they
aboorded
.
How
certaine
Spanyardes
arriued
into
a
countrey
,
where
they
found
Amazones
.
Cap.
63.
THe
saide
Spanyardes
did
so
much
by
their
iourneys
,
that
they
arriued
in
a
Countrey
,
where
as
were
inhabiting
Amazones
,
Amazonists
,
but
as
for
me
I
iudge
them
suche
,
séeing
that
they
liue
euen
so
,
as
we
finde
the
Amazonists
of
Asia
to
haue
liued
.
And
before
passing
further
,
ye
shall
note
,
that
these
Amazones
of
which
we
speake
,
are
retired
,
inhabiting
in
certaine
Ilands
which
are
to
them
as
strong
holdes
,
hauing
alwayes
perpetuall
warre
with
certaine
people
,
without
any
other
exercise
,
euen
as
those
of
whom
haue
spoken
the
Historiographers
.
Nowe
then
these
warlike
women
of
our
America
being
fortified
in
Ilandes
,
are
most
commonly
assailed
of
their
enimies
that
séeke
them
on
the
water
,
with
barkes
and
other
vessels
,
and
there
they
fight
with
bowes
and
arrowes
:
contrariwise
,
the
women
defend
them
with
the
like
couragiously
,
with
threatnings
,
noise
and
countenaunces
,
the
most
fearfull
that
is
possible
:
they
make
their
bulwarkes
of
defence
with
mighty
great
shelles
of
Torterels
.
And
bicause
it
commeth
to
our
purpose
,
to
speake
of
the
Amazonists
,
we
will
write
somewhat
in
this
place
.
The
poore
people
find
no
great
comfort
among
these
rude
and
sauage
women
.
I
finde
by
the
histories
,
that
there
are
.iij.
sorts
of
Amazones
,
Affrica
,
among
the
which
were
Gorgonists
,
that
had
Meduse
for
their
Quéene
.
The
other
were
in
Scythia
,
néere
to
the
riuer
of
Tanais
,
which
since
haue
raigned
in
a
part
of
Asia
,
néere
to
the
riuer
of
Hermodoon
:
and
the
third
sort
of
Amazones
,
are
those
which
we
do
treat
of
.
Ther
is
diuers
opinions
why
they
were
called
Amazones
.
The
most
common
is
,
for
bicause
that
these
women
did
burne
their
brests
in
their
youth
,
to
be
more
apt
in
the
warre
.
Etymologie
of
this
vowell
A.
priuatiue
,
and
of
Maza
,
that
signifieth
bread
,
for
that
they
liue
not
with
bread
,
but
with
other
things
,
which
is
as
absurde
as
the
others
:
for
in
that
time
they
might
call
many
that
liued
without
bread
Amazones
,
as
the
Troglodites
and
many
others
,
in
like
maner
all
the
Indians
.
The
others
of
A.
priuatiue
&
Mazos
,
as
those
that
haue
bene
norished
without
womans
milke
,
the
which
is
most
likeliest
to
be
true
,
of
which
opinion
is
Philostratus
,
Amazoni
,
or
of
an
other
named
Amazone
,
virgin
to
Diana
,
and
Quéene
of
Ephesus
,
which
I
do
better
beleue
,
than
burning
of
their
paps
or
brests
,
let
them
that
list
,
dispute
of
the
contrary
.
Scithians
which
we
name
Tartarians
,
being
driuen
out
of
Egipt
,
subdued
the
better
parte
of
Asia
,
and
made
it
all
tributary
,
and
vnder
their
obedience
.
In
the
meane
time
whilest
the
Scythians
remained
in
this
long
conquest
,
and
expedition
of
Asia
,
their
wiues
being
wearied
of
their
so
long
absence
,
(
as
the
good
Penelope
,
of
hir
husband
Vlixes
,
)
did
admonishe
them
by
many
gracious
letters
and
messages
to
returne
,
otherwise
,
that
this
long
&
vntollerable
absence
wold
constraine
them
to
make
new
aliances
with
their
next
neighbors
,
considering
that
the
auncient
lignage
of
the
Scithians
began
to
decay
.
Notwithstanding
without
hauing
regarde
to
the
swéete
requestes
of
their
wiues
,
kept
&
inhabited
Asia
with
an
obstinate
corage
,
Ninus
did
deliuer
it
from
this
miserable
thraldome
&
bondage
.
During
which
time
,
these
women
neuer
made
aliaunce
of
Matrimonie
with
their
neighbors
,
esteming
and
thinking
that
Matrimonie
was
not
a
meane
of
libertie
but
of
thraldome
.
But
they
with
one
accord
&
vertuous
enterprise
,
consented
to
take
their
weapons
&
begin
warre
,
thinking
that
they
were
descended
of
that
mighty
Mars
,
god
of
warres
,
which
they
executed
so
vertuously
vnder
the
gouernement
of
Lampedo
&
Marthesia
,
their
Quéenes
that
gouerned
one
after
another
,
Europe
&
in
Asia
,
euen
vnto
the
riuer
of
which
we
shewed
before
.
In
which
place
,
specially
at
Ephesus
,
they
caused
to
be
made
many
castles
and
holds
.
This
being
done
,
they
sent
some
of
their
bands
into
their
countrey
,
with
the
riches
,
bootie
,
and
spoile
of
their
enimies
,
and
the
rest
remained
in
Asia
.
Finally
these
good
women
for
to
kéepe
their
stocke
and
posteritie
,
did
willingly
offer
them selues
to
their
neighbors
,
without
any
other
kind
of
mariage
.
And
of
the
fruit
that
procéeded
,
they
killed
the
male
children
,
kéeping
alwayes
the
female
for
the
warres
,
the
feat
wherof
they
wold
learne
them
with
al
diligence
,
they
exercise
the
feats
of
chiualry
and
hunting
aboue
al
other
things
.
Their
weapons
were
bowes
and
arowes
,
with
certain
bucklers
,
of
which
Virgill
speaketh
of
in
his
Aeneidos
,
when
that
during
the
siege
of
Troy
,
Troyans
against
the
Greekes
.
Some
say
also
that
they
were
the
first
that
began
to
ride
a
horsse
,
and
to
fight
on
horsebacke
.
Well
,
now
it
is
time
to
returne
to
the
Amazones
of
America
,
and
to
the
Spanyards
.
In
that
part
they
are
seperated
from
men
,
and
frequent
them
very
seldome
,
but
at
sometime
secrete
in
the
night
,
or
at
some
appoynted
time
.
These
women
inhabite
in
litle
lodgings
and
caues
against
the
rockes
,
liuing
with
fishe
and
wilde
beasts
,
with
rootes
&
some
good
fruits
that
this
land
bringeth
forth
.
They
kil
their
male
children
incontinently
after
they
are
deliuered
,
or
else
they
deliuer
him
to
the
man
,
to
whom
they
think
it
doth
pertain
.
If
it
be
a
female
,
they
retaine
it
to
them selues
,
euen
so
as
did
the
first
Amazones
.
They
make
warre
ordinarily
against
some
other
nation
.
Amazones
in
that
countrey
,
it
is
vncertain
:
some
thinke
that
after
the
warre
of
Troy
,
for
thither
they
went
(
as
we
haue
before
shewed
)
vnder
the
conducte
of
Pantasilla
,
they
scattered
abrode
,
and
wandred
héere
and
there
.
Others
think
that
they
are
come
from
certain
places
of
Grecia
i●
Affrica
,
from
whence
a
cruell
king
chased
them
.
We
haue
many
histories
of
their
acts
and
feats
of
warre
,
and
of
other
women
,
the
which
I
will
leaue
for
to
continue
our
purpose
:
for
there
are
many
Histories
,
Greekes
,
Latines
and
others
,
that
shewe
thereof
at
large
.
We
haue
begon
to
shewe
how
that
the
Spanyardes
remained
there
but
a
while
,
for
to
rest
them
onely
,
Spanyards
séeing
,
wold
make
no
resistance
but
retiring
,
wayed
their
ankers
,
and
hoised
saile
:
but
at
their
departing
saying
Adew
,
they
saluted
them
with
certaine
gunshot
,
among
the
thickest
of
them
,
so
that
these
women
escaped
not
without
some
losse
and
detriment
.
How
the
Spanyardes
continued
their
voyage
to
Morpion
,
and
of
the
riuer
of
Plate
.
Cap.
64.
FRom
thence
they
continuing
their
way
,
wel
a
Cxx.
leagues
,
they
knew
by
their
Astrolobia
,
Ptolome
and
other
great
authors
.
These
Spaniardes
leauing
their
skiffes
and
caruels
they
sunke
them
,
then
euery
man
laded
them selues
with
the
rest
of
the
victailes
,
munitions
,
and
other
marchaundise
,
chiefly
the
slaues
that
were
there
for
that
purpose
,
they
went
for
the
terme
of
.ix.
dayes
,
by
and
ouer
mountaines
and
dales
decked
with
all
sortes
of
gréene
trées
,
herbes
,
floures
and
fruites
.
In
so
much
that
at
the
last
by
their
iorneys
,
they
came
to
a
great
riuer
procéeding
from
the
highe
Mountaines
,
wheras
they
found
other
wilde
men
,
among
the
which
some
for
feare
fled
their
wayes
,
others
climed
vpon
trées
,
and
there
remained
in
their
lodgings
none
but
a
fewe
olde
men
,
to
the
which
in
signe
of
friendship
and
fauor
,
they
made
presents
with
certaine
kniues
and
glasses
,
the
which
to
them
were
agréeable
,
so
that
they
went
and
called
the
others
,
shewing
them
that
these
strangers
newe
arriued
were
some
great
Lordes
,
that
in
no
wise
would
hurt
them
,
but
make
to
them
presents
of
their
riches
.
The
wilde
men
being
moued
with
this
liberalitie
went
to
fetche
them
victails
,
as
fish
,
venison
,
and
fruites
according
as
the
countrey
brought
forth
.
The
which
the
Spanyardes
séeing
,
were
minded
there
to
passe
away
the
winter
,
&
in
the
meane
time
to
discouer
the
commodities
of
the
countrey
,
and
to
sée
if
that
there
might
be
found
any
Mine
of
golde
or
siluer
,
or
any
other
thing
wherby
they
might
gather
any
profit
.
By
this
meanes
they
remained
there
.vij.
months
together
,
and
séeing
things
fell
not
out
according
to
their
mind
,
they
tooke
their
iorney
forward
,
hauing
to
guide
them
.viij.
of
these
wild
men
,
that
brought
them
on
their
way
about
.lxxx.
leagues
,
passing
alwayes
through
the
midst
of
other
wilde
men
,
more
rude
&
lesse
tractable
than
they
before
,
for
the
which
their
guides
wer
vnto
them
as
necessary
as
profitable
.
Finally
,
they
knew
of
a
truth
,
that
they
were
come
to
the
height
of
a
place
named
Morpion
,
then
inhabited
of
Portingals
,
some
of
them
being
weary
of
so
long
a
voyage
,
were
determined
to
repaire
to
the
place
before
named
:
others
to
the
contrary
,
said
it
were
better
to
perseuer
&
goe
forwarde
to
the
riuer
of
Plate
,
distant
farther
by
land
.300
.
leagues
.
In
which
,
Plate
,
and
the
others
drue
toward
Morpion
.
Néere
to
which
place
,
these
poore
pilgrims
beheld
if
they
could
espie
any
booty
,
vntil
that
they
found
a
riuer
running
at
the
foote
of
a
hill
,
in
which
they
that
dranke
,
Morpion
,
distant
from
thence
.18
.
leagues
,
which
place
after
proofe
was
found
to
bear
good
&
natural
siluer
.
And
since
the
king
of
Portingall
hath
had
from
thence
an
infinite
deale
of
siluer
after
that
he
had
sounded
the
Mine
,
and
brought
it
to
good
perfection
.
After
that
these
Spaniardes
had
rested
them selues
at
Morpion
,
with
the
Portingall
their
neighbors
,
they
set
forwarde
to
folow
the
others
,
&
to
kepe
the
way
to
Plate
,
being
distant
from
Morpion
,
by
sea
.250
.
leagues
,
Mines
of
gold
and
siluer
.
Plate
a
river
,
and
why
it
is
so
named
.
and
by
land
.300
.
wheras
the
Spanyards
haue
found
many
Mines
of
golde
and
siluer
,
and
haue
named
it
Plate
,
which
signifieth
in
our
language
,
siluer
.
And
for
to
inhabite
there
,
they
haue
edified
certaine
castles
and
holdes
:
and
since
some
of
them
with
other
Spanyards
,
newly
come
to
that
place
,
not
content
with
this
fortune
,
haue
enterprised
to
saile
euen
to
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
America
toward
the
South
.
And
from
thence
entreth
into
the
peaceable
Sea
on
the
other
side
of
America
,
Moluques
,
Spaine
.
This
muche
in
effect
of
this
voyage
,
the
which
I
thought
good
to
note
by
the
way
,
being
shewed
me
in
my
Nauigation
,
by
those
that
of
a
truthe
had
bene
in
the
voyage
.
Howe
the
landes
of
the
king
of
Spaine
,
and
of
Portingall
are
separated
.
Cap.
65.
THe
kings
of
Spaine
and
of
Portingall
,
after
that
they
had
obtained
many
happy
and
fortunate
victories
,
as
well
in
the
East
,
as
in
the
West
in
places
by
sea
and
land
,
not
before
knowne
or
discouered
,
deliberated
for
the
greater
assurance
to
deuide
and
limit
al
the
countrey
that
they
had
conquered
,
Cape
of
thrée
points
which
is
in
Guiney
as
also
the
Ilands
of
Cape
verd
,
and
many
other
places
.
Also
euery
one
may
know
,
that
one
kingdome
wil
not
haue
two
kings
,
no
more
than
the
world
wil
receiue
two
Sunnes
.
Marignan
,
betwene
America
and
the
Ilands
of
Antilles
,
that
ioyne
at
Perou
,
vnto
Terra
Florida
,
néere
to
newe
found
lande
,
belongeth
to
the
King
of
Spaine
,
the
which
hath
also
great
Lordship
in
America
,
comming
from
Perou
toward
the
South
,
on
the
West
side
towarde
Marignan
,
as
is
before
shewed
.
Portingal
did
befall
all
that
is
from
the
said
riuer
of
Marignan
towards
the
South
vnto
the
riuer
of
Plate
,
which
is
.36
.
degrees
from
the
Equinoctiall
.
And
the
first
place
towarde
Magellan
,
is
named
Morpion
,
the
second
Mahanhoc
,
in
the
which
place
hath
bene
found
many
mines
of
golde
and
siluer
.
The
thirde
Port
Sigoura
,
néere
to
Caape
S.
Augustine
.
Fourthly
the
point
of
Cronest
Mon●ou
,
castel
Marin
,
and
Fernanbow
;
bordering
the
Canibals
of
America
.
To
declare
particularly
the
places
from
one
riuer
to
an
other
,
as
Curtana
,
Caribes
,
néere
to
the
swéete
or
freshe
riuer
,
and
royall
.
Likewise
their
lyings
with
other
things
,
I
wil
forbeare
at
this
time
.
It
shall
suffice
onely
to
know
,
that
in
those
places
before
named
,
the
Portingals
are
inhabited
,
and
cantel
how
to
entertaine
the
wilde
men
of
the
countrey
,
so
that
they
liue
togither
in
peace
,
&
trade
many
riche
marchandise
.
And
there
they
haue
bartered
and
builded
houses
and
castles
to
resist
their
enimies
.
Now
to
retourne
to
the
Prince
of
Spaine
,
he
hath
done
the
like
for
his
part
,
Marignan
towards
the
West
vnto
Moluques
,
as
wel
on
this
side
,
as
beyond
in
the
West
,
&
in
the
sea
peaceable
,
the
Ilands
of
these
two
seas
,
and
Perou
in
the
maine
land
,
so
that
altogether
extendeth
of
a
great
compasse
,
beside
the
countrey
adioyning
that
in
time
may
be
found
out
,
as
Cartagera
,
Cata
,
Palmaria
,
Parisa
,
great
and
little
.
The
which
two
nations
,
specially
the
Portingals
haue
discouered
muche
land
in
the
East
countrey
for
their
trade
,
the
which
notwithstanding
they
enioy
not
,
as
they
do
many
places
of
America
and
Perou
:
For
to
beare
rule
in
that
Countrey
,
they
must
get
the
loue
and
fauor
of
the
Indians
:
otherwise
if
that
they
reuolt
,
they
will
destroy
all
that
they
finde
,
so
that
they
must
frame
themselues
so
to
their
wayes
,
that
they
by
no
wise
may
be
offended
.
Now
ye
must
note
that
their
attempts
and
discouerings
,
was
not
without
great
bloudshed
:
specially
of
poore
Christians
,
that
haue
ieoperded
their
liues
without
hauing
respect
to
the
cruell
inhumanitie
of
these
people
.
To
be
short
,
there
is
no
difficultie
be
it
neuer
so
daungerous
,
that
withdraweth
a
mannes
manly
heart
.
We
sée
in
our
Europe
,
how
muche
the
Romaines
at
the
beginning
,
minding
to
enlarge
their
Empire
but
with
a
litle
land
,
to
the
respect
of
that
which
hath
bene
gotten
within
this
sixtie
yeares
,
haue
shed
the
bloud
as
well
of
them selues
as
of
their
enimies
.
What
furious
and
horrible
dissipations
of
lawes
,
disciplines
&
honest
conuersation
hath
raigned
throughout
the
world
,
biside
the
ciuile
warres
of
Sylla
and
Marius
,
Cina
,
and
of
Pompey
,
of
Brutus
,
of
Anthony
&
Augustus
,
more
hurtfull
than
the
rest
:
also
hath
folowed
the
ruine
and
decay
of
Italy
by
the
Gothes
,
Hunns
,
and
Wandallians
,
which
also
haue
inuaded
Asia
,
and
ouerthrowne
the
kingdome
of
Grece
,
to
the
which
purpose
,
Ouid
séemeth
to
haue
spoken
these
woords
.
We
see
how
things
doe
chaunge
and
come
to
passe
,
And
now
a
people
raigne
that
nothing
was
.
And
he
,
the
which
had
might
and
poure
,
Dothe
them
homage
,
obey
,
and
eke
honoure
.
To
conclude
,
all
humaine
creatures
are
subiecte
to
chaunge
more
or
lesse
according
as
they
be
,
rich
or
poore
,
high
or
lowe
,
little
or
great
.
The
deuision
of
the
West
Indies
in
three
partes
.
Cap.
66.
BEfore
that
I
passe
any
farther
to
describe
this
countrey
by
good
right
(
as
I
thinke
)
named
Fraunce
Antarctike
,
or
before
America
for
the
reasons
that
we
haue
alleaged
,
bicause
of
his
largenesse
which
is
without
comparison
,
I
am
minded
(
for
that
I
would
the
reader
should
the
better
vnderstand
it
)
to
deuide
it
in
thrée
parts
:
for
since
the
time
that
other
Countreis
haue
bene
discouered
,
all
the
Countrey
of
America
,
Perou
,
Florida
,
and
Canada
and
other
places
adiacent
,
to
goe
from
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
haue
bene
commonly
called
the
west
Indies
,
and
is
for
bicause
the
people
liue
al
naked
,
barbarous
and
rude
,
as
those
that
are
yet
in
the
East
Indies
.
The
which
Countrey
meriteth
well
the
name
of
India
,
of
the
floud
or
riuer
Indus
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
.
This
fair
riuer
entring
into
the
East
sea
called
Indique
by
seuen
mouthes
or
openings
,
as
Nyll
doth
into
the
sea
Meditarium
,
taketh
his
originall
of
the
Mountaines
Arbiciennes
and
Beciennes
.
Also
the
riuer
Gangis
in
like
case
entreth
in
by
.v.
openings
into
this
sea
,
deuiding
India
into
two
partes
,
separating
the
one
from
the
other
.
Therfore
this
region
being
so
farre
from
America
,
for
the
one
is
in
the
East
,
and
the
other
comprehendeth
from
the
South
vnto
the
west
,
we
cannot
say
that
others
than
those
that
haue
first
discouered
these
landes
,
haue
added
this
name
of
India
,
séeing
the
beastly
behauior
and
crueltie
of
this
people
,
so
brutish
without
faith
&
without
law
and
not
vnlike
to
diuers
people
of
the
Indies
of
Asia
and
of
Ethiopia
,
of
which
Plinie
maketh
most
ample
mention
in
his
natural
history
.
By
this
meanes
hath
America
obtained
the
name
of
India
to
the
likenesse
of
that
which
is
in
Asia
,
for
that
they
agrée
in
maners
,
beastly
brutishnesse
,
&
other
things
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
of
the
Occidental
people
,
to
those
of
the
East
parts
.
Therefore
the
first
part
of
this
land
,
containeth
toward
the
South
vnto
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
which
is
.52
.
degrées
.30
.
minutes
of
the
Equinoctiall
line
,
I
meane
of
the
Austreall
line
,
comprehending
no
part
of
the
other
land
that
is
beyond
the
straight
,
the
which
was
neuer
knowne
nor
inhabited
of
vs
,
sauing
onely
from
that
straight
comming
from
the
riuer
of
Plate
.
From
thence
drawing
towarde
the
West
,
far
betwéene
these
two
Seas
,
are
the
prouinces
of
Patalia
,
Paranaguacu
,
Margageas
,
Patagones
or
region
of
Giaunts
,
Morpion
,
Tabaiares
,
Toupinambou
,
Amazones
,
the
countrey
of
Brasil
,
vnto
the
Cape
of
S.
Augustin
,
the
which
is
.viij.
degrées
beyonde
the
line
,
the
Countrey
of
Canibals
,
Anthropophages
,
the
which
regions
are
comprehended
in
America
,
compassed
with
the
Ocean
sea
,
and
on
the
other
side
toward
the
South
of
the
peaceable
sea
,
which
is
otherwise
the
sea
of
Magellan
.
We
will
therfore
ende
this
Indian
land
,
at
the
riuer
of
Amazones
,
the
which
euen
as
Ganges
maketh
the
seperation
of
one
Indies
from
another
towards
the
East
:
also
this
notable
floud
,
the
which
hath
of
bredth
.50
.
leagues
,
may
make
separation
of
India
,
America
,
and
of
Perou
.
The
seconde
parte
shall
begin
from
the
sayde
riuer
,
containing
many
kingdomes
and
Prouinces
at
Perou
,
the
straight
of
land
containing
Daryen
,
Furna
,
Popaian
,
Anzerma
,
Carapa
,
Quimbaya
,
Cali
,
Pasta
,
Quito
,
Canares
,
Cuzco
,
Chila
,
Patalia
,
Parias
,
Temistitan
,
Mexica
,
Cataia
,
Panuco
,
the
Pigmeis
euen
to
Florida
,
which
lieth
.25
.
degrées
of
latitude
on
this
side
the
line
.
I
leaue
the
Ilands
out
,
not
comprehending
them
,
although
that
they
are
of
no
lesse
compasse
and
greatnesse
,
than
Sicilia
,
Corsica
,
Cypris
or
Candia
,
nor
yet
of
lesse
value
,
therefore
shall
this
parte
be
limitted
towards
the
South
to
Florida
.
There
resteth
now
only
to
describe
the
third
parte
,
the
which
shall
begin
at
Noua
Espania
,
or
new
Spaine
,
comprehending
all
the
prouinces
of
Anauac
,
Vcatan
,
Eulhuacan
,
Xalixa
,
Thalco
,
Mixtecapan
,
Tezeuco
,
Guzanes
Apalachen
,
Pancho
,
Aute
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Micuacan
,
from
Florida
vnto
the
land
of
Bacalles
,
which
is
a
great
Region
,
vnder
the
which
also
is
comprehended
the
land
of
Canada
,
and
the
prouince
of
Chicora
,
(
which
is
.33
.
degrées
on
this
side
the
line
)
the
land
of
Labrodor
,
newe
found
land
,
compassed
with
the
frostie
Sea
on
the
Northe
side
.
This
Countrey
of
the
West
Indies
being
thus
deuided
,
not
specifying
many
things
from
the
one
ende
to
the
other
,
that
is
to
witte
,
many
things
from
the
one
end
to
the
other
:
that
is
to
wit
,
from
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
at
the
which
we
haue
begon
,
vnto
the
ende
of
the
farthest
land
of
the
Indies
,
it
is
more
then
.4800
.
leagues
of
length
,
and
by
this
ye
may
descerne
the
bredthe
,
excepting
the
straight
of
Parias
before
named
,
therfore
they
are
now
called
the
great
Indies
,
being
without
comparison
more
greater
than
the
East
Indies
.
As
touching
the
rest
,
I
desire
the
reader
to
take
in
good
parte
this
little
deuision
,
vntil
it
please
God
to
giue
vs
meane
to
make
one
more
greater
.
Likewise
to
treate
more
at
large
of
this
countrey
,
but
thus
much
I
thought
néedefull
in
the
meane
time
to
bring
to
light
.
Of
the
Iland
of
Rats
.
Cap.
67.
LEauing
these
Canibals
for
the
small
comfort
that
there
was
to
be
had
,
hauing
the
winde
at
South
,
we
sailed
to
a
very
faire
Iland
,
distant
from
the
line
.iiij.
degrées
,
the
which
is
very
daungerous
in
the
aboording
of
it
,
for
it
is
no
lesse
daungerous
to
a
front
than
some
great
Cape
or
Promentary
for
that
it
entreth
farre
into
the
sea
,
and
for
rockes
that
are
about
it
,
and
ranged
on
the
coast
side
.
This
Iland
was
vnluckely
found
out
to
the
mishappe
of
those
that
first
did
discouer
it
.
Some
Portingall
ship
passing
by
on
that
coast
,
for
default
of
good
gouernment
,
Normandie
,
that
returned
from
America
,
they
set
their
skiffe
out
for
to
rest
in
that
Ilande
,
whereas
they
found
these
two
poore
Portingalls
,
that
were
onely
lefte
of
this
shipwrake
,
Portingals
had
named
it
the
Iland
of
Rats
,
bicause
of
the
multitude
of
Rats
of
diuers
kindes
that
there
are
,
so
that
they
say
,
that
their
companions
died
onely
being
vexed
with
these
vermin
.
These
beastes
liue
with
egs
of
Torterels
,
that
they
make
on
the
Riuage
of
the
Sea
,
and
with
birds
egs
,
wherof
there
is
great
store
.
Also
when
we
went
for
to
seke
fresh
water
,
whereof
we
had
such
greate
nede
,
that
some
amongst
vs
were
constrayned
to
drinke
their
owne
water
or
bryn
,
the
which
dured
the
terme
of
thrée
monethes
,
and
the
famyn
foure
moneths
,
we
sawe
there
so
many
birdes
,
and
so
priuie
,
that
we
might
haue
laden
therewith
our
ships
,
neuerthelesse
we
coulde
not
recouer
fresh
water
,
vnlesse
we
had
entred
very
farre
into
the
countrey
.
As
for
the
rest
it
is
fayre
decked
with
many
fayre
trées
,
being
gréene
the
moste
parte
of
the
yeare
,
euen
like
a
goodly
gréene
medowe
in
the
moneth
of
May
,
although
it
be
within
foure
degrées
of
the
lyne
.
Though
that
this
Iland
is
not
inhabited
,
S.
Homer
,
vnder
the
Equinoctial
,
&
others
.
And
if
it
wer
inhabited
,
I
am
wel
assured
,
that
it
would
make
one
of
the
fairest
places
in
al
the
Worlde
and
riche
,
there
might
be
made
very
good
Suger
,
Spices
and
other
things
of
great
value
.
Heroditus
and
Solon
,
affirmeth
that
the
hils
Hiperbores
,
are
inhabited
,
and
likewise
Canada
,
drawing
néere
to
the
North
:
and
other
count
yet
more
néere
approching
the
colde
Sea
,
America
eat
,
named
in
their
language
Sohiatan
,
and
they
haue
their
hayre
gray
,
Sohiatan
a
kind
of
Rats
.
Hiexousou
another
kinde
of
Rats
.
the
flesh
good
&
delicate
,
like
a
little
leueret
.
There
is
another
named
Hiexousou
,
greater
than
the
others
,
but
not
so
good
to
eat
,
they
are
as
great
as
those
of
Egypt
,
called
Pharaos
Rats
.
Others
there
are
as
greate
as
Wezels
,
that
the
wild
men
eate
not
,
for
bicause
that
when
they
are
dead
,
they
stinke
like
carion
,
the
which
I
haue
sene
:
also
there
are
founde
diuersitie
of
Serpentes
named
Gerara
,
Theirab
,
that
are
good
,
for
of
these
Serpentes
there
are
diuers
kindes
,
that
are
nothing
venemous
,
nor
like
to
those
of
our
Europe
,
so
that
their
biting
is
neither
mortall
,
nor
any
thing
dangerous
:
there
are
to
be
sene
redde
ones
scaled
of
diuers
coloures
:
lykewise
I
haue
sene
gréene
ones
,
as
gréene
as
the
bay
leafe
,
they
are
not
so
greate
of
body
as
the
others
,
notwithstanding
they
,
are
very
long
.
Therefore
it
is
not
to
be
marueled
at
,
how
these
wild
men
there
aboutes
eate
these
Rats
without
daunger
,
and
Serpents
euen
as
they
do
Lezardes
,
as
before
we
haue
shewed
.
Likewise
néere
to
this
Ilande
is
founde
a
kynde
of
fish
,
and
also
vpon
the
coaste
of
America
very
daungerous
,
also
much
feared
and
redoubted
of
the
wilde
men
,
for
that
she
is
a
rauening
fish
,
and
as
daungerous
as
a
Lyon
or
a
Woulfe
famished
:
this
fish
is
named
Houperou
,
in
their
language
,
and
eateth
other
fish
in
the
water
,
excepting
one
that
is
as
greate
as
a
little
Carpe
,
the
which
foloweth
him
alwayes
,
as
if
there
were
so●●●
Sympathia
or
secrete
loue
betwene
them
,
or
else
he
foloweth
him
for
to
be
preserued
and
kept
sure
from
other
fishes
.
So
that
the
wilde
men
fishing
all
naked
,
as
they
do
alwayes
feare
him
,
&
not
without
a
cause
,
for
if
he
catche
them
,
he
will
either
drowne
them
,
or
strangle
them
,
or
looke
where
he
toucheth
,
he
carieth
away
a
piece
with
his
téethe
.
Also
they
will
take
héede
how
to
eate
of
this
fishe
:
but
if
that
they
can
take
him
aliue
,
as
they
doe
many
times
,
for
to
be
reuenged
of
him
,
they
kill
him
with
arrowes
.
Being
therefore
there
a
certaine
space
of
time
,
turning
héere
and
there
,
I
behelde
many
straungs
fishes
that
are
not
in
Europe
:
among
the
which
,
I
saw
two
very
monsterous
,
How
we
continued
our
course
,
with
a
declaration
of
the
Astrolabia
of
the
sea
.
Cap.
68.
FOr
bicause
that
we
found
no
great
consolation
,
nor
comfort
of
our
trauails
in
this
Iland
.
It
behoued
vs
without
any
tarying
,
to
hoise
sail
with
an
indifferent
winde
,
Equinoctiall
,
whereas
the
sea
and
the
windes
are
also
vnconstant
.
Also
the
aire
is
alwayes
séene
there
troubled
:
if
one
side
be
faire
,
the
other
is
troubled
,
and
threatneth
fowle
weather
,
so
that
for
the
most
parte
there
is
raine
and
thunder
,
which
can
not
be
without
danger
to
the
Nauigants
.
Now
before
they
come
néere
to
this
line
,
the
good
Nauigantes
,
Pilots
,
and
Mariners
,
being
expert
,
take
counsel
or
beholde
alwayes
their
Astrolabia
,
for
to
knewe
the
distance
and
lying
of
places
from
thence
where
they
are
.
And
bicause
this
so
necessarie
an
Instrument
for
Nauigation
commeth
now
in
talke
,
I
will
speake
there
of
lightly
by
the
way
,
for
the
instruction
of
those
that
wil
folow
the
sea
,
being
so
great
that
the
vnderstanding
of
man
cannot
well
comprehend
it
.
And
that
which
I
speake
of
the
Astrolabia
,
as
much
may
I
say
of
the
Rule
or
nedell
of
the
sea
,
by
the
whiche
they
may
also
conduct
right
the
ship
.
This
Instrument
is
so
politike
,
that
with
a
little
paper
or
parchement
,
as
broade
as
the
palme
of
my
hand
,
and
certayne
lines
marked
which
signifieth
the
windes
,
and
a
little
Iron
with
the
which
this
Instrument
is
made
,
by
his
onely
natural
vertue
that
a
storie
giueth
him
,
and
bloweth
in
his
proper
mouing
,
and
without
any
touching
,
sheweth
where
is
the
Easte
,
the
Weaste
,
the
North
and
the
South
,
and
also
al
the
thirtie
two
windes
belonging
to
Nauigation
,
&
it
sheweth
them
not
onely
in
one
place
,
but
in
al
places
of
the
worlde
beside
other
secretes
,
that
I
omit
for
this
present
,
wherby
it
plainly
appeareth
that
the
Astrolabia
,
the
nedell
or
compasse
,
with
the
Carde
Marin
,
are
well
made
,
and
that
there
shewing
and
perfection
as
is
a
wonderfull
thing
,
for
that
a
thing
so
great
as
the
Sea
,
is
pictured
in
so
little
a
space
,
and
so
agreable
that
by
the
same
men
vndertake
to
sayle
rounde
about
the
worlde
.
Astrolabia
,
is
no
other
thing
than
the
Sphere
pressed
and
represented
in
a
playn
,
accomplished
in
his
compasse
with
.360
.
Degrées
,
that
answere
to
the
circute
of
the
World
,
deuided
in
like
number
of
degrées
,
the
which
agayne
must
be
deuided
into
foure
equal
parts
in
our
Instrument
,
that
is
.90
.
in
euery
parte
,
the
whiche
afterwarde
ye
muste
parte
by
fiue
and
fiue
,
then
holding
your
Instrument
by
the
ring
,
rayse
it
or
hold
it
towarde
the
Sunne
,
so
that
the
Sunne
beames
may
enter
in
at
the
hole
,
then
looking
to
your
declination
in
what
year●
moneth
and
day
ye
are
in
when
ye
take
the
height
of
the
Sunne
.
And
if
the
Sunne
be
towardes
the
South
which
is
on
the
coast
of
America
,
and
ye
be
towards
the
North
,
ye
muste
take
from
your
height
as
many
degrées
as
the
Sunne
hath
declined
,
from
the
line
of
the
which
we
speke
towarde
the
South
.
And
if
that
in
taking
of
the
height
of
the
Sunne
,
ye
be
towardes
the
South
beyonde
the
Equinoctiall
,
and
the
Sunne
be
in
the
North
,
ye
muste
in
lyke
manner
take
away
so
many
degrées
,
as
the
Sunne
hath
declined
from
the
lyne
towarde
our
Pole
,
as
for
example
:
if
ye
take
your
height
the
Sunne
being
betwene
the
Equinoctiall
and
you
,
when
ye
haue
taken
the
sayde
height
,
ye
muste
for
to
knowe
the
place
where
ye
are
,
be
it
in
sea
or
lande
,
adde
your
degrées
which
the
Sunne
is
declyned
from
,
farre
from
the
lyne
with
your
height
,
and
ye
shall
finde
that
which
ye
demaunde
,
the
which
is
to
be
vnderstanded
as
much
of
the
Pole
Artike
,
as
Antartike
.
Thus
much
by
the
way
Gentle
Reader
of
our
Astrolabia
,
leauing
the
rest
of
the
knowledge
and
vsage
of
this
Instrument
to
Astronomers
and
Astrologians
,
that
make
dayly
profession
thereof
.
It
shall
suffice
that
which
I
haue
spoken
,
the
which
I
knowe
to
be
necessary
and
nedefull
to
Nauigation
,
chiefly
for
those
that
are
ignorant
and
not
yet
exercised
therein
.
Of
the
departing
of
our
Equator
or
Equinoctiall
.
Cap.
69.
I
Thinke
there
is
no
man
of
Spirite
,
but
that
knoweth
that
the
Equinoctiall
is
a
trace
or
circle
,
imagined
by
the
midst
of
the
Worlde
,
from
the
East
to
the
Weast
,
in
equall
distance
of
two
,
so
that
from
the
fayde
Equinoctiall
to
eche
one
of
the
Poles
,
it
is
.90
.
Degrées
,
as
we
haue
at
large
treated
before
,
and
of
the
temperatnesse
of
the
ayre
,
that
is
there
about
,
of
the
Sea
and
of
the
fishes
.
There
resteth
nowe
somewhat
to
speake
in
our
returne
,
of
that
which
before
we
left
out
,
passing
therefore
about
the
firste
day
of
Aprill
with
a
fauourable
winde
kéeping
our
right
course
with
sayle
spread
right
to
the
North
,
And
God
knoweth
whether
we
drancke
not
our
fill
euen
with
open
throte
,
considering
the
extreame
heat
that
burned
vs
:
it
is
true
that
the
rayne
water
in
those
parres
are
corrupted
for
the
infection
of
the
ayre
,
from
whence
it
commeth
:
for
that
whereof
the
rayne
engendreth
,
is
depraued
in
such
sort
,
that
if
a
body
wash
their
hands
therewith
,
there
wil
ryse
pushes
&
bladders
.
Europe
:
as
much
muste
be
done
of
them
that
goe
thither
,
after
that
they
are
come
vnder
the
sayde-line
.
The
Ancient
Cosmographers
,
measured
the
earth
the
which
we
may
also
doe
,
by
stades
,
paces
,
and
féete
,
and
not
by
degrées
as
we
doe
,
as
affirmeth
Plinie
,
Strabo
and
others
,
but
Ptolome
did
since
inuente
degrées
,
for
to
measure
bothe
the
Sea
and
the
land
,
which
before
was
not
a
lyke
measured
,
and
this
is
much
more
easy
.
It
is
then
Ptolome
that
hath
compassed
the
whole
worlde
by
Degrées
,
as
wel
in
length
as
in
bredth
,
finding
360.
Leagues
,
and
in
euery
degrée
.17
.
Leagues
&
a
half
,
as
I
vnderstande
of
our
Pilots
,
that
are
expert
in
Nauigation
.
So
that
the
whole
world
hauing
the
Firmament
and
the
Elementes
in
his
conference
,
contayneth
.360
.
degrées
equally
by
twelue
signes
,
whereof
euery
one
hath
30.
Pole
,
whereas
there
is
.90
.
degrées
,
and
so
much
beyonde
,
Caape
on
the
North
of
vs
vntill
the
.15
.
day
of
Aprill
,
at
which
tyme
we
knewe
the
Sunne
to
be
directly
vnder
our
Zenith
,
the
which
was
not
without
enduring
great
heat
as
ye
may
wel
thinke
,
if
ye
consider
the
heat
that
is
hetherwarde
the
Sunne
,
being
in
Cancer
,
whiche
is
far
from
our
Zenith
to
vs
that
inhabit
in
Europe
.
Nowe
afore
going
any
farther
,
I
wil
speake
of
certayne
flying
fishes
,
that
I
left
out
when
I
spake
of
fishes
vnder
the
lyne
.
It
is
therefore
to
be
noted
,
that
vnder
the
lyne
ten
degrées
on
this
side
,
and
beyonde
there
is
founde
aboundance
of
flying
fish
,
that
flyeth
hye
in
the
ayre
,
being
folowed
of
another
fish
that
woulde
deuoure
him
.
So
that
by
the
quantitie
of
him
that
flyeth
,
ye
may
easily
coniecture
the
quantitie
of
the
other
lyuing
by
praye
.
Among
the
which
the
Dorade
(
of
whom
we
haue
before
shewed
)
doeth
folowe
hym
aboue
all
others
,
for
that
his
flesh
is
very
delicate
and
tender
:
of
the
which
also
there
are
two
kinds
,
the
one
is
lyke
a
herring
,
the
which
is
,
that
which
is
so
chased
of
others
,
this
fish
hath
foure
wings
,
two
great
ones
,
lyke
vnto
the
wings
of
a
bat
,
and
two
other
little
ones
néere
to
the
tayle
:
the
other
is
made
lyke
a
Lampron
,
of
the
which
kindes
there
are
fewe
found
,
but
onely
.15
.
degrées
on
this
side
,
and
beyonde
the
lyne
,
the
which
to
my
iudgement
is
the
cause
that
those
that
haue
set
out
bookes
of
fishes
,
Americans
name
this
fish
Pirauena
he
flieth
lyke
a
Partrige
,
and
the
little
one
flyeth
much
better
and
higher
than
the
other
,
and
sometymes
they
are
so
néere
chased
and
folowed
,
specially
by
night
,
that
many
tymes
they
strike
againste
the
ship
sayles
by
heapes
,
and
there
remayne
.
There
is
another
fish
,
which
is
called
by
them
Albacore
,
Dorade
,
and
he
is
very
good
and
excellent
to
eate
aboue
all
other
fishes
in
the
sea
,
as
well
of
the
Weast
as
of
the
Easte
.
He
is
vneasy
to
be
gotten
,
and
therefore
they
make
a
counterfet
fish
of
white
linnen
,
the
which
they
make
to
spring
aboue
water
,
as
doeth
the
flying
fish
,
and
by
this
meanes
he
is
most
commonly
taken
.
Of
Perou
,
and
of
the
principal
places
contayned
in
the
same
.
Cap.
70.
NOw
kéeping
our
course
,
hauing
the
wind
very
faire
we
coasted
the
lande
of
Perou
,
and
the
Ilandes
being
on
the
coaste
of
the
Weast
Sea
,
called
the
Ilandes
of
Perou
,
Indies
,
hauing
in
length
.700
.
Leagues
,
taking
from
the
North
to
the
South
,
and
in
bredth
.100
.
Leagues
,
from
the
Easte
to
the
Weaste
,
being
a
firme
lande
,
from
Themestitan
passing
the
straight
of
Daryen
,
betwene
the
West
and
the
sea
,
Perou
,
which
is
in
bredth
about
a
little
league
,
as
many
other
prouinces
in
Africa
,
Asia
and
Europe
,
haue
taken
their
names
of
their
most
famous
Riuers
,
as
also
we
haue
shewed
of
Senega
.
This
Region
is
then
inclosed
,
with
the
Weast
and
the
South
Sea
,
garnished
with
thicke
forestes
and
mountaynes
,
the
which
make
the
countrey
in
many
places
vnaccessible
,
so
that
we
cannot
there
driue
our
Cartes
,
Perou
,
there
is
many
faire
prouinces
among
the
which
the
most
chiefest
towardes
the
North
is
Quito
,
the
which
extendeth
in
length
from
the
Easte
to
the
Weast
aboute
60.
Leagues
,
and
in
bredth
.30
.
Next
to
Quito
is
the
prouince
of
the
Canaries
,
Amazones
,
with
many
mountaynes
and
hills
,
and
inhabited
with
a
Barbarous
and
wilde
people
not
yet
conuerted
:
besides
this
there
is
the
prouince
that
the
Spaniards
haue
named
S.
Iames
of
olde
port
,
Equinoctiall
.
The
fourth
which
they
call
in
their
language
Taxamilca
,
extendeth
to
the
greate
Citie
of
Tongilla
,
the
which
after
that
their
King
Atabalyba
was
poysoned
,
Pizare
seing
the
fruitfull
commodities
of
the
countrey
,
caused
there
to
be
edified
a
Town
and
a
Castel
There
is
yet
another
named
Cuzco
,
Iugies
haue
long
tyme
raygned
,
being
a
people
so
named
,
whiche
haue
bene
in
tymes
past
mighty
Lords
.
And
this
worde
Iugies
is
as
much
to
say
as
Kings
.
And
in
their
time
their
Kingdome
&
limits
was
so
greate
and
large
,
that
it
contayned
aboue
a
.1000
.
Leagues
from
one
end
to
another
.
Also
this
countrey
beareth
the
name
of
the
chiefest
Citie
,
as
doeth
Rhodes
,
Metelin
,
Candia
&
other
countreys
taking
their
names
of
the
most
renomed
Townes
and
Cities
,
as
I
haue
shewed
.
Furthermore
being
on
a
tyme
at
Caape
Finistra
in
Spayne
,
a
Spaniarde
shewed
me
,
that
in
this
countrey
of
Cuzco
,
there
is
founde
a
people
that
haue
their
eares
hanging
downe
to
their
shoulders
,
hauing
hanging
on
their
eares
,
greate
pieces
of
fine
and
pure
shining
Golde
,
well
pollished
and
better
than
any
other
Golde
in
Perou
,
to
whose
wordes
I
will
sooner
giue
credit
,
than
to
many
Historiographers
in
these
daies
,
that
writ
by
heare
say
,
reporting
to
vs
things
that
they
neuer
sawe
.
To
this
purpose
I
remember
that
they
woulde
perswade
vs
,
that
in
high
Africa
,
there
was
people
that
had
eares
hanging
downe
to
there
hales
,
the
which
is
nothing
so
but
a
manifest
fable
and
lye
.
Canar
,
hauing
on
the
west
side
the
South
Sea
,
the
which
is
a
maruelous
cold
countrey
,
for
the
Frost
and
Snowe
lyeth
there
all
the
yeare
long
.
And
although
that
in
others
Regions
of
Perou
,
the
colde
be
not
so
violent
,
and
that
there
commeth
and
procedeth
great
plenty
of
good
fruites
,
yet
there
is
not
such
temperatnesse
in
Sommer
,
for
in
Sommer
in
other
places
the
ayre
is
extreme
hot
&
vntemperat
,
the
which
causeth
a
corruption
chiefly
in
the
fruites
.
Also
that
venemous
beastes
are
not
founde
in
colde
countries
as
they
are
in
hote
regions
.
Therefore
al
being
considered
,
it
is
harde
to
iudge
which
of
these
countries
ought
to
be
preferred
before
the
other
:
to
this
we
may
replie
that
there
is
no
commoditie
,
but
that
hath
his
incommoditie
.
Moreouer
there
is
yet
another
named
Calao
,
Perou
,
the
which
also
is
the
cause
,
that
it
is
better
peopled
.
It
extendeth
from
the
Easte
coast
,
to
the
mountaynes
of
Andes
,
and
from
the
Weaste
to
the
mountaynes
of
Nanades
:
the
people
in
this
countrey
is
named
Xuli
,
Chilan
,
Acos
,
Pomata
,
Cepita
and
Trianguauaco
.
Although
it
be
wilde
and
Barbarous
,
yet
it
is
neuerthelesse
very
tractable
,
bicause
of
the
marchandise
and
trade
that
there
is
vsed
,
otherwise
,
it
woulde
not
be
lesse
confirmable
than
the
rest
of
America
.
In
this
countrey
there
is
a
great
laake
named
in
their
language
Titicata
,
Perou
,
named
Carcas
,
next
adiacent
to
Chila
,
in
the
which
standeth
the
famous
and
rich
Citie
of
Platte
,
the
countrey
being
very
rych
,
bicause
of
the
fayre
Riuers
and
Mynes
of
Golde
and
Siluer
.
Therefore
this
great
countrey
containeth
,
&
is
called
all
that
is
comprehended
from
the
Riuer
of
Platte
vnto
Quitto
as
we
haue
already
shewed
,
and
of
which
we
haue
declared
the
eight
principall
countries
and
prouinces
.
This
maine
land
being
so
long
and
broade
is
like
to
the
fygure
of
a
triangle
,
although
that
many
call
it
an
Ilande
,
the
which
cannot
,
or
else
will
not
make
a
difference
betwene
an
Iland
&
that
which
we
call
almost
an
Iland
.
By
this
meanes
ye
nede
not
to
doute
that
from
the
straight
of
Magellan
.50
.
degrees
of
latitude
,
and
.30
.
minuts
,
and
.303
.
degrées
of
longitude
beyond
the
lyne
,
being
more
than
.68
.
degrées
,
on
this
syde
is
the
maine
lande
.
In
dede
if
that
this
little
lande
betwene
new
Spaine
&
Perou
,
hauing
in
bredth
but
.17
.
leagues
from
the
Ocean
to
the
South
,
were
cut
from
the
one
Sea
to
the
other
,
then
Perou
might
be
called
an
Iland
,
but
Daryen
,
a
straight
of
lande
,
Daryen
,
doth
let
it
,
yet
it
behoueth
somwhat
to
speake
of
Perou
.
As
touching
the
Religion
of
these
wyld
men
of
that
countrey
,
A
great
superstition
of
certaine
people
of
Perou
.
Bohitis
certaine
Priests
.
which
are
not
yet
reformed
to
our
Fayth
,
they
holde
a
very
straunge
opinion
of
a
great
●●ttell
that
they
kéepe
secretly
,
saying
that
the
Sea
in
times
past
passed
out
thereof
with
all
his
Fishes
,
and
that
out
of
a nother
thing
proceded
the
Sunne
&
the
Moone
,
the
first
Man
,
and
the
first
Woman
,
the
which
their
false
and
deceitfull
priestes
haue
persuaded
and
shewed
them
,
named
Bohitis
,
and
they
haue
beleued
and
giuen
credit
thereto
a
long
tyme
,
vntil
that
the
Spanyards
haue
dissuaded
the
most
parte
of
these
dreames
and
delusions
.
Besides
this
these
people
are
very
idolatrous
aboue
others
.
Lyburon
,
and
the
rest
worship
certain
beasts
and
byrds
:
Those
that
labor
the
ground
&
make
gardens
,
worship
the
Earth
,
but
they
all
in
generall
take
the
Sunne
to
be
a
great
God
,
lykewise
the
Moone
&
the
earth
,
thinking
that
by
the
Sunne
&
the
Moone
,
all
things
are
ruled
and
gouerned
.
In
swearing
or
taking
an
othe
,
they
will
lay
theyr
hand
on
the
Earthz
&
beholde
the
Sunne
,
they
also
holde
opinion
that
there
hath
ben
a
Deluge
as
those
of
America
,
saying
that
there
came
a
Prophet
from
the
North
parts
,
that
dyd
maruels
,
the
which
after
he
was
put
to
death
,
had
neuerthelesse
power
to
lyue
.
Spanyards
occupy
all
this
mayne
land
from
the
Riuer
of
Marignan
,
vnto
Furna
and
Daryen
,
and
yet
more
further
on
the
west
coast
,
which
is
the
straightest
or
narowest
place
of
the
mayne
lande
,
by
the
which
the
way
lyeth
to
Moluques
.
Furthermore
it
extendeth
to
the
Ryuer
of
Palme
,
Perou
,
there
are
Mynes
of
Gold
or
siluer
,
with
certaine
Emerauldes
and
Turkesses
,
neuertheless
e
hauing
not
so
lyuely
a
color
as
those
that
come
from
Malaca
and
Calicut
.
The
most
welthiest
people
of
all
the
countrey
of
Perou
,
Iugas
,
valiant
aboue
other
nations
,
they
worship
cattell
and
all
other
kynde
of
domesticall
beasts
,
in
greater
number
than
we
doe
here
,
for
the
countrey
thereto
is
giuen
in
such
sorte
,
that
beastes
hydes
and
skyns
of
all
sorts
,
is
their
chief
marchandise
,
and
they
kill
the
beasts
onely
for
theyr
skynnes
.
The
greatest
number
of
these
domesticall
beasts
are
become
wylde
,
bicause
that
there
are
so
great
multitude
,
so
that
they
let
them
stray
in
the
woods
day
&
night
,
for
that
they
haue
no
place
to
harbor
them
in
their
houses
.
And
for
to
take
:
them
,
they
set
snares
and
chase
them
as
we
doe
Venison
.
Corne
wil
not
prosper
nor
grow
in
America
.
Cassade
a
kinde
of
sustenance
.
As
for
Corne
as
I
vnderstand
,
it
cannot
profit
there
nor
grow
in
no
part
of
Perou
,
no
more
than
in
America
.
Therefore
aswell
gentlemen
as
others
,
lyue
with
a
kynde
of
sustenance
that
they
name
Cassade
,
which
is
a
kinde
of
cakes
made
of
a
roote
named
Manihot
.
Furthermore
they
haue
great
plenty
of
Myll
&
fish
.
As
touching
wine
there
groweth
none
,
in
stede
whereof
they
make
other
kyndes
of
beuerege
.
This
much
as
touching
the
circuit
of
Perou
,
the
which
with
his
Ilands
of
the
which
I
wil
treat
hereafter
,
is
brought
to
such
a
forme
,
that
at
this
present
ye
shal
finde
townes
,
castels
,
cities
,
b●●oughes
,
houses
,
bishopricks
,
common
weales
,
&
all
kende
of
liuings
,
so
that
ye
will
iudge
it
to
be
a nother
Europe
.
By
this
we
know
how
great
the
power
&
goodnesse
of
our
God
is
,
Turks
,
Mores
&
heathen
people
seke
to
destroy
Christes
religion
,
so
contrarily
,
in
other
places
it
doeth
more
increase
.
Thus
far
touching
Perou
,
which
in
our
retourne
we
coasted
on
the
left
hand
,
as
in
sayling
thether
we
costed
Africa
.
Of
the
Ilands
of
Perou
,
and
chiefly
of
the
Spanish
Iland
.
Cap.
71.
NOw
that
I
haue
shewed
of
the
lande
of
Perou
,
seing
that
in
the
course
we
haue
in
oure
returne
costed
certaine
Ilands
on
the
Weast
Sea
,
Perou
,
for
that
they
border
the
lande
,
I
thinke
it
good
in
lyke
case
somewhat
to
write
thereof
,
for
bicause
we
were
some
to
the
heigth
of
one
of
these
Ilandes
named
the
Spanish
Iland
by
those
that
first
did
discouer
it
,
being
before
named
Haiti
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
,
as
sharpe
or
sower
land
.
The
Promētaries
of
the
Spanish
Iland
,
Tiburou
,
Higney
,
Lobos
,
Orane
a
Riuer
,
Saint
Dominic
the
chiefest
citie
in
that
Iland
.
The
most
renoumed
riuers
in
Noua
Espania
.
The
auncient
Religion
of
the
inhabitans
of
this
Iland
.
Also
it
was
named
Quisqueia
the
great
,
and
of
a
truthe
it
is
so
faire
and
great
,
that
from
the
east
to
the
west
,
it
is
.50
.
leagues
long
,
and
of
bredth
from
the
North
to
the
South
.40
.
and
in
compasse
or
cyrcuit
more
than
.400
.
and
is
beyond
the
Equinoctiall
lyne
.18
.
degrees
,
hauing
toward
the
East
the
Iland
of
Saint
Iohn
with
many
other
small
Ilands
,
much
to
be
feared
and
dangerous
for
Saylers
,
and
toward
the
West
,
it
hath
the
Ilands
of
Cuba
and
Iamaica
,
on
the
North
syde
the
Ilands
of
the
Canibals
,
and
toward
the
South
the
Cape
of
Vela
,
planted
on
the
mayne
land
.
This
Iland
sheweth
lyke
to
Sycilly
,
in
tymes
past
that
first
was
named
Trinacria
,
for
that
it
had
.3
.
promētaries
very
eminent
,
lyke
vnto
that
of
which
we
speake
,
the
which
hath
thrée
standing
very
farre
into
the
Sea
,
of
the
which
the
first
is
named
Tyburon
,
the
second
Higney
,
the
third
Labos
,
which
is
a
syde
of
the
Iland
,
which
they
haue
named
Beata
,
almost
full
of
the
wood
Gaiac
.
In
this
Spanish
Iland
,
are
found
many
fayre
Riuers
,
among
the
which
that
chiefest
named
Orane
,
passeth
rounde
aboute
the
chiefest
Citie
named
by
the
Spaniards
Sainst
Dominick
,
the
others
are
Nequa
Hatibonice
&
Haqua
,
full
of
very
good
fishe
and
pleasant
to
eate
,
the
which
is
bicause
of
the
temperatnesse
of
the
Ayre
and
goodnesse
of
the
ground
and
of
the
water
:
these
Riuers
runne
about
into
the
Sea
almost
all
on
the
East
syde
,
the
which
méeting
together
,
make
a
very
large
Riuer
bancked
on
both
sydes
,
before
that
this
Iland
was
discouered
of
that
Christians
,
it
was
inhabited
with
wilde
men
that
were
Idolaters
,
worshipping
the
diuel
,
who
shewed
him self
to
them
in
diuers
similitudes
&
lykenesse
.
Also
they
made
many
&
sundry
Idols
,
according
to
the
visions
&
sights
that
they
had
,
as
they
do
at
this
present
in
many
Ilands
&
maine
land
of
that
countrey
:
the
others
worship
many
gods
,
chiefly
one
aboue
the
rest
,
the
which
they
esteme
to
be
a
maker
of
all
things
:
and
they
represent
his
figure
in
an
Idoll
of
wood
,
being
set
in
some
trée
garnished
with
leaues
and
fethers
.
Likewise
they
worship
the
Sunne
&
the
Moone
,
&
other
celestiall
creatures
,
the
which
now
the
inhabitants
that
are
there
do
not
vse
,
for
that
they
are
reformed
to
that
Christian
faith
and
to
all
kynde
of
ciuilitie
:
I
know
wel
that
in
times
paste
there
haue
ben
some
that
haue
not
regarded
it
.
We
reade
of
Caius
Caligula
,
an
Emperor
of
Rome
,
Spaniards
,
(
as
I
haue
ben
enformed
of
those
that
were
at
the
conquest
)
the
wylde
men
killed
aboue
ten
thousand
Christians
,
vntil
that
the
Spaniards
had
fortified
them selues
in
certain
places
:
after
which
time
they
killed
a
great
multitude
of
the
inhabitants
,
the
rest
that
were
left
they
led
captiue
into
diuers
countreys
,
and
made
them
slaues
.
And
after
this
sort
they
haue
vsed
them
of
the
Ilands
of
Cuba
,
of
S.
Iohn
Iamaique
,
the
holy
crosse
,
&
the
Canibals
,
with
many
other
Ilands
&
maine
countrys
.
For
at
the
first
the
Spaniards
&
Portingals
,
for
that
they
would
haue
the
better
dominion
&
rule
,
learned
to
liue
after
their
maner
,
alluring
them
by
gifts
and
faire
woordes
,
always
keping
them
in
their
fauor
,
vntill
that
in
proces
of
time
they
saw
how
that
they
were
able
to
mate
and
ouercome
them
,
then
they
began
to
reuolte
from
their
former
vse
,
taking
this
rude
people
and
vsing
them
lyke
slaues
,
they
prouoked
them
to
labor
the
earth
,
otherwise
they
had
neuer
come
to
the
perfection
of
their
enterprise
.
The
mightiest
kings
of
this
countrey
,
are
in
Casco
,
Apina
,
rich
and
famous
Ilands
,
aswell
for
the
Golde
and
Siluer
that
there
is
founde
,
as
for
the
fruitfulnesse
of
the
land
.
The
inhabitants
weare
nothing
but
Golde
about
them
,
as
large
bouckles
of
two
or
thrée
pound
waight
the
péece
,
hanging
at
their
eares
,
the
weight
whereof
maketh
their
eares
to
hang
halfe
a
foote
long
,
the
which
causeth
the
Spaniards
,
to
cal
them
greate
eares
.
This
Iland
is
very
rich
in
Mynes
of
Golde
,
Cassade
,
made
of
the
meale
of
Rootes
,
and
in
sted
of
wyne
,
they
haue
very
good
and
swéete
drynks
made
of
diuerse
fruites
,
as
the
Syder
of
Normandy
.
They
haue
an
infinit
number
of
good
fish
,
of
the
which
some
are
very
straunge
,
among
the
which
there
is
one
named
Manaty
,
the
which
is
taken
in
the
ryuers
,
and
also
in
the
Sea
,
but
the
greatest
store
are
in
Ryuers
.
This
fish
is
lyke
to
a
Bucke
or
Goats
skynne
,
being
fylled
wyth
oyle
or
wine
,
hauing
two
féete
on
both
sydes
of
the
shoulders
,
with
the
which
he
swimmeth
,
and
from
the
brest
to
the
tayle
deminisheth
of
greatnesse
,
Neigers
,
do
anoynt
their
bodies
there
with
to
make
them
better
disposed
&
their
ioynts
to
be
playable
,
as
the
Africans
doe
with
oyle
of
Olyue
.
Within
the
head
of
this
fish
are
found
certaine
stones
,
of
the
which
they
make
great
store
,
Spaniard
that
had
dwelled
long
time
in
this
Iland
shewed
to
me
,
that
a
gouerner
of
the
countrey
did
norish
one
in
a
cesterne
,
the
terme
of
.30
.
yeares
,
the
which
in
proces
of
time
became
so
priuie
,
that
she
wold
almost
suffer
one
to
lay
his
hand
vpon
hir
.
Hulias
,
and
Caris
,
good
to
eate
.
That
which
I
haue
sayde
of
this
Iland
,
I
may
in
lyke
maner
speake
of
the
Iland
of
S.
Iames
before
named
Iamaica
,
on
the
east
side
it
hath
the
Iland
of
S.
Dominike
.
There
is
a nother
faire
Iland
named
Bouriquan
,
Marius
,
it
is
named
S.
Iohns
Iland
,
the
which
on
the
East
side
hath
lying
the
Iland
of
the
holy
crosse
,
and
other
little
Ilands
of
the
which
some
are
inhabited
,
the
others
are
deserte
.
This
Ilande
from
the
East
to
the
west
containeth
aboute
.52
.
leagues
,
of
length
.300
.
degrées
no
minutes
,
and
of
latitude
.18
.
degrées
no
mynutes
.
To
be
short
,
there
are
many
other
Ilandes
in
those
parts
,
the
which
bicause
of
the
multitude
I
omit
.
Also
for
that
I
could
haue
no
particular
knowledge
of
them
,
I
will
not
here
forget
,
that
in
all
these
Ilandes
there
are
founde
no
rauening
beastes
no
more
than
in
England
,
and
in
the
Ile
of
Creta
.
Of
the
Iland
of
Cuba
,
and
of
Lucaiae
,
Cap.
72.
NOw
there
resteth
of
all
the
Ilands
of
Perou
,
to
reherse
some
secrets
of
the
Iland
of
Cuba
,
Spanish
Iland
.
This
Iland
is
more
greater
&
larger
than
the
others
,
for
it
is
reckned
from
the
Promontarie
that
is
on
the
East
syde
,
to
the
other
that
is
on
the
west
syde
thrée
hundreth
leagues
.
And
from
the
North
to
the
South
seuenty
leagues
.
As
touching
the
disposition
of
the
aire
,
there
it
is
temperate
,
so
that
there
is
no
excesse
of
heate
,
nor
yet
of
colde
.
There
are
found
rich
mines
of
Gold
&
siluer
,
likewise
other
mettals
.
On
the
sea
side
are
found
faire
riuers
that
procede
from
the
high
hills
,
the
waters
whereof
are
excellent
,
with
great
quantitie
of
good
fish
.
Moreouer
before
it
was
discouered
,
it
was
better
peopled
with
wyld
men
than
any
others
,
but
at
this
day
the
Spaniards
are
lords
and
masters
.
The
myddest
of
this
Ilande
hath
two
hundreth
nintie
degrées
of
longitude
,
no
minuts
,
and
of
latitude
twenty
degrées
no
minutes
.
There
is
a
hyll
harde
by
the
Sea
syde
that
is
all
salte
,
Cipris
,
greate
number
of
trées
of
cotton
,
brasyll
,
hornebeame
,
also
salte
of
the
earth
proceding
out
of
a nother
mountaine
very
high
and
brackishe
.
And
of
this
kynde
there
is
founde
in
lyke
maner
in
the
Iland
of
Cipris
,
named
of
the
Grekes
,
Oryctos
,
the
which
also
is
gotten
in
a
mountaine
hard
by
the
Sea
.
Furthermore
,
there
is
founde
in
this
Ilande
great
store
of
Azer
,
Vermilion
,
Alume
and
other
things
that
are
taken
out
of
the
bowels
of
the
Earth
.
A
wonderfull
lykor
proceding
from
a
hyll
.
Bre
a
kynde
of
lykor
.
The
seconde
thing
worthy
to
be
noted
is
,
that
in
the
same
Ilande
there
is
a
mountaine
néere
to
the
riuage
of
the
Sea
,
out
of
the
which
runneth
a
licor
like
to
that
which
is
made
in
the
fortunate
Ilandes
named
Bre
as
we
haue
before
shewed
,
the
which
runneth
doune
into
the
Sea
.
Quintus
Curtius
in
his
bokes
which
he
hath
made
of
the
Iestes
of
Alexander
the
great
,
sheweth
that
he
being
come
to
a
citie
named
Memi
,
was
desirous
to
sée
a
great
pitte
or
caue
,
in
the
which
there
was
a
fountaine
that
rendred
great
quantitie
of
gumme
very
strong
,
being
vsed
with
other
thinges
,
so
that
the
authour
thinketh
for
this
onely
reason
the
walles
of
Babilon
to
haue
ben
so
strong
,
Cuba
,
but
also
in
the
countrey
of
Themistitan
,
and
on
the
coast
of
Florida
.
As
touching
the
Ilands
of
Lucaia
,
(
being
so
named
for
that
they
are
many
in
number
)
they
are
northward
of
the
Ilande
of
Cuba
,
and
of
S.
Dominike
,
they
are
more
than
.iiij.
hundreth
in
number
,
all
little
ones
and
not
inhabited
,
vnlesse
it
be
the
greatest
that
beareth
the
name
of
all
the
others
named
Lucaia
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
Ilande
commonly
goe
to
trafficke
on
the
maine
lande
,
and
to
other
,
Ilands
.
They
that
inhabite
there
,
as
well
men
as
women
,
are
whiter
and
more
fairer
than
in
any
of
those
parties
or
countreis
.
Séeing
that
I
am
in
talke
with
these
Ilands
&
of
their
riches
,
I
will
not
forget
somewhat
to
speake
of
the
riches
of
Potossi
,
the
which
taketh
his
name
of
a
highe
mountaine
that
hath
in
height
a
great
league
,
&
halfe
a
league
compasse
.
Spaniards
.
Synce
this
Myne
was
found
out
,
all
the
countries
,
Ilands
&
mayne
lands
be
Inhabited
with
certaine
wylde
men
all
naked
as
in
other
places
of
America
.
Thus
much
as
touching
Perou
,
and
of
his
Ilands
.
A
description
of
Noua
Espania
,
and
of
the
great
citie
of
Themistitan
edified
in
the
west
Indies
.
Cap.
73.
FOr
bicause
that
it
is
not
possible
for
all
men
to
sée
sensibly
all
things
during
his
age
,
be
it
either
bicause
of
the
continuall
alteration
and
changing
of
things
that
are
here
in
this
world
,
or
bicause
of
the
long
distance
of
places
&
countries
,
God
hath
giuen
the
meane
to
represent
them
not
onely
by
writing
,
but
also
by
picture
by
the
industry
&
labor
of
those
that
haue
sene
them
.
I
haue
sene
set
out
by
figure
,
many
auncient
,
as
those
of
Iason
,
of
Acteon
,
Eneas
,
Hercules
,
&
many
other
things
the
which
we
may
dayly
sée
in
their
proper
forme
,
without
figure
,
as
are
many
kynds
of
wild
beasts
.
For
this
cause
I
mynd
to
set
forth
&
rehearse
vnto
you
,
the
great
&
large
citie
of
Thimistitan
,
as
nere
as
is
possible
,
Themistitan
is
a
citie
edified
in
newe
Spayne
,
the
which
taketh
his
beginning
at
the
straight
of
Ariana
,
and
endeth
on
the
north
side
at
the
riuer
of
Canuca
.
In
times
past
it
was
named
Anauak
,
and
since
because
it
was
discouered
and
inhabited
of
Spaniardes
,
it
hath
receiued
the
name
of
newe
Spaine
.
Among
the
which
landes
,
the
first
inhabited
was
Iucathan
,
the
which
hath
a
point
of
lande
lying
out
into
the
sea
like
vnto
the
lande
of
Florida
,
notwithstanding
that
those
which
make
the
Cardes
Marius
,
haue
forgotten
to
make
the
best
,
the
which
setteth
out
their
shew
or
description
.
Now
this
Noua
Espania
,
on
the
East
,
West
,
and
South
side
,
is
compassed
with
the
west
sea
,
and
on
the
North
side
to
the
new
world
,
the
which
being
inhabited
,
is
séene
beyond
in
the
same
North
,
an
other
lande
not
known
of
the
Modernes
,
for
the
which
I
will
not
stand
therein
.
Themistitan
,
which
is
a
strong
Citie
,
great
and
very
riche
in
the
countrey
before
named
,
is
founded
on
a
greate
Lake
,
the
way
that
goeth
to
this
Citie
is
not
broader
than
the
length
of
two
speares
,
being
so
named
of
him
that
laide
the
foundation
,
named
Tenuth
,
sonne
to
the
Kinge
Iztacmixcoatz
.
This
citie
hath
onely
two
gates
,
the
one
to
enter
in
,
the
other
for
to
come
out
at
.
And
not
farre
from
the
Citie
is
a
bridge
of
wood
,
a
tenne
foote
broad
,
the
which
was
made
for
the
encreasing
&
diminishing
of
the
waters
:
for
that
Lake
riseth
and
falleth
like
vnto
the
Sea
.
And
for
the
defence
of
the
citie
there
is
yet
many
others
like
in
maner
to
Venice
,
edified
in
the
sea
.
That
countrey
is
compassed
with
very
high
mountains
,
&
the
plaine
cuntrey
hath
in
circuit
.150
.
leagues
,
in
the
which
is
found
.ij.
lakes
that
occupy
a
great
part
therof
,
for
bicause
that
these
.ij.
lakes
haue
of
circuit
.50
.
leagues
,
of
the
which
th
one
is
fresh
water
,
Venise
.
Spaniards
haue
made
many
fayre
houses
&
places
of
pleasure
,
some
vpon
little
Rocks
&
others
vpon
pyles
of
woode
.
Moreouer
Themistitan
,
standeth
a
.xx.
degrées
of
eleuation
aboue
the
lyne
Equinoctiall
,
and
hath
.272
.
degrées
of
longitude
.
Ferdinand
of
Cortes
,
being
captaine
generall
for
the
Emperor
in
those
partes
of
the
yeare
of
grace
.1521
.
containing
than
.70000
.
houses
little
and
great
.
Mutuezuma
,
with
those
of
the
lords
of
the
towne
,
was
faire
,
great
and
large
.
The
Indians
that
then
did
inhabit
this
Citie
,
had
a
custome
to
kepe
euery
fyue
daies
the
market
in
places
thereto
appointed
,
their
trade
was
fethers
of
byrds
,
Europe
,
and
it
is
one
of
the
greatest
,
fayrest
and
rychest
that
is
in
all
the
prouinces
of
the
west
Indies
,
taking
from
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
which
is
beyond
the
lyne
.52
.
degrees
,
vnto
the
last
&
furthest
land
of
Abrador
,
the
which
holdeth
.51
.
degrées
of
latitude
on
this
syde
the
lyne
on
the
North
side
.
Of
Florida
.
Cap.
74.
SEing
that
in
writing
this
discourse
we
haue
made
mention
of
this
lande
called
Florida
,
although
that
in
our
retorne
we
approched
not
so
neare
,
considering
that
our
course
lay
not
altogether
so
low
,
neuerthelesse
,
we
sayled
close
by
to
take
an
easterly
wynde
.
It
séemeth
to
me
not
out
of
the
way
,
to
write
thereof
some
thing
.
Lykewise
of
the
land
of
Canada
that
is
next
to
it
toward
the
North
,
being
onely
certaine
mountaines
betwene
bothe
.
Therefore
keping
our
course
of
the
height
of
new
Spaine
,
on
the
right
hande
to
attaine
to
Europe
,
not
so
sone
nor
so
right
a
course
as
we
wished
to
haue
gone
,
we
found
the
sea
fauorable
ynough
.
But
as
by
chaunce
I
put
out
my
head
for
to
beholde
it
,
I
saw
it
as
farre
as
I
could
extend
my
sight
,
all
couered
with
herbes
and
floures
,
the
which
gaue
me
occasion
to
think
that
we
were
nere
to
the
land
,
considering
also
that
in
other
places
of
the
sea
I
had
not
so
much
séene
,
notwithstanding
I
found
my selfe
incontinently
frustrate
of
my
opinion
,
Florida
.
Caape
de
Baxa
.
Therfore
this
great
land
of
Florida
is
very
daungerous
for
those
that
sayle
of
the
coast
of
Cataia
,
Canibalu
,
Panuca
,
and
Themistitan
:
for
to
sight
a
farre
of
,
it
would
be
iudged
an
Iland
lying
out
in
the
mayne
Sea
.
Furthermore
this
place
is
dangerous
bicause
of
the
running
waters
,
wyndes
and
tempests
that
are
in
that
coast
commonly
.
As
touching
the
mayne
lande
of
Florida
,
it
hath
on
the
east
syde
the
prouince
of
Chicoma
,
and
the
Ilands
named
Bahana
and
Lucaia
.
On
the
west
syde
lyeth
noua
Espania
,
the
which
diuideth
in
the
land
that
is
named
Anauae
,
of
the
which
we
haue
before
shewed
.
The
best
and
most
fruitfullest
countries
that
are
in
Florida
,
is
Panuae
,
that
which
bordereth
Noua
Espania
.
The
people
of
the
countrey
are
naturally
cruell
and
mightie
men
,
being
all
Idolaters
,
who
when
that
they
haue
néede
either
of
water
or
sunne
,
for
their
gardens
and
rootes
,
with
the
which
they
dayly
liue
,
then
they
will
fall
doune
before
their
Idolls
,
that
are
ma●●
to
the
similitude
of
men
or
of
beastes
.
Besides
this
these
people
are
more
and
better
practised
in
the
feats
of
warre
than
the
people
of
Perou
.
When
they
go
to
the
warrs
,
they
beare
their
king
on
foure
mens
shoulders
in
a
beastes
skinne
,
and
they
that
beare
him
,
are
clad
and
garnished
with
riche
feathers
.
And
when
that
they
come
to
hande
strokes
,
they
set
their
king
in
the
middest
of
them
,
clad
with
fine
skinnes
,
and
he
will
neuer
depart
from
thence
,
vntill
the
battell
be
ended
:
Also
if
that
they
feele
them selues
to
bée
the
weaker
sort
,
and
that
their
kyng
beginneth
to
flée
,
they
wyll
not
fayle
to
kill
hym
,
the
which
order
the
Persians
and
other
barbarous
nations
in
the
East
parte
obserue
at
this
day
:
their
weapons
of
defence
are
bowes
and
arrowes
made
of
wood
enuenomed
,
the
whiche
in
stede
of
Iron
heades
are
garnished
at
the
ende
with
bones
of
fishes
or
wilde
beasts
,
the
whiche
is
very
sharpe
.
Some
of
them
will
eate
their
enimies
,
as
the
Americanes
will
doe
,
of
whom
we
haue
spoken
.
And
although
this
people
as
we
haue
before
shewed
are
Idolaters
,
neuerthelesse
they
beléeue
the
soule
to
be
immortall
.
Also
that
there
is
a
place
appointed
for
the
wicked
,
the
whiche
is
a
very
colde
land
,
and
that
the
Gods
permit
that
the
sinnes
of
the
wicked
shall
be
punished
.
Also
they
beleue
,
that
there
is
an
infinite
numbre
of
people
in
the
skies
,
and
as
many
vnder
the
earth
with
many
other
folies
,
the
which
may
better
be
compared
to
the
transformations
of
Ouide
,
than
to
any
other
thyng
.
Furthermore
,
they
beleue
these
things
to
be
true
,
as
Turkes
and
Arabians
do
that
which
is
writen
in
their
Alcoran
.
This
countrey
towarde
the
sea
is
not
verie
fruitfull
,
the
people
are
very
rusticall
more
than
those
of
Perou
,
or
of
America
,
for
that
they
are
traded
wyth
strangers
.
This
lande
was
named
Florida
,
Florida
,
and
the
riuer
of
Palme
,
are
to
be
seene
diuers
kinds
of
monstrous
and
strange
beastes
,
Spayne
,
of
one
of
the
which
I
saw
the
skin
,
and
not
otherwise
,
and
they
liued
there
but
a
short
time
.
This
beast
(
as
it
is
said
)
is
perpetual
enimie
to
the
horsse
,
&
can
not
abide
him
to
be
by
him
.
Florida
,
toward
the
Caape
of
Baxe
,
there
are
certaine
litle
riuers
,
where
as
the
wylde
men
gather
oisters
,
Indians
,
as
in
the
West
.
Ye
must
note
that
euery
chiefe
or
head
housholder
,
hauyng
a
greate
number
of
slaues
,
knowing
not
to
what
labour
to
set
them
about
they
sende
them
to-gather
oysters
,
of
the
whiche
they
gather
baskets
full
for
their
masters
,
putting
them
into
certain
great
vessells
,
which
being
halfe
full
of
water
,
is
an
occasion
,
that
the
oysters
beyng
conserued
therin
certaine
dayes
do
open
,
and
the
water
clensing
them
,
leaueth
these
stones
or
perles
within
these
vessels
.
And
to
get
them
out
they
first
take
the
oisters
out
of
the
vessell
,
and
then
they
lette
the
water
oute
by
a
hole
,
vnder
the
which
they
lay
a
linnen
cloth
,
least
that
with
the
water
the
stones
or
pearles
that
mighte
be
,
should
runne
out
.
As
touching
the
figure
of
these
Oysters
,
they
differ
much
from
ours
,
as
well
in
colour
as
in
shell
,
hauing
eche
of
them
certain
litle
holes
,
which
would
be
thought
to
haue
ben
made
artificially
,
in
the
which
holes
are
these
pearles
.
Thus
muche
thought
I
good
to
speake
of
by
the
way
,
the
like
also
are
found
at
Perou
,
and
certaine
other
stones
in
good
number
:
but
the
finest
are
founde
in
the
Riuer
of
Palme
,
and
in
the
riuer
of
Panuco
,
the
which
are
distant
the
one
from
the
other
.32
.
leagues
,
but
the
christians
haue
not
libertie
to
get
them
,
bicause
that
the
wilde
men
of
that
countrie
,
are
not
yet
conuerted
to
our
christian
faith
.
Now
therfore
coasting
Florida
on
the
left
hand
,
the
winde
beyng
to
vs
contrary
,
we
sayled
very
néere
to
Canada
,
and
to
an
other
countrey
that
is
called
Baccalos
,
which
was
against
our
wills
,
and
to
our
great
displeasure
,
bicause
of
the
extreme
colde
that
molested
vs
the
terme
of
eightene
dayes
,
Baccalos
entreth
farre
into
the
full
sea
in
forme
of
a
point
welnigh
two
hundreth
leagues
on
the
north
side
distant
from
the
line
onely
fortie
eight
degrées
.
The
poynt
of
Baccales
.
Baccales
,
a
fish
.
Thys
pointe
was
named
Baccales
,
bicause
of
a
certaine
fishe
that
is
found
thereabout
in
the
sea
,
whiche
they
name
Baccales
,
betwene
which
and
the
Cape
Delgado
,
there
is
diuers
Ilands
peopled
,
very
dangerous
to
aboord
,
bicause
of
the
multitude
of
rocks
that
compasse
the
sayd
Ilandes
,
&
they
are
called
the
Ilands
of
Cortes
.
Baccalles
.
These
places
were
first
discouered
by
an
Englishman
named
Sebastian
Babat
,
Henry
the
seuenth
,
that
by
that
waye
he
would
sayle
into
the
countrie
of
Catia
,
towards
the
Northe
,
and
that
by
this
meanes
he
woulde
fynde
spices
and
other
thyngs
as
well
as
the
Kyng
of
Portingal
dyd
in
the
east
Indies
:
Neuerthelesse
his
mynd
was
to
go
to
Perou
,
&
America
,
for
to
people
that
cuntrie
with
Englishmen
,
but
his
purpose
toke
no
effect
.
True
it
is
that
he
landed
toward
the
coast
of
Ireland
in
the
north
.300
.
men
where
as
bicause
of
the
extreme
colde
the
most
part
of
his
men
dyed
,
thoughe
it
were
in
the
moneth
of
Iuly
.
And
since
Iames
Quartier
a
Briton
made
thither
two
voyages
,
as
he
hym selfe
shewed
me
in
the
yeare
.1530
.
and
.1535
.
Of
the
lande
of
Canada
,
before
named
Baccalos
,
being
discouered
in
oure
time
,
and
how
the
inhabitants
liue
.
Ca.
75.
FOr
bicause
that
this
countrey
lying
in
the
Northe
was
discouered
in
oure
time
,
Sebastian
Babat
an
Englisheman
,
and
then
by
Iames
Quartier
a
Briton
,
beyng
well
séene
in
nauigation
,
who
toke
vpon
him
the
voyage
at
the
commaundemente
of
the
kyng
of
France
,
Francisce
the
first
,
I
think
it
good
therfore
somewhat
to
write
,
the
which
semeth
to
me
most
worthie
to
be
noted
:
although
that
accordyng
to
the
order
of
our
voyage
homewardes
,
it
ought
to
go
before
the
next
Chapter
.
Moreouer
,
that
which
moueth
me
so
to
doe
,
is
that
I
haue
not
séene
any
that
hathe
treated
otherwise
,
although
to
my
iudgement
the
thyng
doth
merite
it
,
and
that
I
haue
surely
learned
it
of
the
sayd
Iames
Quartier
.
Florida
,
and
to
the
Ilandes
of
Perou
,
and
since
is
coasted
by
the
west
toward
Baccalles
,
of
which
we
haue
spoken
.
The
which
place
I
think
be
the
same
,
that
those
which
lately
haue
discouered
and
named
Canada
,
as
it
happeneth
many
times
that
some
will
giue
name
to
that
whiche
is
out
of
others
knowledge
,
the
which
toward
the
east
extendeth
to
the
sea
called
Hyperbores
,
Campestra
de
Berga
,
to
the
Southeast
ioyning
to
this
countrey
.
There
is
a
Caape
called
Loraine
,
otherwise
by
them
that
discouered
it
,
the
lande
of
Britons
,
being
nere
to
new
founde
lande
,
hauing
not
in
distance
aboue
.x.
or
.xij
leagues
betwene
them
.
This
new
founde
land
bordreth
this
hie
land
,
the
which
we
haue
named
Caape
Loraine
,
and
towards
the
northeast
betweene
both
lieth
an
Iland
,
Florida
,
lying
like
an
halfe
circle
,
drawing
towarde
Themistitan
.
Now
to
return
to
Caape
Loraine
,
of
the
which
we
haue
spoken
,
it
lieth
to
the
lande
towards
the
north
,
whiche
is
ranged
with
the
sea
Meditarium
,
as
Italy
betweene
the
sea
Adriatike
,
and
the
sea
Ligustike
.
And
from
the
sayd
Caape
going
towards
the
West
,
and
west
southwest
,
the
shore
is
to
be
séene
about
two
hundreth
leagues
,
and
all
sandie
and
silte
,
without
any
port
or
hauen
.
This
region
is
inhabited
with
many
people
of
an
indifferent
gret
stature
,
very
malicious
,
hauing
most
commonly
their
faces
disfigured
&
couered
with
vizards
of
red
and
blew
,
which
colours
they
haue
of
certayne
fruites
:
This
lande
was
discouered
by
Iames
Quartier
a
Bryton
,
borne
at
S.
Maloes
,
in
the
yeare
.1535
.
At
that
time
besides
the
number
of
shippes
that
he
had
,
for
the
performaunce
of
his
voyage
,
with
certaine
barkes
,
some
with
.60
.
and
80.
men
a
piece
,
he
fought
out
this
vnknowne
countrie
,
vntill
he
came
to
a
great
&
brode
riuer
,
to
the
which
they
gaue
a
name
,
in
the
whiche
is
founde
very
good
fish
,
chiefly
Salmons
,
and
that
great
plentie
:
then
they
traded
into
so
many
places
adiacent
with
kniues
,
hatchets
,
hookes
and
lynes
to
fishe
with
,
and
such
like
,
for
Hartes
skinnes
and
skinnes
of
other
wild
beastes
,
wherof
there
is
great
store
.
The
wilde
men
of
the
countrey
gaue
them
good
entertainement
,
shewing
them selues
well
affectioned
towardes
them
,
and
glad
of
their
comming
,
knowledge
and
amitie
,
and
with
their
practise
in
bargainyng
with
them
.
After
this
,
they
passyng
further
,
founde
other
people
,
contrary
to
the
first
,
as
well
in
their
language
,
as
in
their
maner
of
liuyng
,
Chelogua
,
for
to
make
war
against
their
neighbors
,
which
afterward
was
known
of
a
truthe
by
Iames
Quartier
,
who
toke
one
of
their
skiffes
with
seuen
men
,
wherof
he
reserued
twaine
,
which
he
brought
into
Fraunce
,
and
at
his
second
voyage
did
carie
them
backe
againe
,
and
also
they
returned
againe
,
and
were
made
Christians
,
&
ended
their
liues
in
Fraunce
.
Moreouer
the
sayde
Quartier
coulde
not
learne
the
maner
of
liuing
of
the
first
Barbariens
,
neither
what
commoditie
is
in
their
countrey
and
region
,
bicause
that
it
was
not
before
frequented
nor
traded
.
Of
an
other
countrey
of
Canada
.
Cap.
76.
AS
touching
the
other
part
of
this
Region
of
Canada
,
An other
region
of
Canada
founde
out
by
Quartier
.
The
amiable
maners
of
these
Canadiens
.
where
as
remayne
and
inhabite
the
last
wilde
men
:
It
hath
ben
since
discouered
beyond
the
sayd
riuer
.
of
Chelogua
,
being
more
than
thrée
or
four
hundreth
leagues
by
the
said
Quartier
,
wheras
he
found
the
countrey
well
peopled
,
as
well
in
his
second
as
first
Nauigation
:
the
people
of
that
countrey
is
as
obediente
,
and
as
amiable
as
is
possible
,
&
as
familiar
as
though
that
alwayes
they
hadde
bene
broughte
vp
together
without
any
signe
of
yll
will
,
or
any
other
rigour
.
And
there
the
sayd
Quartier
made
a
certaine
hold
or
castle
for
to
winter
him
and
his
,
likewise
for
to
defend
them
against
the
colde
weather
,
the
which
there
is
very
rigorous
.
He
was
very
wel
intertained
,
considering
the
time
&
seson
:
for
the
inhabitants
brought
them
dayly
boates
ful
of
fish
,
as
Eeles
,
Lampreys
and
others
:
like
wise
fleshe
and
venison
,
wherof
there
is
great
plenty
.
Also
they
are
greate
hunters
,
be
it
either
sommer
or
winter
with
snares
and
otherwise
:
they
vse
a
kinde
of
rackets
sette
together
,
with
cordes
of
two
foote
and
a
halfe
of
length
,
and
one
foote
broade
,
they
were
them
on
their
féete
in
the
frost
and
in
the
snow
,
Iames
Quartier
did
kepe
both
fleshe
and
skinne
,
selling
them
for
no
other
recompense
than
kniues
hatchets
,
and
other
yron
tooles
.
Also
I
will
not
lette
passe
one
thyng
very
singular
,
that
is
,
when
that
these
people
are
sicke
either
of
an
ague
,
or
any
other
inward
disease
,
they
take
the
leaues
of
a
certaine
trée
,
which
is
lyke
to
a
Cedre
,
with
the
whiche
they
make
a
water
that
they
drinke
,
so
that
there
is
no
disease
,
be
it
neuer
so
festred
in
a
mans
body
,
but
that
this
drinke
will
heale
within
.xxiiij.
houres
,
which
also
Christians
haue
tried
,
and
haue
brought
the
plantes
therof
into
this
countrey
.
What
religion
these
Canadians
vse
with
their
lyuing
,
and
how
they
resist
the
cold
.
Ca.
77.
THese
people
in
their
liuyng
and
gouerning
do
not
farre
differ
from
the
lawe
of
Nature
,
Americans
,
of
whiche
we
haue
alreadie
spoken
.
Of
their
Religion
,
they
kéepe
no
meane
,
nor
ceremonie
in
worshyppyng
or
praying
to
God
,
sauyng
that
they
contemplate
,
the
newe
Moone
,
Osannaha
,
sayeng
that
Andouagny
dothe
so
call
it
,
and
then
causeth
it
to
spreade
by
litle
and
litle
.
Moreouer
,
they
doe
beleue
,
that
there
is
a
Creator
more
greater
than
the
Sun
or
the
Moone
,
and
that
hath
all
vnder
his
power
,
and
it
is
he
whome
they
call
Andouagny
,
and
yet
they
neither
knowe
what
waye
to
inuocate
nor
call
vpon
,
to
praye
to
him
,
nor
to
worship
him
,
although
that
in
some
partes
of
Canada
,
they
worship
Idols
,
Portingall
pylote
,
the
which
did
on
a
time
visite
two
or
thrée
villages
or
hamlettes
with
the
lodgyngs
of
the
inhabitants
.
They
beleue
that
the
soule
is
immortall
,
Canada
dyd
informe
vs
,
Donacoua
Aguanna
,
who
dyed
in
Fraunce
a
good
Christian
,
and
spake
good
frenche
,
for
he
had
ben
kept
there
foure
yeres
.
And
for
bicause
that
I
will
not
be
tedious
in
this
historie
of
these
Canadians
,
ye
shal
note
that
these
people
vniuersally
are
afflicted
with
continuall
colde
,
Equinoctiall
and
south
pole
,
are
contrary
,
bicause
that
the
vehement
heate
of
the
aire
draweth
out
the
naturall
heate
,
so
that
they
are
only
hot
without
and
cold
within
:
the
others
haue
their
naturall
heate
enclosed
,
&
prouoked
to
keepe
in
,
bicause
of
the
outward
cold
,
Canada
Famine
:
also
for
that
their
fruits
,
rootes
,
and
other
thinges
,
wherwith
they
sustaine
them
,
is
frosen
the
moste
part
of
the
yeare
,
likewise
their
riuers
.
We
haue
shewed
how
that
they
couer
their
houses
with
barkes
of
trées
:
also
they
make
boates
to
fish
in
,
both
for
the
salt
water
and
the
fresh
.
Those
of
the
lande
of
Labrador
their
neighbours
,
Spanyardes
,
thinking
that
by
this
coast
they
mighte
finde
a
way
more
néerer
to
sayle
to
Moluques
,
wheras
spices
are
in
lyke
maner
subiecte
to
these
coldes
,
and
they
couer
their
lodgyngs
with
the
skynnes
of
fishes
and
of
wylde
beastes
,
as
also
do
other
Canadians
.
Furthermore
the
sayd
Canadians
liue
together
in
common
as
doe
the
Americanes
,
Myll
as
great
as
peason
,
America
,
and
in
Perou
.
America
,
doe
parfume
them
after
an
other
maner
,
as
we
haue
before
shewed
.
Of
these
Canadians
apparel
,
how
they
weare
their
haire
,
and
howe
their
treate
their
children
.
Cap.
78.
THese
Canadians
hauing
much
more
ciuilitie
than
the
inhabitants
of
America
,
America
,
causeth
them
to
remaine
naked
without
any
shame
one
of
an
other
.
And
yet
the
men
of
Canada
,
are
not
altogether
clad
,
but
only
wrapped
in
these
rough
and
heary
skins
like
to
an
apron
for
to
couer
the
shamfast
parts
of
nature
,
brynging
it
betwixt
their
legs
,
&
buttoned
with
buttons
,
on
both
the
thighs
,
&
then
they
gird
them
with
a
brode
girdle
,
which
couereth
all
their
body
,
and
they
haue
their
armes
and
legs
bare
,
sauing
that
vpon
this
they
wear
a
long
cloke
with
furred
skinnes
,
sowed
so
wel
together
,
as
if
some
master
furrier
or
skinner
of
our
countrey
had
thereto
set
his
hand
.
Their
clokes
are
made
of
Badgers
skins
Beares
skins
,
Marterns
,
Panthers
,
Foxes
,
Hares
,
Ratts
,
and
Coneys
,
&
other
skins
corryed
after
their
maner
with
haire
&
al
:
which
to
my
iudgement
hath
caused
this
argument
,
that
some
think
that
the
wilde
men
ar
all
hearie
.
Hercules
of
Lybia
,
comming
into
France
,
founde
the
people
lyuing
almost
like
to
the
wilde
men
that
are
as
well
in
the
east
Indies
,
as
in
America
,
without
any
ciuilitie
,
&
the
men
went
almost
al
naked
.
Others
were
clad
with
beasts
skins
of
diuers
colors
.
Such
was
the
state
and
condition
of
the
first
humaine
kynde
,
being
at
the
first
rude
&
altogether
out
of
frame
,
vntill
that
by
succession
of
time
necessitie
hath
constrained
men
to
inuent
many
thinges
for
the
preseruation
and
maintenance
of
their
life
.
Well
now
the
poore
wylde
men
wonder
at
our
apparell
,
of
what
and
howe
it
is
made
,
demaundyng
what
trées
heare
suche
things
?
as
was
demaunded
of
me
in
America
,
thinking
that
wooll
dyd
growe
on
trées
,
as
doth
their
cotton
:
The
vse
wherof
was
long
time
vnknowne
:
And
as
some
writers
doe
affirme
,
Athenians
,
and
by
them
it
was
first
put
in
vre
:
others
haue
attributed
it
to
Pallas
,
for
bicause
that
wooll
was
vsed
before
that
Athens
was
builded
.
For
this
cause
the
Athenians
haue
greatly
honored
and
worshipped
the
goddesse
Pallas
,
for
that
they
haue
receiued
of
hir
this
greate
benefite
.
And
by
this
may
be
known
that
the
sayd
Athenians
and
other
people
of
Grecia
,
doe
clothe
them selues
with
skinnes
like
to
these
Canadians
,
and
to
the
similitude
of
our
first
parentes
Adam
and
Eue
,
as
witnesseth
Saint
Hierom
,
leauing
an
example
to
all
his
posteritie
for
to
vse
the
like
,
and
not
to
go
naked
.
For
the
which
thing
we
can
not
giue
sufficient
praise
and
thanks
to
God
,
the
which
of
his
prouidence
farre
aboue
all
other
partes
of
the
worlde
,
hath
shewed
fauour
to
our
Europe
.
Now
there
resteth
to
shewe
how
they
weare
their
haire
,
the
which
is
otherwise
than
the
Americanes
vse
.
Hercules
,
that
the
auncient
Romanes
were
wont
to
make
for
their
recreation
and
pleasure
,
and
as
he
is
set
out
nowe
a
dayes
,
than
like
any
other
thing
:
Others
there
are
that
couer
their
heads
,
and
girde
their
bodies
with
marten
sables
,
beyng
so
named
by
the
name
of
the
religion
that
is
vsed
in
those
partes
,
where
as
this
beast
frequenteth
,
the
whyche
Furres
we
estéeme
very
precious
and
riche
,
bicause
they
are
rare
and
scant
,
and
therfore
these
skins
with
vs
are
for
princes
and
great
lordes
to
weare
,
for
they
are
very
scant
.
The
Canadians
haue
no
beards
no
more
than
those
of
Bresseill
,
for
they
shaue
it
of
as
soone
as
it
buddeth
.
Canada
,
weare
hose
of
tawed
lether
,
being
well
made
after
their
maner
,
and
painted
or
coloured
with
certaine
herbes
or
fruites
after
their
maner
,
their
shoes
are
after
the
same
sorte
.
They
obserue
matrimonie
faithfully
,
Agahanna
:
America
,
and
therfore
they
haue
certaine
houses
in
their
villages
,
where
as
the
men
and
women
mete
,
being
separated
from
the
yong
men
&
maidens
.
Women
that
are
widowes
do
neuer
marie
again
,
after
the
death
of
their
husbands
,
but
liue
in
sorow
the
rest
of
their
life
,
and
haue
their
face
all
blacked
with
the
dust
of
coales
mingled
with
trayne
oyle
,
with
their
haire
hanging
al
about
their
face
,
and
not
trussed
vp
behind
,
as
the
others
vse
:
and
after
this
sort
they
go
euen
to
their
death
.
Turkey
,
I
wold
thinke
they
had
lerned
this
of
the
Turkes
,
Turkes
do
,
but
rather
for
a
ciuilitie
that
they
haue
aboue
others
.
And
by
this
may
be
knowne
how
much
these
poore
brutish
people
do
excell
others
in
honestie
.
They
plante
or
set
a
planke
of
wood
for
the
childe
bicause
of
the
inferiour
extremitie
pointed
into
the
earth
,
and
the
childe
shall
stand
or
lye
vpright
to
sleape
with
his
head
hanging
downe
.
Howe
these
people
make
warre
.
Cap.
79.
AS
these
people
séeme
almost
to
haue
like
maners
and
vsage
,
as
other
barbarous
people
haue
:
The
Canadians
are
warlike
people
.
Toutaniens
enimies
to
the
Canadians
.
also
there
is
no
nation
more
prompt
&
readie
to
make
warre
one
with
a nother
than
they
are
,
&
that
vse
their
feates
of
warre
most
likest
vnto
them
,
onely
certaine
things
excepted
.
The
Toutaniens
,
the
Guadelphes
,
and
Chicorins
,
make
warre
commonly
against
the
Canadians
,
Ochelagua
and
Saguena
,
which
Riuers
are
verie
faire
and
great
,
bearing
very
good
fishe
,
and
that
great
plentie
.
Also
by
these
riuers
ye
may
enter
aboue
three
hundreth
leagues
into
the
countrey
,
and
also
into
the
land
of
theyr
enimies
with
small
boates
,
bicause
of
the
rockes
.
And
the
olde
people
of
the
countrey
say
,
Spayne
,
for
they
border
one
another
as
Fraunce
doeth
and
Italie
.
And
therefore
when
that
they
haue
warre
in
Canada
,
theyr
greate
Agahanna
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
,
their
King
or
Lord
doth
commaunde
all
other
Lords
vnder
his
authoritie
,
for
euery
village
hath
his
superior
,
that
they
make
them
readie
to
come
before
him
in
their
best
araye
,
with
men
,
victuals
and
munitions
of
warre
,
as
their
custome
and
maner
is
to
doe
:
and
then
euery
one
will
make
them selues
readie
to
obey
their
lordes
commandement
:
and
so
they
will
come
together
on
the
water
with
their
litle
barkes
and
skiffes
,
made
of
the
barkes
of
trées
,
as
they
doe
in
America
,
Canadians
were
preuented
.
Neuerthelesse
as
I
was
enformed
,
these
poore
wilde
men
had
not
conspired
this
enterprise
,
but
iustly
and
in
a
good
quarrell
,
considering
the
wrong
,
that
they
had
first
receiued
of
others
.
For
our
men
being
descended
a
land
some
yong
men
among
them
for
their
pleasure
,
moste
wicked
and
foolish
,
vsing
themselues
more
lyker
Tyrantes
than
Christians
,
dyd
cut
of
bothe
Armes
and
Legs
of
some
of
these
poore
people
,
bicause
that
they
woulde
proue
whether
their
swordes
woulde
cut
well
or
no
:
And
yet
the
poore
people
receiued
them
gently
.
And
for
this
occasion
they
haue
not
permitted
since
any
Christian
there
to
aborde
nor
set
foote
on
lande
,
neither
yet
to
trade
or
traffick
as
by
experience
hath
ben
knowen
.
Now
to
our
purpose
:
these
Canadians
set
forwarde
in
the
warre
foure
and
foure
,
Amazones
,
of
which
we
haue
spoken
,
for
to
giue
feare
and
dreade
to
their
enimies
,
they
carry
many
standards
made
of
braunches
,
being
decked
with
Penons
and
Swans
fethers
.
Canadians
fight
,
Heroditus
,
in
his
firste
booke
speaking
of
certayne
people
,
Virgins
vsed
to
fight
one
with
another
at
the
feasts
of
the
Goddesse
Minerua
.
Diodorus
.
The
Ancient
custome
of
the
men
of
Thebes
&
Lacedemonians
in
fighting
.
that
fought
with
Staues
and
Clubs
,
saith
that
the
Virgins
of
that
countrey
had
a
custome
to
fight
euery
yeare
with
stones
and
Staues
one
agaynst
the
other
,
in
honor
of
the
Goddesse
Minerua
,
on
that
day
that
was
celebrated
to
hir
.
Also
Diodorus
in
his
firste
booke
sayeth
,
that
clubs
and
Lyons
skins
were
good
for
Hercules
to
fight
with
,
for
before
that
tyme
other
Armors
was
not
vsed
.
Who
so
euer
will
reade
Plutarchus
,
Iustinus
and
other
Authors
,
shall
finde
that
the
Ancient
Romaynes
did
fight
naked
:
the
men
of
Thebes
and
the
Lacedemonians
,
did
reuenge
themselues
of
their
enimies
with
Staues
&
clubs
of
woode
.
And
ye
shall
note
that
the
people
were
then
as
hardy
as
they
are
at
this
day
,
and
yet
they
were
naked
,
hauing
no
more
clothing
than
the
Canadians
haue
of
their
skins
,
and
they
are
also
destitute
and
know
not
the
feats
&
policies
of
warre
,
with
the
which
these
Canadians
can
shifte
and
helpe
themselues
.
Wel
these
people
of
Canada
,
Americans
do
,
the
which
eate
them
(
but
that
which
is
much
more
tolerable
)
but
if
that
they
take
any
of
their
enimies
or
otherwise
remayn
victors
,
they
pull
the
skin
quite
ouer
their
eares
and
then
drie
it
,
and
so
they
carrie
it
into
their
countrey
,
shewing
it
with
greate
glorie
to
their
wiues
,
friends
and
olde
people
,
which
for
age
cannot
go
to
the
warres
in
signe
of
victorie
.
To
conclude
,
they
are
not
so
prone
to
make
warre
,
as
those
people
of
Perou
and
Bressill
,
peraduenture
bicause
of
the
difficultie
that
the
frost
and
snow
causeth
,
with
inconueniences
that
they
haue
in
those
partes
.
Of
Mynes
,
precious
Stones
,
and
other
secretes
that
are
founde
in
Canada
.
Cap.
80.
THe
land
and
countrey
of
Canada
,
Fraunce
:
Canadians
since
that
tyme
haue
not
made
great
store
thereof
,
séeing
that
it
is
so
good
and
excellent
to
drinke
.
This
trée
in
their
language
is
called
Cotton
.
Canada
,
many
places
and
countreys
that
beare
very
good
vynes
,
euen
of
their
owne
nature
,
growing
out
of
the
earth
,
without
mans
labor
,
bearing
great
quantitie
of
Grapes
,
faire
great
and
good
for
to
eate
,
but
yet
I
know
not
whether
that
the
wine
be
good
or
no.
It
is
not
to
be
doubted
,
but
that
those
that
first
did
discouer
this
land
,
found
these
things
very
strange
.
In
this
countrey
is
goodly
hils
and
valeys
,
Perou
,
if
that
the
grounde
were
vndermyned
.
As
touching
mynes
of
Iron
and
Brasse
,
Canada
)
it
is
lyke
to
the
Diamonds
of
Calicut
,
and
of
the
Easte
Indies
.
Some
say
that
these
Diamonds
are
a
kind
of
fine
Cristall
,
of
the
which
I
can
giue
no
other
conclusion
,
Plinie
sayeth
,
that
Cristall
procedeth
of
Snow
and
water
,
that
is
excedingly
frosen
,
therefore
in
those
places
that
are
subiect
to
frost
and
snow
,
it
may
be
made
that
some
parte
thereof
by
processe
of
tyme
conuerteth
,
and
turneth
lyke
to
Cristall
.
Solon
,
Canada
,
and
in
other
colde
countreys
,
but
the
experience
sheweth
the
contrarie
as
appereth
in
the
Iland
of
Cypris
,
Rhodes
,
and
in
many
places
of
Egypt
,
and
of
Graecia
,
as
I
my self
haue
sene
when
I
was
there
,
that
there
was
founde
,
and
is
founde
at
this
present
great
plenty
of
Cristall
,
by
the
whiche
argument
we
may
iudge
,
that
Crystall
commeth
not
of
frosen
water
,
considering
that
in
those
countreys
of
whiche
we
speake
,
the
heate
is
more
vehement
(
yea
without
comparison
)
than
in
Canada
,
whiche
countrey
as
afflicted
with
continuall
colde
.
Diodorus
sayth
,
Canada
,
is
more
resplendent
and
more
finer
than
that
of
Cypris
and
other
places
.
In
times
past
the
Emperours
of
Rome
did
greatly
esteme
fine
Crystall
,
Egypte
,
in
those
dares
when
the
great
Citie
of
Thebes
flourished
,
dyd
beautifie
their
sepulters
with
fine
Crystall
,
the
which
was
brought
from
Armenia
the
greate
,
and
from
the
coaste
of
Siria
,
and
of
Crystal
was
the
pictures
and
images
of
Kings
made
to
their
lykenesse
,
for
to
remayne
as
they
thought
and
to
be
in
perpetuall
memorie
.
By
this
ye
may
sée
how
much
Cristall
hath
ben
estemed
,
and
to
what
vse
it
was
employed
.
And
now
a
dayes
it
is
bestowed
to
make
cups
&
vessels
,
a
thing
greatly
estemed
,
if
that
it
were
not
so
weake
.
To
conclude
,
Canada
is
founde
great
store
of
Iasper
stone
and
Cassidonies
.
Of
Earthquakes
and
hayles
to
the
which
this
countrey
of
Canada
is
very
subiect
.
Cap.
81.
THis
Region
of
Canada
is
greatly
subiect
to
earthquakes
and
to
hayles
,
Aristotle
doth
shewe
.
As
touching
hayle
,
Canadians
when
that
they
féele
such
incommodities
,
for
the
affliction
that
they
receiue
,
they
kepe
themselues
in
their
houses
with
certaine
domestical
beasts
that
they
nourish
.
And
there
they
make
their
mone
to
their
Idols
;
whose
forme
and
lykenesse
is
not
much
vnlike
to
the
fabulouse
picture
of
Melusin
of
Lusignam
,
being
halfe
a
Serpent
and
halfe
a
Woman
:
for
the
heade
of
their
Idoll
with
hir
haire
representeth
according
to
their
brutish
maner
a
woman
.
And
the
rest
of
their
body
is
lyke
to
a
Serpent
.
The
which
may
cause
Poets
to
fayne
that
Melusin
was
their
Goddesse
.
The
earthquakes
be
dangerous
,
although
the
case
be
euident
.
Thales
Milesius
,
one
of
the
seuen
wise
men
of
Grecia
,
sayde
that
water
was
the
beginning
of
al
things
,
and
that
the
earth
floting
in
the
middest
of
this
water
was
in
a
continuall
quaking
,
sometymes
more
,
and
sometymes
lesse
.
Of
this
same
opinion
was
Democrites
,
and
fayde
furthermore
,
that
the
water
vnder
the
earth
being
burst
out
by
rayne
,
coulde
not
bicause
of
his
excesse
quantitie
,
be
contayned
in
the
vaynes
and
compasse
of
the
earth
,
but
caused
these
earthquakes
,
and
of
this
procedeth
the
Springs
and
Fountaynes
that
we
haue
.
Anaxagoras
sayd
,
it
was
fier
the
which
coueting
(
as
it
is
his
nature
)
to
rise
hye
and
to
ioyne
with
the
fier
Elementarie
,
causeth
not
onely
this
quaking
,
but
certayne
openings
,
goulfes
,
and
such
lyke
in
the
earth
,
as
we
may
sée
in
certa
yne
places
,
and
confirmed
his
opinion
in
that
the
earth
burneth
in
certayne
places
.
Anaximines
doeth
affirme
the
earth
it selfe
to
be
the
cause
of
this
quaking
,
the
whiche
being
opened
bicause
of
the
excessiue
heate
of
the
Sunne
,
the
ayre
entereth
in
greate
quantitie
,
and
with
vyolence
,
the
whiche
after
that
the
earth
is
closed
agayne
,
hath
no
issue
:
And
by
this
meanes
the
belly
of
the
earth
beginneth
to
moue
,
&
this
causeth
the
earthquake
.
Aristotle
,
also
that
the
winde
is
no
other
thing
than
an
ayre
that
riseth
rangingly
.
But
leauing
these
opinions
of
naturall
causes
and
of
earthquakes
the
which
may
come
by
other
reasons
only
by
the
permission
of
the
most
highest
vnknowen
to
vs
.
Asia
,
of
seuen
Cities
in
the
time
of
Tiberius
Caesar
,
and
of
the
Metropolitane
Citie
of
Bithinie
,
during
the
raigne
of
Constantinus
.
Many
also
haue
ben
swallowed
vp
by
the
earth
,
and
others
drowned
with
waters
,
as
was
Elicea
and
Aura
at
the
ports
of
Corinth
.
And
for
to
be
short
,
this
earthquake
commeth
sometimes
with
such
vehemence
that
beside
the
inconueniences
afore
shewed
,
it
maketh
Ilandes
of
mayne
land
,
as
it
hath
done
Sicily
,
with
certayne
places
in
Siria
and
others
,
it
ioyneth
sometymes
Ilandes
to
mayne
land
,
as
Plinie
saith
,
to
be
happened
of
those
of
Doromscia
Parua
,
in
millites
.
In
Africa
many
playnes
and
valleys
are
at
this
day
turned
to
lakes
and
riuers
.
Seneca
sheweth
that
a
flocke
aboue
fiue
hundreth
Shepe
and
other
beastes
and
foules
were
on
a
tyme
swallowed
vp
and
lost
by
an
earthquake
.
And
for
this
reason
the
moste
parte
kepe
them
by
the
Riuers
sides
for
to
eschewe
this
earthquake
,
being
taught
by
experience
and
not
by
reason
,
that
marish
grounde
and
wet
places
,
are
not
so
subiect
to
earthquakes
,
as
the
mayne
and
the
hyelande
,
and
therefore
this
reason
is
very
easy
to
those
that
vnderstand
the
occasion
of
the
earthquakes
before
alleged
.
And
for
this
cause
the
riche
and
renomed
temple
of
Diana
in
Ephesus
,
the
which
continued
more
than
two
hundreth
yeares
,
being
so
strongly
edified
that
it
meriteth
to
be
in
the
number
of
one
of
the
spectacles
of
the
world
,
Heluidius
,
or
as
some
terme
him
Eratosthenes
,
being
foolishly
minded
,
for
bicause
that
he
would
be
knowne
,
and
that
his
memorial
might
be
shewed
,
did
set
it
on
fire
,
and
consumed
it
to
ashes
.
Also
for
this
cause
the
Romains
had
edified
a
Temple
to
Hercules
,
by
the
riuer
of
Tyber
,
and
there
they
did
pray
and
offer
sacrifices
.
Canada
,
that
within
.v.
or
.vj.
leagues
of
their
houses
within
the
Countrey
,
there
shall
be
found
more
than
two
thousand
trées
ouerthrowne
to
the
earth
,
as
well
on
hils
as
on
valeys
,
rockes
ouerthrowne
one
vpon
an
other
,
the
ground
to
sinke
and
to
be
swalowed
vp
,
and
all
this
hapneth
not
,
but
of
mouing
and
stirring
of
the
earth
.
The
like
may
happen
to
other
Countreys
that
are
subiecte
to
earthquakes
.
Thus
much
thought
I
good
to
speake
of
earthquakes
,
without
straying
farre
from
our
matter
.
Of
the
Countrey
called
New
found
land
.
Cap.
82.
AFter
that
we
were
departed
from
the
heigth
of
the
gulfe
of
Canada
,
it
behoued
vs
to
passe
further
,
kéeping
our
course
right
North
,
leauing
the
lande
of
Labrador
,
and
the
Ilands
called
the
Ilands
of
Deuils
,
The
Ilands
of
Deuils
.
Cape
de
Marco
Newe
found
land
a
very
cold
countrey
.
and
the
Cape
of
Marco
distant
from
the
line
.56
.
degrées
,
we
coasted
on
the
left
hand
the
Countrey
that
is
named
Newe
founde
lande
,
the
which
is
very
colde
,
and
therfore
those
that
did
first
finde
it
out
,
made
there
no
long
abiding
,
nor
those
neither
that
goe
thither
oftentimes
for
fishe
.
This
new
found
land
is
a
region
,
that
is
one
of
the
farthest
partes
of
Canada
,
and
in
the
same
land
there
is
found
a
riuer
,
the
which
bicause
of
his
bredth
and
length
séemeth
to
be
almost
a
Sea
,
and
it
is
named
the
riuer
of
the
thrée
brethren
,
being
distant
from
the
Ilands
of
Essores
foure
hundreth
leagues
,
and
from
Fraunce
nine
hundreth
:
it
separateth
the
Prouince
of
Canada
from
this
New
found
land
.
Some
iudge
it
to
be
a
narow
Sea
,
like
that
of
Magellan
,
by
the
which
ye
may
enter
from
the
West
sea
,
to
the
South
sea
.
Gemafrigius
,
although
he
was
expert
in
Mathematike
,
hath
herein
failed
&
erred
,
for
he
maketh
vs
beleue
,
that
this
Riuer
of
which
we
speake
is
a
straight
,
the
which
is
named
Septentrionall
,
and
so
hath
he
sette
it
out
in
his
Mappa
Mundi
.
If
that
which
he
hath
written
be
true
,
in
vaine
then
haue
the
Portingals
bene
,
and
Spanyards
to
séeke
a
new
straight
distant
from
this
,
aboue
.3000
.
leagues
,
for
to
enter
into
the
South
sea
,
to
goe
to
the
Ilands
of
Moluques
,
where
as
the
spices
are
.
This
Countrey
of
New
found
land
is
inhabited
with
barbarous
men
,
being
clothed
in
wilde
beastes
skinnes
,
as
are
those
of
Canada
:
this
people
is
very
frowarde
and
vntractable
,
as
our
men
can
well
testifie
that
goe
thither
euery
yeare
a
fishing
.
They
that
dwel
by
the
Sea
,
liue
with
little
kinde
of
other
meate
than
fishe
,
which
they
take
in
the
sea
,
wherof
they
take
a
great
multitude
,
Iewes
,
Turkes
,
Grekes
,
&
many
other
nations
in
the
East
eat
no
Dolphins
nor
of
many
other
kinde
of
fishes
,
that
are
without
shell
,
as
wel
in
the
sea
as
in
fresh
waters
,
which
maketh
me
to
iudge
that
these
people
are
more
wiser
&
better
aduised
to
finde
the
tast
in
meats
more
delicate
,
than
wheras
are
Turks
,
Arabians
,
and
other
superstitious
people
.
In
those
parts
there
is
also
found
Whales
,
(
I
meane
in
the
hie
sea
,
for
such
fish
neuer
cometh
toward
the
shore
)
to
liue
with
such
little
fish
.
Notwithstanding
,
Plinie
.
Bayones
can
wel
tel
by
experience
,
for
they
vse
to
take
them
.
To
the
purpose
,
ye
shall
note
when
that
we
wer
in
America
,
some
Marchantes
ship
that
passed
from
one
land
to
another
for
marchandise
was
ouerthrown
,
&
all
that
was
within
hir
lost
by
a
whale
that
touched
hir
with
hir
tail
.
In
the
same
place
wheras
the
Whale
frequenteth
,
Hehec
,
Plinie
sheweth
,
&
Isidorus
in
his
Etymologies
,
which
I
haue
also
knowne
by
experience
,
the
which
is
more
surer
than
the
witnessing
either
of
Plinie
or
of
any
other
.
Some
haue
written
that
there
is
fine
kindes
of
signes
and
forthe
wings
of
tempests
and
stormes
on
the
Sea
,
as
Polybius
being
with
Scipio
Aemilian
in
Affrica
.
Furthermore
,
there
are
great
plenty
of
great
muscles
:
and
as
for
beastes
of
the
earth
,
there
are
a
great
number
very
wilde
and
daungerous
,
Cosmographie
of
Leuant
,
yet
notwithstanding
we
will
speake
somewhat
thereof
by
the
way
,
howe
the
inhabitants
of
the
Countrey
take
them
,
being
afflicted
with
the
importunitie
that
they
make
them
.
Therfore
they
make
certaine
pittes
in
the
ground
very
déepe
,
néere
to
trees
and
rockes
,
and
then
they
couer
them
finely
with
leaues
and
braunches
,
and
this
they
vse
where
as
are
hiues
or
multitude
of
Hony
Bées
,
which
these
Beares
séeke
and
follow
with
all
diligence
,
&
thereof
they
are
very
desirous
,
not
only
so
much
for
to
fil
them
therewith
,
but
for
to
heale
their
eyes
,
the
whiche
they
haue
naturally
blemished
and
all
their
braine
:
also
that
being
stinged
with
these
Hony
Bées
,
there
falleth
from
them
a
bloud
,
specially
from
the
head
,
wherby
their
paine
is
eased
,
so
that
they
are
comforted
thereby
.
There
is
also
séene
a
kinde
of
great
beastes
like
to
Buffles
,
hauing
hornes
very
great
,
their
skin
is
grayishe
,
of
which
they
make
garments
,
and
of
many
other
beasts
,
whose
skins
are
very
riche
.
This
Countrey
is
full
of
hils
and
mountaines
,
and
very
barraine
,
as
well
for
bicause
of
the
vntemperatenesse
of
the
aire
,
as
of
the
condition
of
the
lande
smally
inhabited
,
and
ill
tilled
.
As
for
birds
,
there
are
not
found
suche
quantitie
as
in
America
,
or
at
Perou
,
nor
yet
so
faire
.
There
are
two
kinde
of
Egles
,
of
which
the
one
kinde
kéepeth
the
waters
,
and
liueth
onely
with
fishe
,
Americanes
&
other
people
,
but
only
the
law
of
nature
.
The
people
that
dwell
toward
the
sea
as
I
haue
shewed
liue
with
fish
,
and
others
that
are
farre
from
the
sea
,
are
content
with
fruits
of
the
earth
that
commeth
forth
,
the
most
part
without
labour
of
mannes
hands
:
and
after
this
sorte
liued
the
people
in
the
first
age
as
Plinie
witnesseth
:
In
his
.xvj.
boke
of
his
naturall
history
.
Virgill
Forestof
Dodona
.
also
we
sée
in
our
dayes
how
the
earth
bringeth
forth
fruit
without
labor
.
Virgill
sheweth
that
the
Forest
Dodana
began
to
die
bicause
of
his
age
,
or
else
for
bicause
that
it
could
not
satisfie
the
multitude
of
people
that
then
did
multiply
,
and
therefore
they
began
to
labor
and
till
the
earth
,
for
to
receiue
the
fruits
therof
for
the
sustainment
of
their
liues
,
so
that
they
began
husbandry
.
Canadians
,
their
instruments
that
giue
men
corage
to
fight
,
are
beastes
skinnes
spread
in
maner
of
a
circle
,
which
serueth
them
in
steade
of
drummes
,
with
fluites
of
bones
of
Déere
like
to
the
Canadians
,
if
that
they
perceiue
their
enimies
a
farre
of
,
they
will
prepare
to
fight
with
their
armors
and
weapons
which
are
bowes
and
arrowes
.
And
before
that
they
enter
into
battell
,
their
principall
guide
the
which
they
honour
as
a
King
,
shal
goe
the
first
,
being
armed
with
faire
skins
and
fethers
,
sitting
on
the
shoulders
of
two
mighty
men
,
to
the
ende
that
euery
one
should
sée
him
,
and
know
him
also
to
be
ready
to
obey
him
,
what
so
euer
he
shall
commaund
.
And
when
they
obtaine
victory
,
he
shall
lacke
no
honor
,
&
so
they
returne
ioyfull
to
their
houses
with
their
banners
displayed
,
Of
the
Ilands
of
Essores
.
Cap.
83.
THere
resteth
now
nothing
of
all
our
voyage
,
Essores
,
which
we
coasted
on
the
right
hand
,
not
without
great
danger
of
shipwracke
.
For
.iij.
or
.iiij.
degrées
beyond
,
and
on
this
side
there
bloweth
alwayes
a
winde
so
cold
&
contagious
,
that
for
this
respect
it
is
feared
of
the
Pilots
&
Nauigants
,
as
the
most
dangerous
place
that
is
in
the
voyage
,
be
it
to
goe
either
to
the
Indies
or
to
America
:
by
this
ye
may
know
that
the
Sea
in
those
parts
are
neuer
calme
,
but
alwayes
rough
&
growne
,
as
we
sée
many
times
the
winde
to
blow
vp
the
dust
into
the
aire
,
the
which
we
cal
a
tempest
or
fowle
weather
,
which
is
as
well
vpon
the
land
as
on
the
sea
,
for
in
the
one
and
the
other
,
it
riseth
like
a
poynt
of
fire
that
raiseth
the
water
of
a
heigthe
when
it
plaweth
or
boileth
,
as
I
haue
many
times
sene
.
And
therfore
it
séemeth
that
the
wind
hath
a
mouing
vpward
like
a
whirle
wind
of
which
I
haue
spoken
in
an
other
place
.
For
this
cause
these
Ilands
wer
so
named
,
bicause
of
the
great
Essor
that
causeth
this
winde
in
the
said
Ilands
,
Essores
is
as
much
to
say
,
to
dry
or
to
wipe
cleane
.
These
Ilands
are
distant
from
Fraunce
,
about
.x.
degrées
and
a
halfe
,
and
they
are
.ix.
in
number
,
of
which
the
best
of
them
are
inhabited
with
Christians
Portingalles
,
Portingall
is
furnished
.
The
which
they
transport
in
their
ships
,
with
many
good
fruits
,
as
well
naturally
of
the
Countrey
,
as
other
where
:
but
there
is
one
amongst
others
,
named
Hyrcy
,
Indies
,
for
there
was
none
thereof
found
before
,
euen
as
in
the
Canaries
.
Likewise
in
our
Europe
,
before
they
began
to
labor
the
earth
,
to
plant
and
to
sowe
diuers
kinds
of
fruits
men
were
contented
onely
with
that
the
earth
brought
forthe
of
his
nature
,
hauing
then
to
drinke
nothing
but
cléere
water
,
and
for
their
clothing
the
barks
and
leaues
of
trées
with
certaine
skins
of
beastes
,
as
we
haue
already
shewed
.
In
the
which
we
may
cléerely
sée
a
wonderful
prouidence
of
our
God
,
the
which
hath
placed
in
the
sea
great
quantitie
of
Ilands
bothe
little
and
great
,
which
doeth
abide
and
sustaine
the
brunt
of
the
waues
of
the
sea
,
that
goeth
not
beyonde
their
compasse
or
limits
,
neither
hurteth
the
inhabitaunts
:
for
the
Lord
as
the
Prophet
sayth
,
hath
appoynted
his
limits
,
the
which
he
doeth
not
ouerpasse
.
Of
these
Ilands
,
some
are
inhabited
that
before
were
desert
,
and
many
are
forsaken
,
that
in
times
past
were
inhabited
and
peopled
,
as
we
sée
hath
hapned
to
many
Cities
and
Townes
of
the
Empire
of
Greece
,
Trapezande
and
Egipt
,
such
is
the
ordinance
of
God
,
that
things
héere
in
earth
shall
not
be
perdurable
,
but
subiect
to
chaunging
.
The
which
being
considered
of
our
Cosmographers
in
our
dayes
,
they
haue
added
to
the
Tables
of
Ptolomeus
newe
matters
of
our
time
,
for
since
the
time
and
knowledge
that
he
hath
written
,
there
hath
happened
many
newe
things
.
Now
these
Ilands
of
Essores
;
were
desert
,
before
that
the
Portingalls
knew
them
.
Neuerthelesse
they
were
full
of
woods
of
all
sorts
,
among
the
which
is
founde
a
kynd
of
Ceder
named
in
their
speach
Orcantine
,
Plinie
speaketh
,
Rome
,
in
an
old
Sepulcher
certaine
bookes
of
Philosophy
betwene
two
stones
within
a
lyttle
chest
made
of
Ceader
wood
,
the
which
had
ben
vnder
the
grounde
aboue
fyue
hundreth
yeares
.
Alexander
the
great
,
passing
into
the
Iland
of
Tabroban
,
founde
a
ship
of
Ceder
wood
on
the
borders
or
coast
of
the
sea
,
Magellan
,
although
it
be
of
the
same
highnesse
as
are
these
Ilands
of
Essores
.
Lykewise
ther
is
found
many
other
trées
small
&
great
,
bearing
faire
fruite
,
chiefly
in
the
best
&
most
notable
Ilande
,
the
which
they
haue
named
the
Iland
of
S.
Michael
,
Spayne
as
Portingal
,
at
their
retourne
from
the
Indies
do
harbor
,
before
that
they
sayle
home
into
their
countries
.
In
one
of
these
Ilands
there
is
a
hyll
or
mountaine
almost
as
high
as
that
of
Teneryf
,
of
which
we
haue
spoken
,
where
as
groweth
great
plenty
of
Pastel
▪
of
Suger
,
and
some
wyne
,
there
is
no
rauening
beasts
to
be
found
,
but
there
is
certaine
wylde
Goats
&
many
foules
in
the
woods
.
From
the
heigth
of
these
trées
it
behoued
vs
to
sayle
forwarde
,
vntill
we
came
to
the
Caape
Finistra
,
Spayne
,
where
as
we
landed
very
late
for
to
recouer
victuals
,
whereof
we
had
great
néed
for
to
sustaine
vs
,
vntill
that
we
arriued
into
Britayn
,
which
is
a
countrey
vnder
the
power
and
obedience
of
Fraunce
.
Ponent
,
the
which
I
haue
set
forth
as
well
as
God
hath
gyuen
me
grace
,
for
that
I
woulde
not
be
founde
vnprofytable
,
neither
that
this
my
enterprise
should
be
in
vayne
,
peraduenture
not
so
eloquently
,
as
your
delicate
eares
and
ripe
iudgement
doth
require
.
Therefore
seing
that
it
hath
not
bene
the
pleasure
of
God
,
that
I
should
bestow
my
youth
in
learning
,
nor
to
obtain
so
much
perfection
as
others
,
but
rather
in
nauigation
,
I
moste
heartily
beseeche
you
to
excuse
me
.
In
the
meane
tyme
if
that
it
please
you
to
take
in
good
part
this
present
worke
,
the
which
I
haue
gathered
together
being
in
the
tempests
and
other
discommodities
of
the
sea
,
you
shall
encourage
me
,
after
that
I
haue
rested
my selfe
,
and
reconciled
my
spirites
,
whiche
are
as
scattered
here
and
there
,
to
set
forth
more
fully
and
at
large
the
lyeng
and
distance
of
places
,
the
which
I
haue
obserued
by
eye
as
well
in
Leuant
,
Ponent
,
and
in
the
South
,
the
which
I
hope
to
shew
you
by
eye
,
&
represent
by
liuely
figures
besides
the
Carde
Marins
,
the
which
to
speake
the
truthe
,
without
offence
or
hurt
of
any
man
,
do
erre
and
fayle
in
many
things
,
whether
it
be
the
faulte
of
those
that
pricke
them
or
set
them
out
,
I
leaue
you
to
iudge
.
Furthermore
,
as
it
is
vneasie
so
is
it
also
vnpossible
for
any
one
iustly
to
represent
the
most
notable
places
their
lyengs
,
and
distances
,
without
hauing
séene
them
,
the
whiche
is
the
surest
knowledge
of
all
,
as
all
men
may
well
iudge
and
vnderstande
.
By
this
ye
may
sée
how
long
tyme
we
haue
bene
ignorant
of
many
countreys
,
as
well
Ilands
as
maine
landes
,
beleeuyng
onely
that
,
whiche
oure
Elders
hadde
set
forth
,
vntyll
that
since
of
late
yeares
men
haue
ieoparded
them selues
in
the
Nauigation
:
So
that
nowe
all
our
Hemispherie
is
discouered
and
founde
inhabited
:
of
the
which
Ptolomeus
,
and
others
knewe
not
the
halfe
.
FINIS
.
¶
The
Table
of
the
Chapters
of
this
present
Boke
.
-
HOw
the
Author
toke
shipping
.
cap.
1
-
Of
the
straight
auncienly
named
Calpe
,
and
now
Gebaltary
.
cap.
2
-
Of
Africa
generally
.
cap.
3
-
Of
Africa
particularly
.
ca.
4
-
Of
the
fortunate
Ilands
,
now
called
the
Canaries
.
ca.
5
-
Of
the
hie
mountaine
of
Pyke
properly
called
Pike
hil
.
ca.
6
-
Of
the
yle
of
Yron
.
cap.
7
-
Of
the
Ilands
of
Madera
.
ca.
8
-
Of
the
wyne
of
Madera
.
ca.
9
-
Of
the
Promentary
Verd
,
and
of
his
Ilands
.
cap.
10
-
Of
the
wine
of
Palme
trees
.
cap.
11
-
Of
the
Riuers
of
Senega
.
ca.
12
-
Of
the
Ilands
Hisperides
otherwise
named
Caape
Verd.
cap.
13
-
Of
Torterells
and
of
an
herbe
that
they
call
Orseilla
.
ca.
14
-
Of
the
Iland
of
Fyer
.
cap.
15
-
Of
Ethiopa
.
cap.
16
-
Of
Gynney
.
cap.
17
-
Of
the
Equinoctiall
lyne
,
and
of
the
Ilandes
of
S.
Homer
.
cap.
18
-
That
not
onely
all
that
is
vnto
the
line
is
inhabited
,
but
also
all
the
world
is
inhabited
,
contrary
to
the
opinion
of
our
Elders
.
cap.
19
-
Of
the
multitude
and
diuers
kyndes
of
fishes
being
vnder
this
lyne
Equinoctiall
.
ca.
20
-
Of
an
Ilande
named
the
Assention
.
cap.
21
-
Of
the
Promentary
of
good
hope
and
of
many
secrets
obserued
in
the
same
,
lykewise
our
aryual
to
the
Indians
of
America
,
or
France
Antartike
.
cap.
22
-
Of
the
Iland
of
Madagascar
otherwise
named
S.
Laurence
.
cap.
23
-
Of
our
aryuall
to
France
Antartike
otherwise
named
America
,
to
the
place
named
Caape
de
Fria
.
cap.
24
-
Of
the
Ryuer
of
Ganabara
,
otherwise
named
Ianaria
&
how
the
land
where
we
aryued
was
named
France
Antartike
.
cap.
25
-
Of
the
fish
that
is
in
this
great
Ryuer
before
named
.
ca.
26
-
Of
America
generally
.
cap.
27
-
Of
the
Religion
of
these
Americans
.
cap.
28
-
The
maner
and
custome
of
liuing
of
these
Americans
,
aswell
men
as
women
.
cap.
29
-
Of
their
eating
and
drynking
cap.
30
-
Against
the
opinion
of
those
that
thynck
the
wylde
men
to
be
heary
.
cap.
31
-
Of
a
tree
named
Genipat
in
the
American
tong
,
with
the
which
they
make
collours
.
cap.
32
-
Of
a
tree
named
Paquouer
.
cap.
33
-
How
these
Americans
or
wyld
men
do
difforme
themselues
,
esteming
it
a
great
glory
.
cap.
34
-
Of
visions
,
dreames
and
dellusions
that
these
Americans
haue
,
and
of
the
persecution
that
they
receiue
of
wycked
spirits
.
cap.
35
-
Of
false
Prophets
and
Magitians
that
are
in
this
countrey
of
America
,
the
which
inuocate
and
call
vpon
wicked
spirits
,
and
of
a
tree
named
Ahouai
.
cap.
36
-
How
these
Americans
beleue
the
soule
to
be
immortall
.
cap.
37
-
How
these
wylde
make
warre
one
agaynst
a nother
,
specially
against
those
whome
they
name
Margageas
Thabaiares
.
Also
of
a
tree
which
they
name
Hairy
,
of
the
which
they
make
their
weapons
for
warre
.
cap.
38
-
Their
maner
of
fighting
aswel
on
the
land
as
on
the
water
.
cap.
39
-
How
these
barbarous
and
wild
men
put
their
ennimies
to
death
that
they
haue
taken
in
the
warres
,
and
howe
they
eate
them
.
cap.
40
-
Howe
these
wilde
men
couet
greatly
to
reuenge
their
harmes
and
iniuries
.
cap.
41
-
How
these
wild
men
of
America
are
maried
.
cap.
42
-
Of
the
ceremonies
,
burial
,
and
funeralls
that
they
vse
to
the
deceased
.
cap.
43
-
Of
Mortugabes
,
and
of
the
charitie
that
they
vse
towardes
strangers
.
cap.
44
-
The
description
of
a
sicknesse
named
Pians
,
to
the
whiche
are
subiecte
those
people
of
America
,
as
wel
in
the
Ilan●des
as
the
main
land
.
cap.
45
-
Of
the
Diseases
most
ryfe
in
America
,
and
the
meane
that
they
obserue
to
cure
them
.
cap.
46
-
The
maner
how
to
trade
among
these
people
:
of
a
byrd
named
Toucan
,
&
of
the
Spicery
of
that
countrey
.
cap.
47
-
Of
byrdes
most
common
in
America
.
ca.
48
-
Of
Venison
and
wyld
beastes
that
these
wylde
men
take
.
cap.
49
-
Of
a
tree
named
Hauorahe
.
cap.
50
-
Of
a
tree
named
Vhebehafou
and
of
the
honey
Bees
that
frequent
it
.
cap.
51
-
Of
a
straunge
beast
named
Haute
.
cap.
52
-
How
these
Americans
kyndle
fier
,
of
their
opinion
of
the
world
,
and
of
their
Yron
works
.
cap.
53
-
Of
the
riuer
of
Vases
,
lykewise
of
certaine
beastes
that
are
found
there
about
.
And
of
the
land
named
Morpion
.
54
-
Of
the
Ryuer
of
Platte
,
and
of
the
countrey
ad●acent
.
ca.
55
-
Of
the
straight
of
Magellan
,
and
of
Daryen
.
ca.
56
-
How
that
those
that
inhabit
from
the
Ryuer
of
Platte
vnto
the
straight
of
Magellan
are
our
Antipodes
.
cap.
57
-
How
these
wylde
men
excercyse
husbandry
,
and
make
gardens
of
a
roote
named
Manihot
,
and
of
a
tree
that
they
name
Penoabsou
.
ca.
58
-
How
and
after
what
sorte
the
land
of
America
was
dyscouered
,
and
Brassyll
wood
found
out
,
with
many
other
trees
not
seene
else
where
,
but
in
that
countrey
.
cap.
59
-
Of
our
departing
from
France
Antartik
or
America
.
ca.
60
-
Of
the
Caniballs
,
aswell
of
the
maine
land
as
of
the
Ilands
,
&
of
a
tree
named
Acaiou
.
cap.
61
-
Of
the
Ryuer
of
Amazones
,
otherwise
named
Aurelana
,
by
the
which
ye
may
fayle
into
the
country
of
Amazones
and
into
France
Antertike
.
cap.
62
-
How
certayne
Spaniards
aryued
into
a
countrey
where
they
found
Amazons
.
ca.
63
-
How
these
Spaniards
contynued
theyr
voyadge
to
Morpion
,
and
of
the
Ryuer
of
Platte
.
cap.
64
-
How
the
lands
of
the
kings
of
Spayne
and
of
Portingall
are
seperated
.
cap.
65
-
The
deuision
of
the
West
Indies
in
thre
partes
cap.
66
-
Of
the
Iland
of
Rats
.
cap.
67
-
How
we
continued
our
course
w●●h
a
declaration
of
Astrolabia
of
the
Sea
.
cap.
68
-
Of
the
departing
of
our
Equator
or
Equinoctiall
.
cap.
69
-
Of
Perou
and
of
the
principal
places
contained
in
the
same
.
cap.
70
-
Of
the
Ilandes
of
Perou
,
and
chiefly
of
the
Spanish
Iland
cap.
71
-
Of
the
Ilands
of
Cuba
,
and
of
Lucaia
.
cap.
72
-
A
description
of
Noua
Espania
,
and
of
the
great
citie
of
Themestitan
,
edified
in
the
west
Indies
.
cap.
73
-
Of
Florida
.
cap.
74
-
Of
the
Ilande
of
Canada
before
named
Baccalos
,
being
discouered
in
our
tyme
,
and
how
the
inhabitans
lyue
.
cap.
75
-
Of
a nother
countrey
of
Canade
.
cap.
76
-
What
Religion
these
Canadians
vse
,
with
theyr
lyuing
&
how
they
resist
the
Colde
.
cap.
77
-
Of
these
Canadians
apparell
,
how
they
weare
theyr
haire
,
and
how
they
treate
their
children
.
cap.
78
-
How
these
people
make
war
.
cap.
79
-
Of
Mynes
,
precious
stones
&
other
secrets
that
are
found
in
Canada
.
cap.
80
-
Of
Earthequakes
&
hayles
,
to
the
which
the
countrey
of
Canada
is
very
subiect
.
ca.
81
-
Of
the
countrey
called
New
found
land
.
cap.
82
-
Of
the
Ilands
of
Essores
.
ca.
83
¶
Imprinted
at
London
,
in
Knightrider
strete
,
by
Henry
Bynneman
,
for
Thomas
Hacket
.
1568.
Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
Notes for div A13665-e1670
Notes for div A13665-e2040
Notes for div A13665-e2720
Notes for div A13665-e3350
Notes for div A13665-e3800
Notes for div A13665-e4790
Notes for div A13665-e5080
Notes for div A13665-e5610
Notes for div A13665-e6110
Notes for div A13665-e6440
Notes for div A13665-e7300
Notes for div A13665-e7790
Notes for div A13665-e8680
Notes for div A13665-e9010
Notes for div A13665-e9340
Notes for div A13665-e9640
Notes for div A13665-e10400
Notes for div A13665-e11050
Notes for div A13665-e11710
Notes for div A13665-e12340
Notes for div A13665-e12790
Notes for div A13665-e13060
Notes for div A13665-e13950
Notes for div A13665-e14530
Notes for div A13665-e14920
Notes for div A13665-e15160
Notes for div A13665-e15320
Notes for div A13665-e15730
Notes for div A13665-e15960
Notes for div A13665-e16400
Notes for div A13665-e16670
Notes for div A13665-e17010
Notes for div A13665-e17310
Notes for div A13665-e17610
Notes for div A13665-e17790
Notes for div A13665-e18130
Notes for div A13665-e18640
Notes for div A13665-e18800
Notes for div A13665-e19080
Notes for div A13665-e19420
Notes for div A13665-e19740
Notes for div A13665-e19900
Notes for div A13665-e20190
Notes for div A13665-e20490
Notes for div A13665-e20810
Notes for div A13665-e21180
Notes for div A13665-e21350
Notes for div A13665-e21940
Notes for div A13665-e22450
Notes for div A13665-e22710
Notes for div A13665-e22930
Notes for div A13665-e23260
Notes for div A13665-e23460
Notes for div A13665-e23930
Notes for div A13665-e24550
Notes for div A13665-e25220
Notes for div A13665-e26020
Notes for div A13665-e27030
Notes for div A13665-e27640
Notes for div A13665-e28000
Notes for div A13665-e28420
Notes for div A13665-e29000
Notes for div A13665-e29460
Notes for div A13665-e30360
Notes for div A13665-e30750
Notes for div A13665-e32150
Notes for div A13665-e32590
Notes for div A13665-e32810
Notes for div A13665-e33080
Notes for div A13665-e34210
Notes for div A13665-e35260
Notes for div A13665-e35670
Notes for div A13665-e36240
Notes for div A13665-e37100
Notes for div A13665-e37460
Notes for div A13665-e37630
Notes for div A13665-e38080
Notes for div A13665-e38580
Notes for div A13665-e39070
Notes for div A13665-e39480
Notes for div A13665-e39940
Notes for div A13665-e40700